diff options
Diffstat (limited to '56778-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 56778-0.txt | 10052 |
1 files changed, 10052 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/56778-0.txt b/56778-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53e5483 --- /dev/null +++ b/56778-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10052 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 56778 *** + + + + + + + + + + + + The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 + + Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and + their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, + as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the + political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those + islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the + close of the nineteenth century, + + Volume XLIX, 1762-1765 + + + + Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson + with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord + Bourne. + + + + The Arthur H. Clark Company + Cleveland, Ohio + MCMVII + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS OF VOLUME XLIX + + + Preface 11 + + Documents of 1759-1765 + + Conquest of Manila by the English, 1762, and other events, + 1762-1765 + Plan of an expedition for the conquest of the + southern Philippines. [Sir William Draper?; Canton, + ca., 1759?] 27 + Letters to Clevland. Admiral Samuel Cornish; Manila + Bay, October 31, and November 10, 1762 44 + Letter to Lord Anson. Admiral Samuel Cornish; Manila + Bay, November 1, 1762 60 + Letters to Earl of Egremont. Sir William Draper; + Manila, November 1, and November 2, 1762 65 + Draper's Journal. Sir William Draper; [Manila?], 1762 81 + Rojo's Journal. Manuel Antonio de Rojo y Vieyra; + Manila, December 23, 1762 104 + Anda and the English invasion, 1762-1764. Simon de + Anda y Salazar, and others; Manila and Bacolor, + October 8, 1762-March 9, 1764 132 + Rojo's narrative. Manuel Antonio de Rojo y Vieyra; + [Manila, 1763] 176 + Synopsis of letter to Cárlos III. Simon de Anda y + Salazar; Manila, June 22, 1764 262 + Letter to Cárlos III. Simon de Anda y Salazar; + Manila, July 23, 1764 269 + Letter to Gonzalez. Baltasar Vela, S.J.; Manila, + July 24, 1764 288 + Synopsis of communications to Cárlos III. Simon de + Anda y Salazar, Manila, June-July, 1764 296 + Draper's defense. In two parts. I. A plain narrative. + [Sir William Draper; London, 1764?]. II. Colonel + Draper's answer to the Spanish arguments. Sir William + Draper; London, 1764 309 + Letter to Rueda. Eugenio Carrion, S.J.; San Pedro de + Macati, July 8, 1765 333 + Letter to Mesquida. Bernardo Pazuengos, S.J.; Santa + Cruz, July 20, 1765 336 + References. Editorial compilation of titles 343 + + Bibliographical Data 347 + + + + + + + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + + Plan of Manila Bay, October, 1762; photographic facsimile + from copy in British Museum Frontispiece + Manila and the Philippines, 1762; from Scots Magazine, + 1763, xxv, facing p. 224; photographic facsimile from copy + in library of Harvard University 35 + Chart of Philippines, showing path of Manila galleon; from + London Magazine, 1763, xxxii, p. 292; photographic facsimile + from copy in Library of Congress 49 + Plan of city of Manila, showing sites occupied by the British + in 1762; photographic facsimile of original manuscript in + Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla 95 + Plan of city of Manila and its fortifications, 1762; from + Le Gentil's Voyage (Paris, 1779-1781), ii, plate 6; + photographic facsimile from copy in library of Wisconsin + Historical Society 107 + Plan of port of Cavite and its fortifications, by Tomás de + Castro y Andrade, ca. 1762; photographic facsimile of + original manuscript (in colors), in Archivo general de Indias, + Sevilla 183 + Plan of Mariveles Bay, 1764; in collection of Charts by + Alexander Dalrymple ([London], 1781), ii, p. 63; photographic + facsimile from copy in Library of Congress 199 + Autograph signature of Simon de Anda y Salazar; photographic + facsimile from original manuscript in Archivo general de + Indias, Sevilla 285 + + + + + + + + +PREFACE + + +The theme of the present volume is throughout the conquest of Manila by +the British in 1762, and events consequent to it. The various accounts +we have drawn from both Spanish and English sources, in order that we +might present the matter from the standpoints of each nation, and we +have aimed to give the story in great detail from as many points of +view as possible. The subject must have special interest for Americans +by reason of the operations of 1898. In some measure the captures by +both the British and the Americans are analogous, because in each case +it was rather a side demonstration than the main object of the war, +and because of the ease with which it was accomplished. Here, however, +the analogy ends, for British occupation was at the best precarious +while it lasted, and made scarcely any headway outside of Manila; +and while naturally the questions of religion, commerce, and civil +affairs generally were discussed, nothing lasting was done. It may +well be that the ease with which Manila was taken by the British gave +the Filipinos some idea, though slight, of separation from Spain, or +a desire for a larger degree of independence; although, in truth, all +such ideas appeared to be effectively stifled with the strengthening +power of the religious orders. Of special interest will be found the +operations of Anda y Salazar, a true patriot, though like the Count +de Frontenac, of Canada, of a hasty and impetuous nature; and his +contest with the incapable archbishop. It is to be noted throughout +that all English dates are one day in advance of the Spanish dates, +as the English had the same dates as the Portuguese, who reached the +Orient by way of the Eastern route. This is a momentous period in +many parts of the world. + +The first document in this volume consists of a plan outlined by an +unknown writer, but one who has been among the Philippines (and who is, +perhaps, General Draper), for the conquest of the southern islands, +evidently received at London November 23, 1762--a good prelude to +the conquest of Manila. Weighing the arguments as to the expediency +of such a conquest, the author decides in favor of it, as the silver +which is taken from the Philippines to India in the Manila-India trade, +and which comes direct from America, will pass to India direct from +the latter country if the islands are conquered. The present plan, +however, does not contemplate the reduction of Manila. The islands +could be held either permanently or only until the conclusion of +peace, the advisability of taking them to rest upon either one of the +following reasons: that they are important enough to meet the expenses +of the expedition; or that the enemy can be harassed thence. The chief +end for which Spain holds the Philippines is religious, and if the +missions are considered, Manila might be ceded, though if that does +not happen, the holding of them will be an important item in the peace +conclusions. Operations carried on among the southern islands would +have especial point, for the Spaniards would fear an alliance between +the restless Moros and the enemy. The Spaniards care only about the +Acapulco galleon and do not trouble themselves about the rest of the +islands, which are governed badly. The natives, in danger from Moro +raids, are ripe for revolt. Proceeding directly to a consideration of +the southern islands, the writer names and describes the most important +of them, making use to some extent, in his description, of Colin and +San Antonio. The population that the British would receive by such a +conquest would be an advantage. The expedition should proceed first +against the fort of Zamboanga, which can be easily taken, and then +abandoned and demolished or left in charge of the present Spanish +garrison if they will take the oath of allegiance. Next the forts +of the islands of Misamis and Cebú should be taken, both of which +are important. They can count upon the help of the Moros, and of the +Boholans, the latter of whom are now in revolt. All this can be done +with one European ship with about fifty soldiers, and several smaller +ships, the best time for the expedition being the northeast monsoon. + +This is followed by two letters by Admiral Cornish to one Mr. Clevland, +evidently some secretary in the office of the Admiralty. In the first +letter, dated October 6, 1762, Admiral Cornish reports the success +in the operations against Manila, which has fallen on the sixth of +October, and gives a short account of the expedition. After hastening +preparations for the expedition as rapidly as possible, he sends +Commodore Tiddeman with five vessels from Madras to Malacca on the +twenty-ninth of July. He himself following with all but two of the +remaining vessels on August 1, reaches Malacca on the nineteenth, +but Tiddeman fails to appear until the twenty-first because of +calms. Leaving Malacca on the twenty-seventh, the fleet makes the +coast of Luzón, September 19, but owing to rough weather is unable to +enter the bay of Manila until the twenty-third. Cornish and Draper, +abandoning the previous plan to attack Cavite first, resolve to +proceed directly against Manila, as that once taken, Cavite must also +fall. Accordingly troops are landed on the twenty-fifth through a +heavy surf, and occupy Moratta (Malate) one and one-half miles from +the walls. That same day also Cornish despatches three vessels to +capture a sail that is seen coming up the bay, which when captured is +found to be a vessel with the mail and news of the Acapulco galleon +"Filipino," which has itself remained behind at Cagayan. On the +twenty-sixth Draper's forces take up a position two hundred feet +from the glacis of the Manila wall, and Cornish lands 700 seamen to +aid them. Under cover of the fire from the ships Draper works on his +batteries. The entrenching tools, of which there is great need, are +supplied by the timely arrival of the storeship, although the latter +is driven ashore by the heavy sea. Draper opens with his batteries +on October 4, and to so good a purpose that the combined forces are +enabled to make the assault on the morning of the sixth, in which they +carry everything before them. Draper and Cornish immediately go ashore +to make arrangements with the governor. The surrender of Manila and +Cavite, and the islands and forts dependent on the former, is agreed +upon; and in addition the payment of 4,000,000 dollars or pesos as +a ransom to the English for the preservation of the city. Cornish's +ship captain, Kempenfelt, takes possession of Cavite on the tenth. In +that place are gained abundance of naval stores, and fresh food +is secured. The men have borne themselves well through the short +fatiguing siege, and land and sea forces have maintained harmonious +relations. Cornish encloses a list of the ships with the seamen +and marines landed from each one, and of those killed and wounded +during the siege. This shows a landing force of 1,017--17 killed, +and 17 wounded. The letter of November 10 reports the capture of the +"Santísima Trinidad" by two vessels detached for that purpose. This +large vessel, which had sailed for Acapulco some time before with +a rich cargo, but has been obliged to put back, is taken to be the +"Filipino" which is expected from Acapulco with the situado, until +actually boarded. For the present it is anchored at Corregidor Island, +but Cornish purposes to send for it soon. + +In a letter from Cornish addressed to the famous Lord Anson, the +former mentions the great advantages that accrue to his fleet in the +possession of Cavite, for he can obtain all needed supplies and food, +and can repair his ships, some of which are unseaworthy. He complains +bitterly of the East India Company, whose employees at Madras, with +the exception of but one, have endeavored to obstruct the expedition +in every way. The two companies of troops furnished by the company +are composed of French deserters and released prisoners. Further +information can be secured from Captain Kempenfelt, the bearer of his +despatches, who is also in charge of some engraved plates containing +a map (the famous one by Murillo Velarde) of the islands. + +Letters from General Draper to the Earl of Egremont, dated November 1 +and 2, respectively, are practically duplicates, the first appearing +to be the rough draft of the second. They announce the taking of +Manila on October 6, and praise the bravery and forbearance of the +men who acted with great humanity, notwithstanding that Draper's own +secretary is killed under a flag of truce. In company with Cornish, +Draper dictates the conditions under which Manila will be preserved +from pillage, which are accepted by the Spanish. The East India +Company is to have one-third of the ransom. Manila and Cavite have been +delivered to the Company's representative, as per orders. It would be +well to hold Manila and the islands, if possible, for they are very +wealthy. The season and the need of repairing the ships prevent the +taking possession of the other places ceded. Draper praises highly +Admiral Cornish, his officers, and the seamen and marines for their +efficiency, as well as his own officers and men, especially the +79th regiment. Following these letters are three sets of "proposals" +and "conditions," all dated October 6. The first, consisting of 12 +"proposals" made by the archbishop-governor and others, touches +rights of property, religion, trade, residence, and government; +all the proposals are granted by the conquerors, but some of them +with certain reservations. The second set, consisting of the four +"conditions" under which Manila will be preserved from pillage, is +proposed by the British and accepted. The latter outline the status of +the Spanish officers and men, who are all to be regarded as prisoners +of war. All military stores must be surrendered, as well as Cavite and +other places dependent on Manila. In addition a ransom of 4,000,000 +dollars or pesos is to be paid, half immediately and the balance at +some future date, for which hostages are to be given. The third set, +consisting of "proposals," and also submitted by the British, relates +to the surrender of Cavite, and the method of payment of the ransom. + +The important journal of the British operations, kept by General +Draper, and sent with his letter of November 2, follows. The first part +of the journal is rather general in nature, while the latter part is +more specific and definite; but as a whole it well supplements the +preceding letters by Cornish and Draper. The troops, consisting of +the 79th regiment, a company of royal artillery, 30 artillerymen +furnished by the East India Company, 2 companies of Frenchmen, +also furnished by the Company, 600 Sepoys, and other natives, and +reënforced by Cornish's seamen and marines, a total of 2,300 men, +sail July 29 and August 1 for Malacca, where they are to water, +taking precautions on the way to prevent the Spaniards from learning +of the expedition. Malacca is left August 27, and the fleet anchors +in Manila Bay September 23, completely surprising the Spaniards. A +summons to the governor on the twenty-fourth elicits no satisfactory +reply, and, accordingly, operations are begun immediately. From that +date until October 6, when Manila is taken by easy assault, the siege +is one of ceaseless activity on the part of the British, who struggle +against heavy seas and rains which aid the Spaniards. The latter, 800 +strong, are reënforced by 10,000 Pampangos, "a fierce and barbarous +people." To the latter is due the killing, under a flag of truce, +of Draper's secretary, Lieutenant Fryar, who is sent to the Spanish +lines with a nephew of the archbishop-governor who has been captured +with a vessel despatched from the Acapulco galleon. This has arrived +on the Luzón coast in September, with news of the war, and Cornish +endeavors to capture it. The British base of land operations is the +suburb of Malate, from which successive advances are made, although +a few sallies by Spaniards and Pampangos give the British forces +considerable trouble. The Pampangos, however, meet with so severe +losses, that becoming disheartened, all but 1,800 of them desert. The +British landing force, consisting of both troops and seamen and +marines, is well supported by the ships. At the assault, one hundred +Spaniards and natives who refuse to surrender are all killed. The +archbishop-governor and his chief officers retire to the citadel and +surrender at discretion. The officers are allowed to give their parole, +but all natives are simply dismissed. When Cavite is surrendered, three +hundred Spanish troops mutiny and desert with their arms. The total +number of Spanish officers and men, taken prisoners, both of the army +and navy, amounts to 361. The British loss, as shown by an appended +list, is 36 killed, and 111 wounded. Many war supplies are captured +in Manila and Cavite, a goodly proportion of which is unserviceable. + +This is followed by the journal of the archbishop of the defense and +assault of Manila, from the appearance of the British in Manila Bay, +September 22, until the capture of Manila October fifth. It differs +in some of its details from Draper's journal, especially in the +number of the British forces, and the number of the British killed +(both undoubtedly exaggerations on the part of the archbishop), +and gives details not mentioned by Draper. + +This is followed by a valuable series of documents (mainly in synopsis) +concerning Simon de Anda y Salazar, the patriotic auditor, and the +English invasion. The various letters, etc., consist of communications +between Anda and the weak archbishop, Rojo; Anda and the British; +the archbishop and the Filipinos; and the British and Diego Silang, +the insurgent. By means of them one may follow fairly accurately the +course of events after the taking of Manila. Throughout, Anda's tone +is one of intense bitterness toward the archbishop, whom he accuses +of venality and collusion with the British. The archbishop, on the +contrary, accuses Anda, whom the British proscribe, of usurping +power not his own, and of lack of patriotism. The abortive Chinese +insurrection, instigated by the British, is put down by Anda with +terrible vengeance. There are charge and countercharge between Anda +and the British (whose proscription Anda has met) of inhumanity, each +side striving to clear itself from such an imputation. Anda is slow to +accept the assurances of peace, and to grant a truce to hostilities, +for he fears some British treachery. He demands that they leave the +islands, in accordance with the terms of the treaty (made in February +1763), and by which they should have left the islands in August +1763. Early in 1764, the treaty is sent on a British vessel which also +carries orders for the British to go to the Coromandel coast; with +which the Spaniards are left in peaceful possession of the islands. + +The archbishop-governor writes a long relation of events (probably in +1763) preceding and following the assault by the British, in which his +chief aim is to justify his own conduct, as many charges have been +preferred against him. He has been mindful of the peace and harmony +of the islands, has healed breaches, has encouraged agriculture, has +looked after the defense of the islands, and increased the navy. The +repair of the public works has engrossed a part of his attention, +but his plans are not to be perfected, for the English spoil that. He +has also bettered the condition of the treasury; and in view of +the fact that the whole concern of the people is centered about the +annual trading galleon, has tried to improve the lethargy, idleness, +and vice into which they fall when that matter is attended to. He +relates the story of the siege and assault, and the dispositions +of the British, and the general events of the period immediately +following. Throughout he justifies his own conduct, as in the letters +to Anda, recounting his troubles with various Spanish officials, +the British, and Anda. He protests that he has acted only for the +interests of the Spanish monarch, and indignantly repels the idea +that he has been in collusion with the British. This is in many ways +an especially interesting document, and supplements the information +of the other documents considerably. + +In a letter to King Cárlos III, dated June 22, 1764, Anda relates +the measures taken by him in his office as Audiencia, governor and +captain-general. These measures cover a wide range, extending to things +social, economic, moral, and religious. A fixed tariff for provisions, +etc., the coinage, the Chinese, who are allied with the British, the +military, the seculars, the surveillance and care of the Filipinos, +the churches, agriculture, proscription of certain British officers, +the curfew, prohibition of gambling games, regulation of the sale of +intoxicants, and strict regulations regarding theft--all these engage +his attention. + +Another letter from Anda to Cárlos III, dated July 23, 1764, is +devoted entirely to the archbishop, who is characterized as wanting +in loyalty. Anda, while protesting his own loyalty and devotion to +the crown of Spain, declares the many acts of the archbishop (who +is now dead) during and after the assault. The latter has written +violent letters to Anda, and has acted entirely in the interests of +the British. His boon companions have been the traitors Orendain and +Fallet, by whom he has been influenced to sign the cession of the +islands. Anda has been proscribed at his instigation as a rebel, but +that cannot be, as he has never consented to become a vassal of the +British, and his loyalty to the Spanish monarch is known. Although +the archbishop was urged to give up his foolish pretensions to the +governorship, he would never do so. That position rightfully belonged +to Anda after the assault, and even the British always spoke of +the archbishop as the ex-governor. The latter's want of loyalty is +exemplified by his refusal to send the royal seal to Anda, though he +could easily have done so. + +Baltasar Vela, S.J., of Manila, writes his nephew, Brother Antonio +Gonzalez, S.J., of Madrid, July 24, 1764, informing him that the +British have at last left Manila, after a rule there of eighteen +months. That city fell because of the lack of political sense of the +Spaniards and their insufferable pride, for it could have been easily +defended, as it is impregnable almost by its location alone. Its +loss he charges to the methods of Spanish traitors who won over the +archbishop, so that it was arranged that everything should be left +open for the assault by the British on the fifth of October. There +was no breach made in the walls, he affirms, but the British soldiers +scaled them by means of holes in the soft stone. The attempt to kill +Anda was arranged by the traitors with the Chinese and British. The +latter were aided throughout by the traitorous Spaniards, the Chinese, +and the natives whom they manage to corrupt; but most of their plans +outside Manila come to nought. The letter closes with several personal +matters, among them a request for reading matter. + +A series of representations, forty-six in all, made by Anda and +Francisco de la Torre (governor ad interim) in June and July of 1764, +treat in part of the matters covered in preceding documents. Notices +are given of the insurrections in Ilocos and Pangasinan, both of which +have been instigated and aided by the British, and both of which are +finally put down, the latter with the aid of Bishop Ustariz. Anda +praises the religious orders, especially the Augustinians, although +he notes that some of the religious of St. John of God have been +discontented. Joló affairs and the British alliance with the king of +that island are discussed briefly. Orendain, who has been disloyal to +the king, has gone with his family to Madras with the English. The +fines imposed upon Villacorta and Viana do not appear to have been +rightly adjudged. Torre asks that a rule be given regulating the +conduct of the single member left to represent the Audiencia, as +in the case of Anda, should such a contingency again occur. Anda's +conduct deserves only complete and hearty approval. + +Two declarations are presented by General Draper (both probably in +1764), in which he protests against the charges of inhumanity that +have been brought against him in regard to the affair at Manila, and +urges the payment of the remainder of the ransom which the Spaniards +refuse. The Spaniards charge the British with breaking the agreements +of the capitulation, but it is they themselves who have broken them +all. By various subterfuges they have endeavored and are endeavoring +to escape the payment of the ransom. Less than one-half million +dollars of the four millions have as yet been paid. The story of the +siege and subsequent events is in part gone over, including some +little of Anda's operation. The action of the East India Company, +to whom the city was turned over shortly after the assault, causes +the captors to lose about 200,000 dollars. The second declaration +is made necessary because of the new arguments put forward by the +Spanish to evade payment of the ransom bills given on the Spanish +treasury at the capitulation of Manila. The British have a right to +that city until all the ransom has been paid. + +A short letter from Eugenio Carrion, S.J., to Joseph de Rueda, S.J., +written from San Pedro Macati, July 8, 1765, notes the conclusion +of peace and the arrival of a new proprietary governor, Francisco +Raon. Francisco de la Torre, governor ad interim, has left Manila in +a good state of defense and has begun operations against the Moros, +which will doubtless be continued by Raon. This will make the trade +of the Visayan Islands flourishing once more. In their retirement +from the islands the British have lost one-half their boats and men, +the latter numbering in all 8,000. News of the Chinese affairs will +have been received through the Portuguese fathers. There are still +about thirty fathers in that empire, ten or eleven of whom live +openly in Pekin, while the others are in hiding. Carrion prays that +the Society may safely weather the storm (the approaching suppression) +that has assailed it as a whole. + +The last of this series of documents is a letter from Bernardo +Pazuengos, S.J., the Philippine provincial, to Joaquin Mesquida, +S.J., the procurator-general, written from Santa Cruz. The first +part of the letter, dated June 17, 1765, complains of Francisco +de la Torre, who has lived as a libertine and has been especially +hostile toward the religious orders. The arrival of a new governor +is awaited eagerly by all the decent inhabitants. The Jesuits and +Dominicans are fully resolved to resign their missions as existing +conditions of affairs will not permit them longer to hold them. So +poor are the fathers, whose stipends are no longer paid, that they +are compelled to make their shoes out of the parchment of their +books. Their missions are heavily in debt. The Moros, and even the +Christians, have raided the missions. The Visayan Islands are ruined, +and one-half their inhabitants have been killed and captured. Jesuit +estates have been burned. The Recollects have escaped no better, in +all probability. Auditor Galban has declared that the pious funds are +the ruin of the islands and of trade. Vigorous measures are being taken +against the Jesuits. The fiscal urges action against all the religious +orders. The arrival of the "Santa Rosa" with the new governor on July +3 is noted. The letter finally closes on July 20. + + +The Editors + +January, 1907. + + + + + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1759-1765 + + + CONQUEST OF MANILA BY THE ENGLISH, 1762, AND OTHER EVENTS, + 1762-1765 + + Plan of an expedition for the conquest of the southern + Philippines. [Sir William Draper?; ca., 1759?] + Letters to Clevland. Admiral Samuel Cornish; October 31, and + November 10, 1762. + Letter to Lord Anson. Admiral Samuel Cornish; November 1, 1762. + Letters to Earl of Egremont. Sir William Draper; November 1, + and November 2, 1762. + Draper's Journal. Sir William Draper; 1762. + Rojo's Journal. Manuel Antonio de Rojo y Vieyra; December 23, + 1762. + Anda and the English invasion, 1762-1764. Simon de Anda y + Salazar, and others; October 8, 1762-March 9, 1764. + Rojo's narrative. Manuel Antonio de Rojo y Vieyra; [1763]. + Synopsis of letter to Cárlos III. Simon de Anda y Salazar; + June 22, 1764. + Letter to Cárlos III. Simon de Anda y Salazar; July 23, 1764. + Letter to Gonzalez. Baltasar Vela, S.J.; July 24, 1764. + Synopsis of communications to Cárlos III. Simon de Anda y + Salazar; June-July, 1764. + Draper's defense. In two parts. I. A plain narrative. [Sir + William Draper; 1764?]. II. Colonel Draper's answer to the + Spanish arguments. Sir William Draper; 1764. + Letter to Rueda. Eugenio Carrion, S.J.; July 8, 1765. + Letter to Mesquida. Bernardo Pazuengos, S.J.; July 20, 1765. + References. + + + Sources: The first document, the third, and the first part of + the fourth, are from MSS. in the British Museum; the second, + second part of the fourth, and the fifth, are from Scots Magazine + for 1763; the sixth, from Le Gentil's Voyage, ii, pp. 232-235, + 236, 237-239, 241, 242, 243-247, 248-252, 255-259; the seventh and + eighth, from original MSS. belonging to the Ayer Collection; the + ninth, tenth, and twelfth, from the Ventura del Arco transcripts + (Ayer Collection); the eleventh, fourteenth, and fifteenth, from + the original MSS. in the Simancas archives; the thirteenth, from + the two publications named therein; the sixteenth, editorial + compilation of titles. + + Translations and Compilations: These are by James A. Robertson. + + + + + + + + +PLAN OF AN EXPEDITION FOR THE CONQUEST OF THE SOUTHERN PHILIPPINES + + +Before we consider this Subject in the View of Probability Let us +examine how far it may be expedient: It is well known a very lucrative +Commerce is carried on from India to Manila under Sanction of Moorish +Colours. It might therefore be alleged that considerable Disadvantages +would accrue to the General Commerce of India were the Spaniards +deprived of the Philippin Islands from a Presumption that the Silver +now received from thence would be lost. But when the footing on which +the Spaniards at present admit this Commerce is duly attended to, +It cannot be doubted a quite contrary Effect would follow.--Silver +is the Produce of the Trade carried on from Manila to America and +if the Spaniards had not Manila America would open her Arms to the +Importers of those Conveniences which India & China only can afford +them: This Navigation might be opend if supported in time of Open +war by a Port on California. + +It is true this Circumstance may be reckoned not entirely relative to +the present Plan which does not propose the Conquest of Manila. But it +cannot be deemed quite foreign to the Subject as the Possession of the +Southern Islands would be a great restraint on the Spaniards at Manila. + +There are two Reasons fully sufficient to warrant Attacks in +war. The Conquest of a Place important enough to answer the +expences of the Expedition by maintaining it after the war is over +or by relinquishing it at the Conclusion of a Peace on a valuable +Consideration & distressing an Enemy by harassing him in different +Quarters & facilitating any other attempt against him or preventing +his acting offensively: The Expedition here proposed may be considered +in either Light. Certain it is the Chief Motive of the Spaniards for +maintaining these Islands arises from religious Zeal So that admitting +the Southern Islands to be subdued It is far from being impossible +that in Consideration [of] Permission to the Missions Manila itself +might then be ceded & Perhaps Valuable Commercial Priviledges granted +also to Us. + +But if the Spaniards should not acquiesce in valuable Cessions for +Permissions to the Missions they must be extremely piqued & alarmed to +have so large a part of their Dominions severd from Manila particularly +as they suffer already greatly from the Inroads of the Moors and the +relinquishing them would undoubtedly be a Point of Consequence in a +Treaty of Peace. + +But supposing the Spaniards are so indifferent about them as neither +to give any valuable Consideration in lieu or for Permission to the +Missions, It is necessary to shew the Islands would answer the Charge +of Conquest & be worth maintaining. + +However Previous to this we think it most eligible to consider the +Subject in a different Light we mean as it may effect the War:--The +Philippin Islands are so far severd from the other Spanish Dominions +that any attack of them can have no Influence on other parts So that +Manila only can be affected by the Expedition here proposed. If +there be any attempt intended against the Capital It undoubtedly +would have infinite Good Effect to alarm the out Islands perhaps in +drawing some force from Manila but much to the purpose by perplexing +them with the apprehension of a Junction with the Moors & Southern +Islanders to attack them behind & cut of all resource by Land & +starve them by a Blockade at the same time that their apprehensions +would be justly raised of a General Revolt of the Indians under their +Dominion who tired out with oppressions are weary of the Spanish Yoke +& ripe for Revolt. Some as Bohol have rebelld & the Tagalas who lye +around Manila have implord the Assistance of Sooloo to protect them in +Independance. The Spaniards consider nothing but the Galleons Cargo & +Erections Leaving the Moors almost without Molestation to ravage & +spread Distruction thro the Southern Islands from whence they have +carried into Captivity many thousands within these few Years & have +in a manner put an End to Commerce from the hazard to which Coasting +Vessells are exposd. It is no wonder if the Natives who are still +forced to pay Tribute should be ready to join any Power from whom +they may expect Protection. + +Besides Luzon which is not at present under Consideration There are +9 considerable Islands. + +Paragua of which a part only is under the Spanish +Jurisdiction;--Mindanao whereof they have--the sole Possession on +the W. N. & part of the E. Coasts Samar, Leyte, Bohol, Zibu, Negros, +Pany & Mindoro. + +The Islands of mean Size are more numerous; Besides Dumaran whereof +part is claimed by Sooloo we may reckon 23 worth naming--Luban, +Maricaban, Marinduque, Tablas, Romblon Sibuyan, Masbate, Burias, +Ticao, Capul, Catanduan Polo; Maripipi, Panamao, Mactan, Siguyod, +Panaon Guimaras, Cuyo, Lalutaya, Sinacapan, Calamian & Buvugan. + +It is proposed to give some account of each of these tho it is not +to be presumed we can treat of each with much or equal Precision. + +The Chief Establishment of the Spaniards on Paragua is at Tyty on the +No. End The Fort named St. Isabel de la Paragua is built a top of a +small rocky hill, the further part not a musquet Shot from the Sea & +part of it washed by the waves; It is built of Stone: They have in +the same Province several other small Forts on the Islands Cuyo, +Lalataya, Linapacan & Calamian or Culion but all these last are only +Garrisond by the Natives or Militia & indeed are only intended for +Security against the Inroads of the Moors. [1] + +The Possession of Tyty seems rather as a Check on the Moors than from +the Number of its Tributarys or Produce at least under its present +Masters; this part of Paragua abounds in excellent Harbours scarce +any exceed that of Tyty but Malampaya on the West Coast: the Island +is very populous but the greatest part are under the Jurisdiction +of Sooloo if we consider the whole Island the Productions are very +valuable & by description few surpass it Gold, Cowrees, Rice, Canes, +Rattans, Batata, Kuma False Amber & many other valuable articles are +in abundance It is very populous on the East Side but the Natives +are almost solely Joloan: Their antipathy to the Spaniards would not +probably prevent the English reaping the Benefit of their Industry & +Commerce to the Articles abovementiond we may probably add Birds Nest +as the Calamianes abound in the whitest & as the Nature of this part +of Paragua promises to yield it in abundance. + +The two Islands of Calamianes give name to the Province the first +Spanish Establishment having been made there: They are 3 considerable +Islands Linapacan, Calamian & Busvazon [2] besides a great Number of +small ones on every side. They yield Birds Nest; wax which they gather +twice a year, the Land is rugged & the seas dangerous; the Natives +are bold & industrious & have Rice, Hogs & Poultry in abundance. + +Under the same Jurisdiction are the Islands Cuyo which are 5 in +number close together & contain about 500 Familys. They are docile & +more attached to the Spaniards than the Calamians or Paraguans: they +have abundance of rice, Hogs & Poultry. The whole Jurisdiction does +not seem to contain above 4 or 5000 People. [3] + +The Islands Leyté, Samar & several small ones adjoining are under +the Jurisdiction of the former. + +Samar which is divided from Leyte by the narrow Strait of S. Juanico +lyes on the East of the Philippins. On the Side which looks to the +Ocean it is named Ibabao & that part within is called Samar the Port +of Borongon on the East Side formerly afforded Shelter to the Galleons +from a Dutch Squadron in 1620 & Palapa on the North might have done +the same to the Cabadong [4] It is entirely sheltered from all winds +& we presume is what Anson's Voyage calls Ialapy Calbalagan is the +Chief Town & residence of the Alcalde; The Island is very full of +fine Timber [word illegible] for Ship buildg the country is Rough & +Mountainous but its Plains are fertile in rice wax & abacca of which +last they manufacture Cloth. It in common with the other Philippins +abounds in Cattle. + +Leyte is more fertile on the East Side where the Plains are so fertile +that the Crops yield 200 fold: a ridge of high Mountains divide it +nearly in the middle which occasions a very great Diversity of Seasons: +So that whilst it is winter on the N. Side (which happens during the +N. E. winds) it is Spring on the South & vice versa. In the middle +they have double Seasons & both good Crops. It has on all Sides many +rivers which fall from these high Mountains & in these rivers and +Seas are great abundance of excellent Fish particularly the Harbor +of Quibot opposite to the Island of Camote. This Island abounds in +fine Timber for Ship Building & Harbours for their Security. Besides +Quibot there are several on the west Coast, Palompong, Lagnoag, Tigas, +Leyti, &c. Leyte is the only one on the No.--Cacaliaton on the E.--& +on the So. Liloan formed by this Island & Panaon which strait is very +famous for being the Entrance of Magellan & Legaspi to the Islands; +& there are still remains of some small Guard Houses built by Legaspi. + +The Plains abound with Game as Deer Hogs & Fowls, besides Domestick +ones & the Plenty of Cattle originally brought from China: It yields +Rice wax & Abacca Cloth which is their common wear. It also abounds +in Coconut Trees, & Fruits of various kinds. The People of these two +Islands are open & ingenious & the Climate is cooler than Manila. + +Leyte has 19 Towns which contain 45,229 Souls, Liloan 330, Poro 1505, +& Samar 53,260 in 17 Towns the whole 100,332. It ought to be observed +indeed that this Numeration was before the late Incursion of the +Moors who for abt 10 years passed have annually infested the Islands +carrying into Captivity seldom less than 1000 tho chiefly women & +Children: So that we shall suppose they do not now exceed 80,000 altho +we presume this deduction too great as the Number of the Inhabitants +of the other Islands are from so late Information as 1761, & as many +of the Captures have been made from the other Islands particularly +the small ones of whose Inhabitants we have no Numeration & even many +from the Island Luzon which we now consider. + +Annexed to the Province of Leyte are several smaller Islands which in +general as well as the two larger abound in Cacao: Panamao also yields +much Sulphur & Maripipi, which affords by report a most agreeable & +remarkable appearance, Plenty of Gold. + +Bohol adjoining to Leyte also appertains to the Province of Zebu it +is a rocky & barren Island of Rice but rich in Mines of [illegible] +a[n]d ores of gold it also yelds Cowries. [5] It contains 9 Towns +which are all situated on the Sea ashore they are never infested +by the Moors being esteemed a valiant People they have no Forts nor +Spaniards on the Island but Jesuit Fathers they have however enclosd +most of their Towns for Security against Invasion: It is reported they +offerd to protect the Islands against the Moorish Inroads if they +were exempted the Tribute But this offer was refused Undoubtedly it +would well answer the expence were they not only freed from Tribute +but paid a ratio of Rice which they obtain by Commerce with the other +Islands, for this Service Some of them are at present revolted & +having killed two Fathers retired into the Mountains. + +They have many tame & wild Hogs & the Seas are full of Fish: Cotton +is in abundt. & their women Manufacture it into fine Cloths. The +Natives are whiter & better disposed than their Neighbours but speak +the Bissaya Language. It is pretended the Sooloos originally came +from Bohol or the Natives of it from Sooloo for it is not well agreed +which & not much Probability to support either opinion. It contains +at least 40,000 People. + +Zebu the Next Island to Bohol was that on which the Spaniards first +established themselves: it has an excellent Harbour formed by that of +Mactan, a small Island chiefly famous for the Death of Magellan. Zebu +was greatly injured by the removal of the Seat of Government to +Manila. However it has still many Inhabitants particularly Sangleys +some whereof are worth 20,000 Dollars. there are many Houses & Convents +of Stone: The Number of Inhabitants on the Island is about 25, or +30,000. The Productions of this Island are Borona a small Grain like +Millet which is the chief food of the Common People as rice is scarce, +Tobacco Abacca & Cotton of which two they make Cloth; It also produces +the Best Cacao & some Gold & the Mountains yield some wax & Civet. + +Seguiyod [6] which is a small Island to the Southward of Zebu is +inhabited by a valiant People but is remarkable for little else except +the number of Fire-Flies from which it is said the Name Isla de Fuegos +was given it. + +Negros is divided into two Jurisdictions under the Corregidor of Ylog +the Southern Part to Dumagueté & the N. Part under the Corregidor of +Sily established about 10 years ago. The Island is double Land; very +fruitful in rice which it transports to Zebu & other places adjoining: +Yonote or Gumatty: The Coasts are inhabited by Bissayas to the Number +of 20,000 & the inland by many Negros who are hitherto unsubdued & +Are very savage. + +The Next Island to be mentioned is Pany: Not without reason held +the most populous & fruitful of the Philippins: It is divided +into two Alcaldeas Capis which contains 40,000 People & Ylo Ylo +which has 100,000. It is not only the Granary of Samboango &ca. but +sends considerable Supplies to Manila; There are also about 10,000 +independant Savages in the Mountains. + +This Island besides very great Quantities of Rice, [has] very +fine wheat; Plenty of Wax, oil, Abacca; Dammer & several kinds of +Cloth of which their women manufacture some very fine: The People +are strong, corpulent & fit for any kind of Labor. They are much +inclined to hunting the wild Hogs & Deer which are plenty as well as +Tame Cattle. The E. Coast has many excellent Harbours but the W. is +destitute of Shelter for Shipping the whole Island abounds so much in +Rivers that there is nowhere a league of Coast without one & to this +[is] owing the extraordinary fertility of the Country. + +The Island Mindoro is high double Land with rugged Mountains covered +with wood & abounding with various kinds of Palms as Buru, Yonote, +or Gumatty of which they make Sago &ca. & in all Country Fruits: In +some Places Rice is very plenty as well as Cowrees but the People are +the most indolent of the Philippins; The Mountains which yields much +wax is inhabited by various tribes of independant Savages. There is one +Jurisdiction on the Island the Corregidor whereof resides at Baco:--The +Island Marinduque is under this Jurisdiction & yields Dammer wax & +Rice: it is remarkable for an excellent Harbour capable of admitting +the largest Ships & sheltered from all winds. The Inhabitants in this +Jurisdiction are about 20,000. + +The Spanish Dominion on Magenda [7] comprehends the whole Coasts from +Samboangan by the North to Carayas. In General it yields much Gold, +particularly Butuan, wax, Cinnamon, Civet, good Cacao, Cotton, Sago, +Rice, & Pepper thrives very well, they have many fine woods Brazil +Ebony &ca. & the Country also yields Sulphur & Salt Petré. It is not +indeed without Reason this is held the richest of the Philippins +& from its many Lakes & Rivers extremely convenient for inland +Commerce. The Natives are very numerous inland & besides those +under the Spanish Yoke may be divided into three Denominations--The +Subanos or Nation of the Rivers who are Gentiles & very numerous. The +Illanon who are under many petty Princes situated around the Lake +of Mallanao & the Magindaos: the two last being Mahometans & at war +with the Spaniards. The Natives under the Spanish Dominion are few +in Number compared with the others & we omit their Number to make up +any Deficiency in the other Jurisdiction. [8] + +Amongst the smaller Islands which remain unmentioned Masbate is the +Chief: it yields wine Civet, some amber & when the Spaniards first +settled much Gold. The others are not remarkable for their Productions +except Polo which yields much Gold & Ligu [i.e., Ligao?] Alloes Lampon +opposite to this Island has been proposed for landing the Treasure +from Acapulco in war for which it is extremely convenient being only +36 hours Journey to Manila. + +It may appear wonderful that so many Islands so excellent in Situation +should yield so little for foreign Commerce except Provisions however +that is not to be ascribed to the Barreñess of the Country but solely +to the Indolence & Bad Government of the Spaniards--However it is +past doubt that were there a more equitable Jurisdiction established, +that the Benefit attending the Possession of these Islands would be +very considerable to be convinced of this it is only requisite to +take a review of the Number of People they contain: + + + Calamian abt. 5,000 + Leyte Province 100,332 + Bohol abt.-- 40,000 + Zebu abt.-- 25,000 + Negros 20,000 + Pany 140,000 + Mindoro abt. 20,000 + ------- + Total 350,332 + + +From which making a deduction of 20,000 for the Captives made by the +Moors the Number of Indians in these Islands, exclusive of Luzon, +under the Spanish Dominion must exceed 330,000. The Value of such an +acquisition we presume is too evident to need Discussion. + +We are now to consider the Practicability of the Conquest. + +There are several Forts of Stone on the Southern Islands besides +Stockades. But as all these were originally intended against the +Moorish Incursions they are not formidable to a European Power if we +may be allowed to form a Judgemt from those esteemed by the Spaniards +the strongest viz. Samboangan & Ylo Ylo. of which two we have had an +opportunity to form some Idea from Personal Observation. + +Samboangan Fort & Town mount 65 Guns. But as the Fort is upon the +Shoar & deep water close to it the reduction is a matter of few hours +the Garrison when Compleat abt. 2 or 300 Guushinanzas but at present +very few as we have been assured. + +Ylo Ylo is of Stone cracked in several Places it mounts about 50 +guns some 18 & 24 pounders & 3 Mortars & had in the End of 1761 a +Garrison of 46 Guerchinanyas & 34 Pampanga Soldiers this is the only +Fort on Pany & is within Pistol Shot of Shipping but of difficult +access & indeed I do not conceive in the S. W. winds that it would be +practicable to go thither with large Ships It has no Ditch or Glacis. + +Such being the Condition of the two Principal Let us pass [to] a +Description of the others but as they occur in the Expedition proposed. + +It is proposed that a Europe Ship shall sail for Sooloo in Company +with one or more smaller Vessells equipped for war with a Detachment +of abt. 50 Europeans & some Seapoys for Sooloo the Europe Ship to +take in the Cargo there for China & to proceed for Samboangan the +reduction of which Fort we consider as a Matter of Course. The only +Use of Samboangan is to prevent the Incursions of the Moors by the +Strait of Basilan But this is a Point of no Consequence as it only +makes them pass on the S. Side of Basilan it is therefore proposed to +dismantle Samboangan or to leave it with the present Spanish Garrison +provided they will take the Oath of allegiance till a General Peace +settles the Fate of the Philipinas & in that Case to leave them only +a Quantity of Ammunition sufficient for occasional Defence. + +It is then proposed to proceed to Missamis where a small Stone Fort +built lately to command the Pass of Panguel Lake This Place is a +Station of the utmost Consequence as the Possession of it opens a +Communication with the Illanon with whom by the mediation of Sooloo +the Confederacy must be made. The Possession of Missamis will be +supported by a Garrison of 25 Europeans & a Guard Ship for which +Service a Ship built for a Man of War there may be used & it mand +with a Detachment of 30 Men from the Europe Ship whose Place may +be supplied with transports or Guachinanyas from Samboangan It is +proposed to make a Declaration at taking Samboangan that in Case the +Islands do not submit they must stand the Consequence of the Moorish +Incursions & a Confederacy with the Moors may be made to aid them in +infesting the Spanish Districts by supplying them with Ammunition. The +General Terror of the Moors will influence as well the Indians as the +Padres to submit when they find that this only can protect them from +in truth the greatest of all Calamitys. + +It is proposed the Ships shall proceed from Missamis to Zebu the +reduction of which City will be a matter of equal Facility & Importance +as the Fort is very inconsiderable close to the Sea without Ditch & the +Garrison according to the Spanish writers a Compy of 100 Guichenangas +& another of Pampangas & Cagayans tho it appears that it is now even +more inconsiderable. Adjoining to Zebu is Bohol now in rebellion & +said to be apostatized certainly they have murderd & ejected at least +some of the Fathers they are considered as of the same Original as the +Sooloos & are held the Bravest of the Philipinas. Such Circumstances +evince not only the Facility of a Confederacy with them but of the +Consequence of this in making a Divission against the Spaniards & +protecting the Conquerd Islands to which it may not be improper to +observe that some time ago the Boholons offerd if the King of Spain +would remit the Tribute that they would protect at their own Charge +all the Bissayas which Proposal was however neglected. + +There is a Ship at Sooloo which may have good Consequences we mean +redeeming with Captives as may be found useful as Guides in the +different districts of the Bissayas. + +The reduction of Zebu should terminate the action of the Europe +Ship which should then proceed to China with her Cargo & on her +return call at Manila to Convey the Sultan if he can not be sent +sooner. The operation of the other Vessells should be directed towards +the reduction of Leyte & Samar which are destitute of Forts & which +are solely under the Jurisdiction of the Jesuits. + +The N. E. Monsoon is the most convenient time for the attack of Ylo +Ylo unless a Detachment could be made from Magendanao. The reduction +of Pany is an important Object in two Lights as a Granary to the +Bissayas in general & therefore a Security for their Submission & +as a Place from whence all our Possessions & even Manila itself may +have resource. However the Junction of Bohol & the Moors seem to +require the Zebu Rout. + +[At the beginning of this document is written the date "23 Novr. 1762," +probably the date of the receipt of this plan in London. [9]] + + + + + + + + +LETTERS FROM CORNISH TO CLEVLAND + + +Admiralty Office, April 19. + +Copy of a letter from Vice-Adm. Cornish, [10] to Mr. Clevland, dated +in the bay of Manila, the thirty-first of October 1762. + + +It is with the greatest pleasure I have the honour to acquaint their +Lordships with the success of his Majesty's arms, in the reduction of +the city of Manila, which was taken by storm on the morning of the 6th +instant. [11] In my letters of the 23d and 31st of July, I acquainted +their Lordships with my proceedings to that time; after which I used +every possible means at Madrass for dispatch, the decline of the +S. W. monsoon making it of the utmost importance. To promote this end, +I completed the Elisabeth, Grafton, Lenox, Weymouth, and Argo, with +such of the troops and military stores as they were to take on board, +and on the 29th sent them away under the command of Commodore Tiddeman, +to proceed to Malacca, with a view that they might complete their water +there by the time I should arrive with the remainder of the squadron. + +Having accomplished the imbarkation of everything designed for the +expedition, with a dispatch much beyond my expectation, as we had from +the whole time of my being there a violent surf to contend with, I +sailed the 1st of August with the ships under mentioned, viz. Norfolk, +Panther, America, Seaford, South-sea castle storeship, Admiral +Stevens storeship, Osterly company's ship, leaving the Falmouth, +at the request of the president and council, to convoy the Essex +India ship, who was not ready to sail, having the treasure to take +on board for the China cargoes, and to bring to Manila such of the +company's servants as were to be put in possession of that government, +if the expedition succeeded. + +The 19th, I arrived at Malacca, and was disappointed in not finding +Mr. Tiddeman there; who did not join till the 21st, having met with +long calms. The difficulty of watering the squadron at this place +made it the 27th before I could leave the road. + +On the 2d of September, I arrived off Pulo Timean, and was joined +by Capt. Grant in the Seahorse, whom I had detached, upon my first +arrival at Madrass, to cruise between this island and the streights +of Singapore, to stop any vessels he might suspect going to Manila. + +On the 19th, I made the coast of Luconia; but was drove off again by a +strong N. E. wind, which separated some of the squadron. The 22d, the +gale broke up, and the wind shifting to the S. W. the 23d we recovered +the land again. The next day [we] entered the bay of Manila, and, +in the close of the evening, anchored off the fort of Cavite, with +the whole squadron, except the South-sea castle and Admiral Stevens, +the Falmouth and Essex having joined me off the coast. In the night +I sent the masters to sound about the fortifications of Cavite; and, +by their report, found that it might be attacked by ships. + +The 25th in the morning, the wind not being favourable to attack +the Cavite, I took two of the frigates, and with Gen. Draper, [12] +and some other officers, reconnoitred the shore about Manila, and +observed some churches and other buildings to stand near the works on +the south side of the town, particularly toward the S. W. bastion. We +had some design of attacking Cavite first, to have had the conveniency +of that port for the shipping; but considered, that though the attack +should be attended with all the success we could hope, yet it would +cause a delay at least of two days before we could land at Manila, +which time would afford opportunity to the enemy to demolish these +buildings near their works, and to prepare many obstacles to our +landing, and perhaps recover from that consternation our unexpected +arrival had thrown them in; and farther, Manila being the Capital, +if that fell, Cavite would in consequence. + +From those considerations, I joined in opinion with the General to +take advantage of circumstances so favorable for a descent, and land +the troops with all dispatch, and endeavour to get possession of some +posts near their works, which, if effected, would greatly facilitate +the reduction of the city. + +In consequence of these resolutions, I immediately made the signal on +board the Seahorse for the squadron to join me, and for the troops to +prepare to land. About seven in the evening, the 79th regiment, with +the marines, in the boats, under the direction of the Captn Parker, +Kempenfelt, and Brereton, pushed for the shore; and under the fire of +the three frigates, effected the landing at a church called the Moratta +[i.e., Malate], about a mile and a half from the walls. [13] We had +no opposition from the enemy, but some difficulty from the surf, which +run high, and bilged all the long-boats; but happily lost no men. [14] + +The next morning the General took an advanced post about 200 yards from +the glacis; and there, under cover of a blind, intended his battery +against the face of the south-west bastion. The number of troops being +small, I landed a battalion of seamen, consisting of about 700 men, +under the command of the Captn Collins, Pitchford, and George Ourry. + +The 25th, I dispatched three armed boats after a galley coming up the +bay to Manila. They came up with her, resolutely boarded her, and took +her, notwithstanding she kept up a smart fire with patteraroes and +muskets. She mounted two carriages and seventeen brass swivel guns, +and had eighty men. By letters, found in her, we discovered she was +dispatched from the galleon St. Philippina [i.e., "Filipino"] from +Acapulco, and whom she had left the 10th of September at Cajayagan, +[15] between the Embocadero and Cape Spiritu Santa. Upon this +discovery I came to a resolution to send the Panther and Argo [16] +in quest of her; but it was the 4th of October before the weather +permitted their sailing. + +The 28th of September the General acquainted me that he was beginning +to work on the battery; and that if some ships could get near enough +to throw shot on the works of the town opposed to it, it might take +off some of the enemy's fire and attention, and thereby facilitate its +construction. In consequence of this, I ordered Com. Tiddeman, with +the Elisabeth and Falmouth, towards the town, as near as the depth +of water would permit, and to place the ships in such a position as +would best answer the purpose intended; which was accordingly done +the next day, and their fire had a very good effect. + +On the 30th, the South-sea castle arrived with stores, which were much +wanted, particularly the intrenching tools; for want of which the army +had been so greatly distressed, that I was obliged to employ all the +forges in making spades, pickaxes, &c. for them. The 1st of October +it began to blow fresh, and in the night increased to a hard gale, +[17] which drove the South-sea castle ashore near the Polverista, a +little to the southward of our camp. This accident however had some +considerable advantages attending it, as the situation she lay in +made her cannon a protection for the rear of our camp: it was likewise +the means that all her military stores were got on shore with safety +and dispatch, and the army supplied with the provisions she had on +board, both which were articles they stood in immediate need of, and +which could not have been supplied by boats, as it continued blowing +weather for several days after, and the surf breaking very high on +the beach. This gale was from W. S. W. directly on the shore, which +gave me much concern for the safety of the squadron, particularly for +the Elisabeth and Falmouth, who were only in four fathom water, and, +as I have since been informed, with the sand of the sea struck; but +the bottom being mud, and soft to a considerable depth, they received +no damage. On the 4th in the morning, the General opened the battery, +which was so well managed, and seconded by the ships before the town, +that in four hours the defences were taken off, and the next day in +the evening the breach was made practicable. + +On the 6th, at day-light in the morning, the General's regiment, +with the sea-battalion, mounted the breach, made the attack, and soon +got possession of all the bastions, which completed the conquest. I +immediately went on shore, and, with the General, had a meeting with +the Spanish governor, and some of his principal officers; when a +capitulation was agreed on, that the town and port of Cavite, with +the islands and forts dependent on Manila, should be given up to his +Brittanic Majesty, and that they should pay four millions of dollars +for the preservation of the town and their effects, (a copy of which +capitulation I have inclosed). + +On the 10th, I sent Capt. Kempenfelt [18] in the Norfolk, with the +Seaford and Seahorse, to take possession of Cavite, agreeable to +the capitulation. By this acquisition we are in possession of a very +large quantity of naval stores; and beside the advantage of almost +every convenience for refitting a squadron, the people are supplied +with fresh meat and vegetables in a great plenty. + +The siege, though short, was attended with many difficulties, and +great fatigue, in which both the officers and men exerted themselves +with the utmost chearfulness. We had constantly fresh gales, a lee +shore, and consequently a high surf, to contend with, which made it +always difficult, frequently hazardous, and sometimes impossible, +to land with boats. The rains fell very heavy, and our little army +were surrounded and harassed by numerous bodies of Indians, who, +though undisciplined, and armed only with lances, bows and arrows, +yet by a daring resolution, and contempt for death, they became +not only troublesome, but formidable. I have the satisfaction of +acquainting their Lordships, that throughout the whole expedition, +the most perfect harmony and unanimity has subsisted between his +Majesty's land and sea forces. + +You will receive with this, an account of the number of officers and +men, both seamen and marines, that were landed from the squadron, as +likewise of the killed and wounded in each corps. It is with concern +I acquaint their Lordships with the loss of Commodore Tiddeman, who +in attempting to enter the river in his barge, the morning after the +reduction of Manila, was drowned with five of his people, by which +unhappy accident his Majesty has lost a brave and experienced officer. + +Capt. Kempenfelt, by whom I send this (and [who] will present to you +for their Lordships a plan of the town of Manila, and the port of +Cavite) has been of the greatest assistance to me during the course +of this enterprise. He is very capable of furnishing their Lordships +with many particulars necessary for their information; and his great +merit makes it my duty to recommend him as a very able officer. [19] +I am, &c. + + +S. Cornish + + +[The list of which Admiral Cornish speaks is herewith given. This +we take from the London Magazine (xxxii, p. 222), as only the totals +landed, killed, and wounded are given in Scots Magazine.] + + + + + +An Account of the Number of Seamen and Marines landed from his +majesty's Squadron under the Command of Rear Admiral Cornish; as also +of the Number killed and wounded during the Attack of Manila. + + +Norfolk, Rear Admiral Cornish, Capt. Richard Kempenfelt. 2 commissioned +officers, 12 petty ditto, 96 seamen, landed. 2 seamen killed. 1 ditto +wounded. Marines. 2 commissioned officers, 9 non-commissioned ditto, +34 private, landed. 1 private killed. + +Elizabeth, Commodore Tiddeman. Capt. Isaac Ourry. 1 commissioned +officer, 2 petty ditto, 76 seamen, landed. 1 seaman killed. 5 ditto +wounded. Marines. 2 commissioned officers, 3 non-commissioned ditto, +21 private, landed. + +Grafton, Capt. Hyde-Parker. 1 commissioned officer, 3 petty ditto, +100 seamen, landed. 2 seamen wounded. Marines, 2 commissioned officers, +6 non-commissioned ditto, 32 private, landed. 1 private wounded. + +Lenox, Capt. Robert Jocelyn. 1 commissioned officer, 5 petty ditto, +119 seamen, landed. 4 seamen killed. 2 ditto wounded. Marines. 3 +commissioned officers, 4 non-commissioned ditto, 38 private, landed. 1 +private wounded. + +Falmouth, Capt. William Brereton. 1 commissioned officer, 2 petty +ditto, 50 seamen, landed. 2 seamen killed. Marines. 2 commissioned +officers, 1 non-commissioned ditto, 11 private, landed. + +Weymouth, Capt. Richard Collins. 3 commissioned officers, 7 petty +ditto, 80 seamen, landed. 1 seaman killed. 1 ditto wounded. Marines. 2 +commissioned officers, 6 non-commissioned ditto, 26 private, landed. 2 +private killed. + +America, Capt. Samuel Pitchford, 2 commissioned officers, 2 petty +ditto, 61 seamen, landed. 1 seaman, killed. 1 ditto wounded. Marines. 1 +commissioned officer, 4 non-commissioned ditto, 22 private, landed. 1 +private killed. + +Panther, Capt. George Ourry, acting Captain. 1 commissioned officer, +2 petty ditto, 50 seamen, landed. Marines. 1 commissioned officer, +5 non-commissioned ditto, 24 private, landed. + +Argo, Captain Richard King. Marines. 2 commissioned officers, 3 +non-commissioned ditto, 22 private, landed. + +Seahorse, Captain Charles Cathcart Grant. Marines. 1 commissioned +officer, 2 non-commissioned ditto, 26 private, landed. + +Seaford, Captain John Peighin. Marines. 1 commissioned officer, +2 non-commissioned ditto, 18 private, landed. 2 private killed. + +Officers killed and wounded, &c. belonging to the + +Norfolk, Lieut. Peter Porter, and Mr. White, surgeon's second mate, +killed. + +Lenox, Thomas Spearing, second Lieut. of Marines, wounded. + +Total officers, seamen, and marines: landed 1017. killed 17. wounded +17. + +N. B. The surgeons, armourers, and other artificers, are not included +in the above account. + +Norfolk, off Cavite, October 31, 1762. + + +S. Cornish + + + + + +Copy of a letter from Vice-Adm. Cornish, to Mr. Clevland, dated in +the bay of Manila, the 10th of November, 1762. + + +In my letter of the 31st of October, I acquainted you of my having +sent Capt. Parker, with the Panther and Argo, in quest of the galleon +Saint Philipina, from Acapulco bound to Manila. + +The 7th instant, Capt. King in the Argo, returned, with a letter +from Capt. Parker, acquainting me, that in consequence of my orders, +having the 30th of October, got the length of the island Capul, near +the entrance into the Embocadero, in pursuit of the Saint Philipina, +where the Argo had come to an anchor (and which he intended to do +for that night), just as the day closed saw a sail, and stand to the +northward; at eight in the evening he got sight of the chace, about +two leagues to leeward, but unluckily, by the rapidity of a counter +current to what the chace was in, was drove among the Narango's, +[20] in the utmost danger of being lost, and obliged to anchor: the +frigate having escaped the danger, got up with the chace, and engaged +her near two hour; but was so roughly handled, that Capt. King was +obliged to bring too to repair his damage. By this time the current +slackened, which enabled Capt. Parker to get under sail with the +chace in sight. About nine the next morning he came up with her, and +after battering her two hours within half-musket shot, she struck. The +enemy made but little resistance, trusting to the immense thickness +of the sides of their ship, which the Panther's shot was not able +to penetrate, excepting her upper works. Capt. Parker was no less +disappointed than surprised, when the General came on board, to +find, that instead of the Saint Philipina, he had engaged and taken +the Santissimo Trinidad, [21] who departed from Manila the 1st of +August for Acapulco, and had got 300 leagues to the eastward of the +Embocadero; but meeting with a hard gale of wind, was dismasted and +put back to refit. She had 800 men on board, and pierced for sixty +guns, but when Capt. King engaged her, had only six mounted, and but +thirteen when taken. She draws thirty-three feet of water, and is a +much larger ship than the Panther. I cannot ascertain the value of +her cargo, but there is to the amount of one million and a half of +dollars registered, and she is reputed to be worth three millions. + +Capt. King left the Panther with her prize at an anchor about three +leagues south of the Corregidow [i.e., Corregidor], at the mouth of +this bay; and as I have sent a reinforcement of men with launches +and warps, I hope very soon to have them in safety. [22] I am, &c. + + +S. Cornish + + + + + + + + +LETTER FROM ADMIRAL CORNISH TO LORD ANSON + + +Admiral Cornish to Lord Anson [23] on the operations at Manila + + +My Lord + +It affords me the most sensible pleasure to congratulate you on the +success of His Majesty's Arms in the reduction of Manila with its +dependancies. + +The possession of the port of Cavita is an acquisition of great +Consequence to the Squadron, by which I shall be enabled with a plenty +of Stores of all kinds and a Number of Artificers to refit many of +the Ships, that in their present condition it would not be safe to +proceed with them to Sea; having these advantages together with a +good Hospital and plenty of Provisions, I shall be able to give new +Health to the People, to proceed from this place with the Squadron, in +a better condition than it has been since my Arriving to the command. + +I gave Captain Parker an order to Command the Panther, as She was +a Clean Ship, and joyn'd the Argo with him to go in quest of the +Galleon St. Phillipina who was at Cayayagan between the Bocadero & +Cape Spirito Santo the 10th of Sept.; and proposed remaining there +till the Monsoon was broke up; As Capt. Parker was with your Lordsp +and is very well acquainted with those Seas I have the most sanguin +hopes of his success. + +I am very sorry to mention that the Company's Servants at Madrass +took every method in their Power to obstruct the expedition, except +Mr. Pigot (who proved himself hearty in it & wished it success) their +behaviour on this occasion was shamefull; they would admit only of +two Companys of their own Troops to goe on the Expedition; and those +composd. of French deserters, [24] and Prisoners they released on this +Occasion; of two thousand Seapoys they were to furnish about 500 only +was embarked; they even refused a small Vessel which would have been of +great use, the Master being a good Pilot in ye Streights of Mallacca +and well acquainted with the Bay of Manila, he was threaten'd to be +turn'd out of their Service, for Shewing a readyness for going with me; +but of these Circumstances and many others regarding their behavior +in the outset of the Expedition your Lordship will receive particular +Information from Genl. Draper. I wish I could forbear to tell Your +Lordsp that My Constitution is much hurt by my long Continuance in +the West & East Indies during the course of this war, and puts me +under the necessity of begging whenever the Public service will admit, +that Your Lordship will indulge me with the favor of being relieved. + +For a more particular State of the Squadron I take the liberty of +referring your Lordship to Captn. Kempenfelt, whom I send with my +dispatches, and will have the Honour to present to you some Coppar +Plates of the Philippine Islands, that were found in Manila. [25] +This Gentleman having approved Himself a very able & diligent officer, +as such I beg leave to recommend Him to Your Lordship's Protection. I +have the Honour to be with the greatest Respect Your Lordship's most + + +obliged & most humble Servt + +Sl. Cornish + + +Norfolk, off Cavita in the Bay of Manila 1st of Novr. 1762. + +[Endorsed: "Copy of a Letter from Admiral Cornish to Lord Anson giving +an acct. of Taking of the Manila Islands: Novr. 1st, 1762. Rece'd at +the Admty. April 14th, 1763 at night."] + + + + + + + + +LETTERS FROM GENERAL DRAPER TO EARL OF EGREMONT + + +A copy of Brigadier General Draper's Letter to the Rt. Hoñble The +Earl of Egremont his Majesty's Principal secretary of State for the +southern Department [26] + + +Manila Novr. 1st. 1762 + +My Lord + +I do myself the Honour of sending Lieut. Colonel Scott late adjutant +General to inform you of the success of his Majesty's arms in the +conquest of manila, [27] and the Cession of the Phillipin Islands +to the British Throne, on the 6 of October, we took that Capital +by storm, wherein nothing could equal the conduct & bravery of the +officers & Troops--but their moderation afterwards notwithstanding +the great Provocations to Exert all the severities & Rigours of war, +as my secretary Lieut. Fryer had been murdered with a Flag of Truce +but British Humanity was superior to vengeance the Troops considered +rather how Englishmen should act than what the spaniards ought to +suffer they received all the suppliants to Mercy: as the Distruction +of so fine a City was not the object of the War, Admiral Cornish & I +Dictated the inclosed Conditions to the Governour & Chief Magistrates +they were most readily accepted & we flatter ourselves that the Term's, +considering their situation were as moderate for them as Beneficial +for us, the East India company is to have a third part of the Ransom. + +In obedience to his majesty's Commands, I have delivered up Manila & +the port of Cavite to the Gentlemen appointed to receive them in +behalf of the Company with all the Cannon ammunition and Warlike +stores found therein, according to the inclosed Lists, the Kings +Goodness has granted them one of the richest Cities & Islands in the +World, in Fertility & every other blessing of nature not inferiour to +any belonging to the British Crown, if the turn of affairs in Europe +can perpetuate Possession it may prove a source of Commerce & wealth +not to be equalled in any other port of the Globe; the season of the +year & the Condition of the squadron will not permit Mr. Cornish to +take Possession of the subordinate Islands that have been ceded to +his Majesty, till the ships are repaired the admirals zeal for his +Majesty's service & his great & essential service to us, during the +whole course of the Expedition & fatiguing operations of the siege +are beyond all praise all the other officers of His squadron Exerted +themselves to the utmost upon [e]very occasion, the Captains Collins +Pitchford and George Ourry who commanded the corps of five hundred +seamen, whom the admiral was so obligeing to support me with behaved +with the greatest spirit & good Conduct, & were of singular use to +us their men and the marines behaved with their usual activity Life +and Intrepedity. + +In my letters from Madrass & their Duplicates I took the Liberty to +inform your Lordship how much I depended upon the great abilities +of Colo. Monson for the success of the Interprize; the Reduction of +the place has been so much owing to his Consumate skill & Bravery +that it would be doing him the highest Injustice not to name him +in a particular manner I blush to give him orders & most humbly beg +leave through your Lordship to recommend him to his Majesty & shall +esteem my own poor services most abundantly rewarded by any mark of +the Royal favour to him and the following Gentlemen. Lt. Colo. Scott, +Major Barker, who Commanded the artillery, Captain Stevenson chief +Engineer (with majors Cotsford & Barnard) Captain Fletcher major of +Brigade my nephew Captn. moore Captain Pemble aides de camp they +have all acted in their several departments with such great merit +as much facilitated my good fortune the two Corps of his Majesty's +& the Company's artillery & their other Troop's behaved Exceeding +well. In the last place I beg leave to represent the services of my +own Regiment which under the good conduct of their former & Present +field officers, the Majors Fell and Drake, has the Peculiar merit +of having first stop'd the Progress of the French in India, turned +and decided the fate of the War there, and Carry'd the Glory of his +majesty's arms to the utmost verge of Asia, seventy three officers & +above eight hundred men have fallen the victims of their own vallour & +the cause of the Publick, since the Regiment left England, besides +the numbers who have been wounded the widows & orphans Occasioned +by this severe service are very numerous, Your Lordships goodness +encourages me to mention them as objects of Compassion + +I am My Lord with the greatest respect + +Your &ca + +signed Willm. Draper Brigr. Genl. & Commr. in chief. + +Captn. Fletcher has ten stands of Colours to lay at his majesty's Feet. + + +[The following letter, dated one day later than the above, appears to +be a second and more careful draft of substantially the same letter.] + +Whitehall, April 16. 1763. On Thursday night, Lt-Col. Scott +arrived with the following letter to the Earl of Egremont, from +Brig-Gen. Draper, who also arrived himself about the same time. + + + +Manila, Nov. 2, 1762. + +My Lord, + +I do myself the honour of sending Lt-Col Scott, late adjutant-general, +to inform your Lordship of the success of his Majesty's arms in the +conquest of Manila, the surrender of the port of Cavite, and the +cession of the Philippine islands. + +On the 6th of October we took the capital by storm, after twelve +days operation, which are detailed in my journal. Our loss upon this +occasion would have been trifling, but for the death of Maj. More, +a valiant good officer; and it is with particular satisfaction I can +assure your Lordship, that the firm bravery and perseverance of the +troops could only be equalled by their humanity after victory. Out +of respect and deference to Adm. Cornish, we waited till he came on +shore; and, being desirous to save so fine a city from destruction, +we jointly dictated the annexed conditions to the Governor-General (the +Archbishop), and the chief magistrates; who most readily embraced them. + +Considering their critical situation, and vast opulence, the terms +were as reasonable for them as beneficial to us. We allow the India +company a third part of the ransom, the whole of which amounts to +a million Sterling; [28] and, according to my instructions, I have +this day delivered up Manila, one of the richest cities and islands +in this part of the world, with the port of Cavite, to Dawson Drake, +Esq; and the other gentlemen appointed to receive them on behalf of +the company, with all the artillery, ammunition, and warlike stores +found therein, agreeable to the inclosed inventories. + +I have appointed Maj. Fell of the 79th regiment to be commandant of the +garrison; which must consist of all the troops brought from Madrass, +as the great extent of the place, its very numerous inhabitants, +and unsettled country, with the importance of the Cavite, demand at +least this force for an effectual security. + +The season of the year, and condition of the squadron, oblige us to +defer the taking possession of the subordinate places ceded to the +crown, until the ships have had a sufficient repair; and I have the +pleasure to acquaint your Lordship, that the large quantity of naval +stores taken in the royal magazines at Cavite, supply most excellent +materials for this purpose, in which the Admiral is indefatigable; +whose zeal for his Majesty's service, great cordiality, and constant +attention to us during the whole course of the expedition, and +fatiguing progress of the siege, are beyond all praise. The other +officers of the fleet exerted themselves to the utmost upon every +occasion. As a small acknowledgment of our many obligations to Mr +Kempenfeldt, the Admiral's Captain, I begged his acceptance of the +government of the citadel and port of Cavite, till it was given up +to the company. His prudent and excellent regulations there, were of +the greatest utility to the public service. + +The Captains Collins, Pitchford, and George Ourry, who commanded +the battalion of seamen, behaved with great spirit and conduct; and +Capt. Jocelyn, who was intrusted with the care of the disimbarkations, +gave us all the assistance that could be wished or expected from a +diligent good officer. The marine officers and corps were of great +service, and the seamen astonished us with most extraordinary proofs of +activity and valour, particularly those who assisted at our batteries. + +The reduction of Manila has been so much owing to the consummate skill +and bravery of Col. Monson, that I fear my faint representations +cannot do justice to his merits; and I most humbly beg leave, +through your Lordship, to recommend him to his Majesty: together +with the following officers, viz. Lt-Col. Scott; Maj. Barker, +who commanded our artillery; Capt. Fletcher, major of brigade; the +Engineers Capt. Stevenson and Cotsford, and Ens. Barnard; the Captains +Moore and Pemble, aides-de-camp, who have all acted in their several +departments with extraordinary merit, and greatly facilitated my good +fortune. Both the Royal and the Company's Artillery, with their other +troops, behaved very well. In the last place, may I presume to point +out the services of the 79th regiment, which, from the good conduct +of their former and present field officers, has the peculiar merit of +having first stopped the progress of the French in India, and not a +little contributed to the happy turn and decision of that war under +Col. Coote, and has since extended the glory of his Majesty's arms to +the utmost verge of Asia. Twenty-three officers, with upwards of 800 +men, have fallen, in the cause of their country, since the regiment +left England: numbers of the survivors are wounded. Your Lordship's +goodness encourages me to mention them as objects of compassion and +protection. Capt. Fletcher has nine colours to lay at his Majesty's +feet. [29]----I have the honour to be, &c. + + +William Draper, Brig-General, and Commander in Chief. + + + + +Proposals made to their Excellencies his Britannic Majesty's +Commanders in Chief by Sea and Land, by his Excellency the Archbishop, +Captain-General of the Phillippine Islands, the Royal Audience, +the City, and Commerce of Manila. + + +Art. I. That their effects and possessions shall be secured to them, +under the protection of his Britannic Majesty, with the same liberty +they have heretofore enjoyed.--Granted. + +II. That the Catholic, Apostolic, and Roman religion, be preserved +and maintained in its free exercise and functions, by its pastors +and faithful ministers.--Granted. + +III. That the families which are retired into the country may have +free liberty to return unmolested.--Granted. + +IV. That the same indemnification and liberty may extend to persons +of both sexes, inhabitants of this city, without any prejudice or +molestation to their interior commerce.--They may carry on all sorts +of commerce as British subjects. + +V. Having great confidence in the manners and politeness of their +Excellencies the Britannic Generals, hope they will use their best +endeavours in preserving peace and quietness in the city and suburbs, +chastising all people who shall dare to oppose their superior +orders.--Granted. + +VI. That the inhabitants of this city may enjoy the same liberty of +commerce as they have had heretofore, and that they may have proper +passports granted them for that end.--Answered by the 4th article. + +VII. That the same liberty may be granted to the natives of the +country for bringing in all manner of provisions, according to their +usual method, without the least opposition or extortion, paying for +them in the same manner as hath been heretofore practised.--Granted; +but any person coming in with any fire-arms, or offensive weapons, +will be put to death. + +VIII. That the ecclesiastical government may be tolerated, and +have free liberty to instruct the faithful, especially the native +inhabitants.--They must not attempt to convert any of our Royal +Master's Protestant subjects to the Popish faith. + +IX. That the use and exercise of the economical government of the +city may remain in its same freedom and liberty.--Granted. + +X. That the authority, as well political as civil, may still remain +in the hands of the Royal Audience, to the end that, by their means, +a stop may be put to all disorders, and the insolent and guilty be +chastised.--To be subject to the superior controul of our government. + +XI. That the said ministers and royal officers, their persons and +goods, be in full security, be maintained in their honours, with +a stipend sufficient for their support, his Catholic Majesty being +answerable for the same; upon those conditions the above-mentioned +ministers will be under the protection of his Britannic Majesty, in +the same manner as the rest of the inhabitants. His Catholic Majesty +must pay for their support. + +XII. That the inhabitants may have free liberty to reside within, or +out of the city, as shall be most convenient for them.--Still to be +subject to the revocation of our government, if they find it necessary. + +Done at head-quarters in the city of Manila, this 6th [30] Day of +October, 1762. + + +S. Cornish W. Draper + +Man. Ant. Arzp. de Manila, Gov. y Cap. Gen. de las Philipinas. + +Francisco Henriquez de Villacourta + +Manuel Galban y Ventura + +Francisco Leandro de Viana + + + + +Conditions on which the city of Manila shall be preserved from +Plunder, and the Inhabitants preserved in their Religion, Goods, +Liberties and Properties, under the Government and Protection of his +Britannic Majesty. + + +Art. I. The Spanish officers of every rank shall be esteemed as +prisoners of war, upon their parole of honour, but shall have the +liberty of wearing their swords. The rest of the troops, of every +degree and quality, must be disarmed, and disposed of as we shall +think proper. They shall be treated with humanity. + +II. All the military stores, and magazines, of every kind, must be +surrendered, faithfully, to our Commissaries, and nothing secreted +or damaged. + +III. His Excellency the Governor must send immediate orders to the +fort of Cavite, and the other forts under his command, and dependent +upon Manila, to surrender to his Britannic Majesty. + +IV. The propositions contained in the paper delivered on the part of +his Excellency the Governor, and his council, will be listened to, +and confirmed to them, upon their payment of four millions of dollars, +the half to be paid immediately, the other half to be paid in a time +to be agreed upon, and hostages and security given for that purpose. + +Done in the city of Manila, Oct. 6, 1762. + + +S. Cornish W. Draper + +Manuel Ant. Arzp. de Manila, Gov. y Cap. Gen. de las Philippinas. + +Francisco Henriquez de Villacourta + +Manuel Galban y Ventura + +Francisco Leandro de Viana [31] + + +All the islands subordinate to Luconia, and Manila its capital, and +which are at present under the domination of his Catholic Majesty, +must be ceded to his Britannic Majesty, who must be acknowledged +sovereign till the fate of these islands is decided by a peace +between the two Kings. Their religion, goods, liberties, properties, +and commerce, shall be preserved to the inhabitants of those islands +who are subjects of Spain, in as ample a manner as they are confirmed +to the inhabitants of Manila, and the island of Luconia. All the +governors and military shall be allowed the honours of war; but give +their parole, as the officers have done at Manila and Cavite, not to +serve or take up arms against his Britannic Majesty. + +Dated at Manila, Oct. 30, 1762. + + +S. Cornish W. Draper + +Man. Ant. Arzp. de Manila, Gov. y Cap. Gen. de las Philippinas. + +Francisco Henriquez de Villacourta + +Manuel Galban y Ventura + +Francisco Leandro de Viana [32] + + + +[We add here also, as being its proper place, the following +"Proposals," taken from Draper's Plain Narrative, pp. 27-30, which +we find nowhere else.] + + + +Proposals of their Excellencies his Britannic Majesty's Commanders in +Chief, which are agreed to by the Most Illustrious Governor of these +Islands, as likewise the Royal Audience, the City and Commerce with +the Clergy, both secular and regular. + + +Art. I. That the Governor would give immediate Orders for delivering up +the Port of Cavita, with its Fortifications, which has been executed +by an Order to the Castiliana of the said Port, which was shewn to +their Excellencies, and sent to the Serjeant Major of the said Port. + +II. To satisfy the Four Millions of Dollars, which are immediately +demanded by the aforementioned Commanders in Chief, all the Capitals +of the public Funds, such as the Misericordia, the Ordentercarra, +[33] and the religious Communities, as also what belongs to the +Archbishop, which shall be found in being; and what shall be wanting +of the Compliment of the said Four Millions, shall be made up by +the Capitals which the said Ship Phillippina shall bring in, with +Condition, that if the said Ship should be taken by his Britannic +Majesty's Ships before the Time that the Advice dispatched by his +Excellency the Governor shall arrive to her, ordering her to come +into this Bay; or if the Capital therein should not be sufficient +to compleat the said Four Millions, they will give a Bill on his +Catholic Majesty; and if the said Ship should not be taken with the +Capital therein contained at the Time that the Commander of the Ship +Phillippina may receive Orders to conduct her here, the whole shall +be given up to make up the Sum of Four Millions. But in Case there +should not be sufficient to make up the whole Sum, they will give +Bills on the Treasury of his Most Catholic Majesty. + +In this Manner the said Proposals are agreed to on the Part of his +Excellency the Governor and his Council, and confirmed by their +Excellencies the Britannic Commanders in Chief, according to the +fourth Proposition of their Excellencies, bearing Date the 6th Day +of October, 1762. + +Signed by the Archbishop and the Ovidores of the City of Manila. + +Counterpart signed by + + +Rear Admiral Cornish and Brigadier General Draper + + + + + + + + +DRAPER'S JOURNAL + +A journal of the proceedings of his Majesty's forces on the expedition +against Manila + + +The troops allotted for this enterprise were the 79th regiment, +and a company of the Royal Artillery. The auxiliaries furnished by +the gentlemen at Madrass, consisted of thirty of their artillery, +six hundred Seapoys, a company of Caffrees, one of Topazes, and +one of pioneers; to which they added the precarious assistance of +two companies of Frenchmen, inlisted in their service, with some +hundreds of unarmed Lascars for the use of the engineers and park +of artillery. As a compensation for this feeble supply of men, they +favoured us with some very good officers in every branch of the +service. Rear Adm. Cornish reinforced our little army with a fine +battalion of five hundred and fifty seamen and two hundred and seventy +good marines. So that the whole force for the land operations amounted +to two thousand three hundred men; who, with the necessary stores, +were imbarked on board of his Majesty's squadron, and two India ships +employed as transports, with an activity and dispatch that did great +honour to all concerned in those arrangements. [34] The preparations +were commenced, completed, and shipped, in three weeks, through a +raging and perpetual surf, by which some lives were lost. + +As Maj.-Gen. Lawrence was of opinion, that the settlements would be in +danger if more forces were drawn from the coast, the two battalions +of the company's troops, all the cavalry, six thousand Seapoys, with +the part of Col. Monson's, and the highlanders, then at Madrass, +were left for their security. The Medway, York, and Chatham, that +were hourly expected, had orders left for them to remain for the +protection of the trade. We sailed, with the Admiral's division, the +first of August. The Seahorse, Capt. Grant, was previously dispatched +through the streights of Malacca to the entrance of the China sea, +to stop all vessels that might be bound to Manila, or sent from any +of our neighbouring settlements to give the Spaniards notice of the +design. Commodore Tyddyman, with the first division of the fleet and +troops under Col. Monson, sailed two days before us, that our watering +might be more speedily completed at Malacca; where we arrived the +nineteenth of August. We there bought up a large quantity of rattans +to make gabions, a good number of which was finished on board the +several ships. The twenty-seventh we sailed for our second rendezvous, +off the island of Timon. The necessary signals and instructions were +then given for landing on the coast of Luconia. + +On the twenty-third of September we anchored in Manila bay; and soon +found, that our visit was unexpected; the Spaniards were unprepared +[35] To increase as much as possible the visible confusion and +consternation of the enemy, we determined to lose no time in the +attack of the port of Cavite, that was at first intended, but proceed +directly to the grand object, judging that our conquest there would of +course occasion and draw after it the fall of Cavite. On the morning +of the twenty-fourth, we sent an ineffectual summons to the town, and, +with the Admiral and other principal officers, examined the coast, +in order to fix upon a proper spot for landing the troops, artillery, +and stores. We found a most convenient place about two miles to the +south of Manila. Accordingly, all the boats were immediately prepared +by the proper signals: and three frigates, the Argo, Capt. King; +Seahorse, Capt. Grant; and Seaford, Capt. Peighin, were sent in very +near the shore to cover the descent. The 79th regiment, the marines, +a detachment of artillery, with three field-pieces, and one howitzer, +fixed in the long-boats, assembled in three divisions under their +sterns; the left, commanded by Col. Monson, quartermaster-general; +the centre by me, with Lt-Col. Scott the adjutant-general; the right +by Maj. More, the eldest field officer. As we had determined to land +near a church and village called Malata, that was opposite our left, +the other two divisions, which had been separated only to amuse and +distract the attention of the enemy, were ordered to join that as +soon as possible. About six in the evening we pushed, with an even +front, for the shore, under the prudent and skilful management of +the Captains Parker of the Grafton, Kempenfelt the Admiral's captain, +and Brereton of the Falmouth, who had the direction of the boats. The +frigates kept up a brisk fire to the right and left of us, to protect +our flanks, and disperse the enemy, who were beginning to assemble +in great numbers both horse and foot, to oppose our descent. This +cannonade had the desired effect. They retired, and left us a clear +coast. But a violent surf arose, many boats were dashed to pieces, +our arms and ammunition much damaged; providentially no lives were +lost. We formed upon the beach, marched, and took possession of the +Malata, fixed our outposts, and passed the whole night under arms. The +Spaniards were employed in burning part of their suburbs. + +The twenty-fifth we seized a fort which the Spaniards had abandoned, +named the Polverista, [36] that proved a most excellent place of arms, +for covering the landing of our stores, and securing our communication +with the squadron. Col. Monson, who was detached with two hundred +men to view the roads and approaches to Manila, occupied the Hermita +church, large and commodious, about nine hundred yards from the +city. We made the priest's house the headquarters; sent orders to +Maj. More to march up with the 79th regiment to secure and maintain +this post, which was of the utmost consequence, both from its strength, +and the great cover it afforded us from the rains that had deluged +the country, and made it impossible to incamp; for we too soon found, +that the monsoon had broke upon us. The surf continued dangerous; the +rains increased; the landing of our artillery and stores became very +hazardous; our remaining troops were put on shore with much peril, +and some loss; Lieut. Hardwick was drowned. But the courage and +activity of the seamen surmounted all obstacles; they got on shore +part of the Seapoys, some provisions, and such stores as were first +wanted, and by signals demanded from the squadron; the officers of +which were indefatigable in giving us all possible assistance; and +Capt. Jocelyn, who was intrusted with the care of the disimbarkation, +did every thing that could be wished or expected from a diligent +good officer. We left the marines at our first post, the Malata, +to be near the Polverista, to preserve our communications, and guard +our stores and park of artillery. The men, from the good conduct and +example of their officers, behaved very well, and were of great use +upon all occasions. As the rains had forced us to seek the protection +of the houses that were under the fire of the bastions, the Spaniards +cannonaded our quarters, which were much nearer the walls than the +usual rules of war prescribe. They attempted likewise to burn more +of their suburbs, but were prevented by the great activity and good +conduct of Capt. Fletcher, major of brigade, and Capts Stevenson and +Cotsford, the engineers; who having advanced under cover of the houses +to St. Jago's [i.e., Santiago] church, near the sea, and within three +hundred yards of the town, reported its importance so sensibly, that +we posted a body of men there, notwithstanding its contiguity to their +bastions. The enemy soon fired upon us; but not with perseverance or +effect enough to dislodge us. We had some few men killed and wounded. + +Twenty-sixth. The Admiral sent on shore the battalion of seamen under +the command of the Captains Collins of the Weymouth, Pitchford of the +America, and George Ourry from the Panther. They were cantoned between +the 79th regiment and the marines. The rest of the company's troops +of all sorts were likewise landed, and put under cover. The Spaniards +advanced out of the garrison, under the command of the Chevalier +Fayett, [37] with four hundred men, and two field-pieces; and from a +church, about two hundred yards to the right of that we yesterday took +possession of, near the sea, begun a cannonade upon the right flank +of our post. Some Seapoys, under Ens. Carty, who behaved very well, +were first sent to skirmish with them, supported by three piquets of +the 79th regiment, and one hundred seamen, all under the command of +Col. Monson, who soon drove the enemy back into the town. In their +precipitate flight, one of the field-pieces was left upon the glacis. + +The superior skill and bravery of our people were so evident from +this affair, that it occasioned a second summons to the Governor; +but to no purpose: the answer was much more spirited than their +conduct had been. [38] Col. Monson had orders to keep possession of +this second church, if he found it tenible: for as we had not men +enough, or dry ground to make regular approaches, we were forced into +these measures, rash as they seem, and contrary to all rules of our +profession, by our critical situation. From the top of this post, which +we called No 2, we had a perfect view of the enemy's works. The front +we were obliged to attack, was defended by the bastions of St. Diego +and St. Andrew [i.e., San Diego and San Andrés], with orillons and +retired flanks, a ravelin which covered the royal gate, a wet ditch, +covered way, and glacis. The bastions were in excellent order, lined +with a great number of fine brass cannon; but their ravelin was not +armed, the covered way out of repair, the glacis by much too low, +and the ditch was not produced round the capital of the bastion of +St. Diego, which determined us to attack it, and make our dispositions +accordingly. [39] The negligence and omission of the enemy to post +sentries in the covered way, gave us an opportunity of sounding the +ditch; which perilous enterprise was effected by a small party of the +79th regiment, under Capt. Fletcher, who begged leave to undertake +it. The Spaniards fired from their bastion, and killed or wounded +three of our people. The depth of the water was only five feet, the +breadth about thirty yards. As the great extent of this populous city +made it impossible to invest it with our handful of men, two sides +were constantly open to the Spaniards, to introduce supplies of men +and provisions, and carry out their effects. They availed themselves +of our weakness. Their own garrison of eight hundred men of the +Royal regiment, under the command of the Marcus of Villa Mediana, +brigadier-general, was augmented by a body of ten thousand Indians +from the province of Pampanga, a fierce and barbarous people. These +disadvantages were not to be remedied, as we could not take possession +of Minondo, Tondo, and La vera Cruz, the posts which commanded +the river, and communication with the country. The inundations had +secured their Parian suburb; but no difficulties could check the +ardor of the troops, who labored incessantly in making fascines and +gabions, and preparing everything for the construction and opening +of our batteries. One for small shells was completed this night, +and played upon the bastion of St. Diego. Its position was behind the +church, nearest the sea, called No 1. The officers of the artillery +and engineers exerted themselves in a manner, that nothing but their +zeal for the public service could have inspired. + +Twenty-seventh. The Governor sent out a flag of truce, to apologize +for some barbarities committed by the savages lately mentioned, who +had murdered some straggling seamen; and to request, that a nephew +of his, taken in the bay, might be sent on shore. This gentleman had +been dispatched from the Philippina galleon, just arrived on the coast +from Acapulco, with the first advices of the war. Hostilities ceased +till eleven at night, when we recommenced our fire from the mortars, +increased them to four, and placed a six-pounder on our left flank, +as a further security for our post at St. Jago's church. As the +capture of the galleon, and her treasure, might be well esteemed a +national object, Mr. Cornish proposed sending the Panther and Argo +from the squadron to intercept her, which was consented to; and the +officers of the navy very generously agreed to our sharing any prizes +that might be taken in this cruise, as we had before consented to +their sharing with us in any booty that might be taken at land; and +the distribution to be made according to the rules his Majesty has +fixed for the sea-service. The Admiral likewise sent on shore eight +twenty-four pounders ship guns, and two eighteen-pounders, for our +battering train; as, to save time, we brought only the land-carriages +and platforms from Madrass. + +Twenty-eighth. The Governor's nephew was landed. My secretary, +Lieut. Fryar, was ordered to conduct him into the town with a +flag of truce. In the mean time, a large party of the garrison, +intermixed with Indians, sallied out to attack our second post, +No 2. by which Lieut. Fryar was advancing to the ravelin-gate. The +barbarians, without respecting his character, inhumanly murdered him, +mangling his body in a manner too shocking to mention. In their fury +they mortally wounded the other gentleman, who had endeavoured to +save Mr. Fryar. Our party received their onset with much firmness +and bravery, and repulsed them with some loss on their side. As it +was evident that the Indians alone were guilty of this horrid piece +of barbarity, our soldiers shewed them no mercy. + +Twenty-ninth. The Admiral, at my request, ordered the Elizabeth, +Com. Tyddyman, and the Falmouth, Capt. Brereton, to place themselves +as near the town as the depth of water would permit, and second our +operations, by enfilading the front we intended to attack; but the +shallows kept them at too great a distance to answer the purpose +effectually, though their shot struck much confusion and terror into +the inhabitants. We continued our bombardment day and night. + +Thirtieth. The engineers traced out Adm. Cornish's battery for +eight twenty-four pounders, on the left of St. Jago's church; but +the violence of the rains retarded our progress; and the absence of +two ships, that had on board a considerable quantity of fascines, +and many of our working and intrenching tools, put us to some +inconveniences. The Admiral's goodness supplied these defects: all +the smiths and carpenters in the fleet were employed in making those +instruments; and by their industry and dispatch, we were enabled to +proceed. The Elizabeth and Falmouth persevered in their cannonade +upon the town, which was returned from the enemy's sea-line without +any effect. + +October first and second. The weather grew so very tempestuous, +that the whole squadron was in danger, and all communication with it +entirely cut off. [40] The violence of the storm forced the South-sea +castle storeship (which was lately arrived) from her anchors, and +drove her on shore: even in this situation the ship was of great +use. Capt. Sherwood enfiladed the whole sea-beach to the southward, +and kept in awe a large body of Indians, who menaced the Polverista, +and our magazines at the Malata. Nothwithstanding the deluge of +rain which accompanied the wind, by the perseverance of the troops +and seamen, we completed the battery for the twenty-four pounders, +raised a mortar-battery for the heavy shells of ten and thirteen +inches, made a good parallel and communication from the church to +the gun-battery, and established a spacious place of arms on the +left of it, near the sea. The roaring of the waves prevented the +enemy from hearing the noise of our workmen in the night. They gave +us no interruption, but seemed to trust entirely to the elements; +while the Governor (the Archbishop) gave out, that an angel from the +Lord was gone forth to destroy us like the host of Sennacherib. [41] +On the afternoon of the 2d, the seamen, with wonderful activity, +brought up and mounted all the guns in the battery; which we masked. + +Third. The weather became moderate. At day-light the battery was +opened against the left face of the bastion of St. Diego, towards +the saliant angle. One hundred seamen were appointed to assist the +corps of artillery in this service. Our cannon, by the most excellent +skill and management of Maj. Barker, and the officers under him, were +served with such justness, quickness, and dexterity, that the twelve +pieces on that face of the bastion were silenced in a few hours, and +the Spaniards drove from them. We had but two men killed. At night +we began a battery for three guns, on the left of our place of arms, +to silence those that were in barbet upon the orillon of the bastion +of St. Andrew, which annoyed our flank. We maintained a brisk fire of +grape and musketry all the night, to prevent the enemy from repairing +their embrasures and remounting the cannon. The mortars, now augmented +to seven, were kept constantly playing upon the gorge of the bastion, +and the contiguous defences. + +Fourth. About three hours before day one thousand of the Indians +attacked the cantonment of the seamen. They were encouraged to this +attempt by the incessant rains in which they flattered themselves our +fire-arms would be useless. Their approach was favoured by a great +number of thick bushes that grew upon the side of a rivulet, which +they passed in the night, and by keeping close, eluded the vigilance +of the patroles. Upon the alarm, Col. Monson and Capt. Fletcher, +with the piquets, were dispatched to the assistance of the seamen, +who very sensibly kept firm in their posts, and were contented to +repulse them till day-break; when a fresh piquet of the 79th regiment +appearing upon the Indians right flank, they fled, were pursued, +and dispersed, with the loss of three hundred men. Had their skill or +weapons been equal to their strength and ferocity, it might have cost +us dear. Although armed chiefly with bows, arrows, and lances, they +advanced up to the very muzzles of our pieces, repeated their assaults, +and died like wild beasts, gnawing the bayonets. This attack cost us +some few men; but we lost a most excellent sea officer, Capt. Porter, +lieutenant of the Norfolk, sincerely and justly lamented by all. We +had scarce finished this affair, when another body of them, with part +of the Spanish garrison, again attacked the church No 2. forced the +Seapoys from their post in it, nearest the town, and took possession +of the top, from whence they killed and wounded several of our people, +who were entirely exposed to all their weapons. Notwithstanding this +disadvantageous situation, the European soldiers maintained their +post behind the church with great firmness and patience, and at last +dislodged the enemy, with the assistance of some field-pieces, and the +good conduct of Maj. Fell, field-officer of the day, Capt. Fletcher, +and other brave officers sent to their relief. The Spaniards left +seventy dead behind them, in and about the church. On our side, +Capt. Strahan, of the 79th regiment, a very good officer, was mortally +wounded, and forty private men wounded or killed. This was the enemy's +last effort: all their Indians, excepting one thousand eight hundred, +discouraged by their losses, returned home. Our working parties and +the fire of our batteries, which had been a little interrupted by these +attacks, recommenced with greater spirit than ever. We found likewise +the good effects of giving the enemy no time to repair their embrasures +or carriages in the night. They opened only an inconsiderable fire +from three or four embrasures in the curtain, too oblique to have +much effect: before night those defences were ruined. + +Fifth. Maj. Barker's fire was so violent, that the breach appeared +practicable. Our cannon from the three-gun battery silenced those +of the enemy on the orillon of St. Andrew. We were in hopes that the +Spaniards would be sensible of their danger, and think of giving up +the town. But they were obstinate, without bravery, or any generous +resolution of defending the breach. In the evening, the design of +storming the place was communicated to the principal officers of each +department only, and the necessary preparations made. [42] + +Sixth. At four o'clock in the morning we filed off from our quarters, +in small bodies, to give the less suspicion; and, by degrees, assembled +at St. Jago's church; observing the utmost silence, and concealing +ourselves in the place of arms, and the parallel between the church and +the battery. Maj. Barker kept up a brisk fire upon the works, and those +places where the enemy might be lodged or intrenched. Our mortars were +well applied for the same purpose. At day-break we discerned a large +body of Spaniards formed on the bastion of St. Andrew, which gave us +reason to imagine they had got some information of our design, and +intended to annoy us with their musquetry and grape from the retired +flank of that bastion, where they had still two cannon placed: but +upon the explosion of some shells that fell among them, they went +off. We took immediate advantage of this, and by the signal of a +general discharge of our artillery and mortars, rushed on to the +assault, under cover of a thick smoke that blew directly upon the +town. Sixty volunteers of different corps, under Lieut. Russel of +the 79th, led the way, supported by the grenadiers of that regiment: +the engineers, with the pioneers, and other workmen, to clear and +enlarge the breach, and make lodgments, in case the enemy should have +been too strongly intrenched in the gorge of the bastion, followed: +Col. Monson and Maj. More were at the head of two grand divisions +of the 79th: the battalion of seamen advanced next, sustained by +the other two divisions of the 79th: the company's troops closed the +rear. They all mounted the breach with amazing spirit and rapidity. The +few Spaniards upon the bastion dispersed so suddenly, that it was +thought they depended upon their mines. Capt. Stevenson had orders +to make a strict search to discover them; but our precautions were +needless. We met with little resistance, except at the Royal gate, +and from the galleries of the lofty houses which surround the grand +square. In the guard-house over the Royal gate one hundred of the +Spaniards and Indians, who would not surrender, were put to the +sword. [43] Three hundred more, according to the enemy's account, +were drowned in attempting to escape over the river, which was very +deep and rapid. [44] The Governor and principal officers retired to +the citadel, and were glad to surrender as prisoners at discretion, +as that place was in no good posture of defence. [45] Capt. Dupont of +the 79th, with one hundred men, took possession of it. The Marquis of +Villa Mediana, with the rest of the Spanish officers, were admitted +as prisoners of war on their paroles of honour; and to conciliate +the affections of the natives, all the Indians who fell into our +hands were dismissed in safety. Our joy, upon this fortunate event, +was greatly clouded by the loss of Maj. More, who was transfixed with +an arrow near the Royal gate, [46] and died immediately, universally +lamented for his good qualities, Capt. Sleigh of the grenadiers, and +some other good officers, were wounded. We had about thirty private +men killed or wounded. In consequence of the terms dictated to the +Spaniards, the port of Cavite and citadel, with several large ships, +and a vast quantity of warlike and naval stores, were surrendered to +us. Capt. Champion, with 100 marines, and as many Seapoys, imbarked +on board the Seahorse to take possession of it. The Spanish garrison +of 300 men, on the approach of our people, mutinied against their +officers, plundered some houses, and went off into the country with +their arms. + +As a small acknowledgment of the great services which the whole army +had received from Capt. Kempenfelt, the Admiral's Captain, I begged +he would act at Cavite with a commission as governor for his Majesty, +being well assured that no one could discharge that trust with more +conduct and abilities. [47] + + +Spanish officers of note prisoners of war + +Don Felix de Eguiluz, Lieutenant-General of Artillery. + +The Marquis of Villa Mediana, Brigadier-General, and Colonel of the +King's regiment. + +Don Miguel Valdes, Lieutenant-Colonel, and Commandant of the second +battalion of ditto. + +Don Joseph de Riarte, Lieutenant-Colonel, and Governor of the Cavite. + +Don Francisco Rodriguez, Serjeant-Major of ditto. + +Don Manuel Fernandes Toribio, Commandant and Serjeant-Major of the +citadel of St. Jago. + +Don Christoval Ros, Serjeant-Major of Manila. + +Don Thomas de Castro, [48] Chief Engineer, and Colonel of the King's +regiment. + +14 Captains, 13 Lieutenants, 12 Ensigns, 2 Adjutants, 1 Physician, +1 Surgeon, 11 Serjeants, 261 Rank and File. + +Of the Marine, 4 Captains, 2 Ensigns. + +Of the Artillery, 1 Captain-Commandant, 2 Lieutenants, 1 Ensign, +1 Adjutant, 1 Commissary. + +Of the Irregular Pampangos, 1 Captain, 2 Lieutenants, +1 Ensign. +2 Adjutants of the Cavite. +2 Adjutants of the citadel of St. Jago. +4 Adjutants of the city of Manila. +1 Captain and Engineer of ditto. +Of the Cadet Company 5 +The Governor-General's life-guard 8 + +Killed and Wounded of the British forces + +79th reg. Killed: Maj. More, Capt. Strahan, Lieut. Fryar, 6 +privates. Wounded: Capt. Sleigh of the grenadiers, Lieuts Hazlewood +and Garnons, Ens. Hog, 45 pr. + +Battalion of seamen. Killed: Capt. Peter Porter, lieutenant of +the Norfolk, Mr. White, surgeon's mate of ditto, 7 pr. seamen, +5 marines. Wounded: Second-Lieut. Thomas Spearing, of the marines, +of the Lenox, Mr. Neal, midshipman of ditto, one serjeant, 18 pr. + +Company's troops. Drowned: Lieut. Hardwick, one serjeant, 2 +pr. Wounded: one serjeant, 5 pr. + +Artillery. Killed: one pr. Wounded: one serjeant, 3 pr. + +Seapoys. Killed 8. Wounded 31. + +Abstract + + K. W. Tot. + + Officers 6 6 12 + Serjeants 1 3 4 + Private 29 102 131 + -- --- --- + 36 111 147 + + + +Return of brass and iron ordnance, powder, shot, shells, &c. found +in the town and citadel of Manila. + + +Brass ordnance, 342 serviceable, 8 unserviceable. + +Iron ordnance, 108 serviceable, 15 unserviceable. + +Brass mortars, 6 inch and beds ... 2 +Iron howitzers 7. + +Carriages, 66 serviceable, 85 unserviceable. + +Of the above, 4 brass guns and 7 swivels were spiked, and 8 wounded. + +Shot, of all sizes, from 28 pounders to four ounces, 18,073. + +Grape ditto 2411. + +Double-headed 118. + +Link 88. + +Spiked 39. + +Lead, one and a half pounders, 1000. + +Shells, from 13 inch to 7 inch, 44. + +Hand granadoes 248. + +Gunpowder boxes 38, computed to contain 2280 lb. +Ditto matt bags 141, computed to contain 6345 lb. +Cartridges filled, 894 4989 lb. + +Musquets, repairable 270, unserviceable 257. + +Ditto barrels 360. + +Spontoons 4; halberts 12; bayonets, very old, 200; spunges, with +rammer-heads, unserviceable, 200; bamboo cartridges, of different +sizes, 240. + + + + +Return of brass and iron ordnance, &c. found at Cavite. + + +Brass ordnance, 137 serviceable, 1 unserviceable. + +Iron ditto, 68 serviceable, 24 unserviceable. + +Iron howitzers and carriages, 11 serviceable. + +Carriages, 96 serviceable, 41 unserviceable. + +Shot, of all sizes, from 52 pounders to 3 pounders, 13,620. + +Double-headed ditto 411. + +Link ditto 347. + +Grape ditto 987. + +Shells, 13 and 8 inch, 18. + +Powder-boxes 138, containing 7680 lb. + +Cartridges 1221, containing 7904 lb. + +Musquets, 280 serviceable, 12 unserviceable. + +Bayonets 108, cutlasses 28. + + + + + + + + +ROJO'S JOURNAL + +Journal of what occurred at the attack and defense of the city of +Manila, the capital of Philipinas islands, and of the archipelago of +San Lazaro, from September 22 to October 5, 1762, the day on which it +was taken by assault by Brigadier Guillermo Drapert, commander-in-chief +of the British troops of the East Indias. + + +Before commencing this journal, it is fitting to give a brief +description of the location of Manila, and of the destitute condition +in which the enemy found its fortifications and defenses in order +that we may present a clear idea of the vigorous resistance that was +made even to the last extremity. [49] + +The city of Manila, according to the map of Father Murillo, is located +in 14° 40' of north latitude, and 158° 35' east longitude, on a +tongue of land which terminates in a point, and forming the figure +of a jug or flagon, whose extremity or neck is formed by the above +point itself and contains the royal fort of Santiago. At the west it +is terminated by a large bay at the north by the Pasig River, which +bathes its walls. On the land side from south to east, it is defended +by four flat bastions with their casemates, and right flanks covered +with orillons, and with ditches, covered way, and glacis. Along the +sea, the city is fortified by a long curtain with five little flat +bastions, a reduct located at a great distance from the wall. The +lines of defense have such disproportion from one another, that those +bastions cannot be defended reciprocally. It is impossible, further, +to prevent the approach by the curtain, because there is neither +ditch nor terreplein. Then too, the parapets are only one foot wide, +and the curtain six. + +The curtain embracing the north side, bathed by the river, and which +has a kind of curvature where it forms two reëntrant angles, is in +the same condition of weakness as that of the sea, and is defended +by two small bastions, which present the same defect noted above in +their lines of defense. + +From the bastion of San Gabriel to the gate of the Parián on the east +of the city, is located a false screen or barbacan with its parapet +and banquette. It is defective, for it is fallen, and has no gate +for the retreat of the soldiers. The gate of the Parián is covered +and defended by a small outer work in the form of a crown, and the +royal gate by a ravelin so poorly placed and so poorly ordered, that +it cannot defend the faces of the collateral bastions of San Andrés +and of the foundry. The flanks of the two latter bastions are not any +more capable of defending the faces of the ravelin. It must be added +to the above that all those fortifications are very old and defective: +the walls; the chemise, or revetement, three feet thick at the cordon, +without counterfort; the escarp and counter-escarp fallen in part; +and almost everything useless. + +The covered way is very short and filled with thickets and bushes. Its +parapet is in ruins and it has no stockade or palisade. It is so low, +that it leaves the most essential parts of the bastions and curtains +open clear to the foot. The embrasures are poorly placed. The gates on +the sea side, are pierced through, and so old and so used up, that they +cannot offer any resistance at all. The esplanades of the boulevards +are so irregular and so rough, that it is impossible to maneuver +with the artillery, which, besides, was mounted on ship's carriages +so old that they could not be fired without danger of being dismounted. + +The royal fort of Santiago is composed of two demi-bastions which +dominate the city, and of a third one which points outward and +prevents the approach of the enemy. It has two circular platforms, +and several flanks intended for the same use. The curtains which +unite these bastions have no terreplein, and the places from which +to fire are distributed without any measure or proportion. + +The garrison of this place consisted of the royal regiment, which +has been composed, since its creation, of twenty companies of one +hundred men apiece, under the command of captains, lieutenants, +and ensigns. These companies have never been full, and have never +amounted to fifteen hundred men. When the enemy arrived, this regiment +was diminished to such an extent both by the mortality and desertion +of some men, and by the different detachments which were told off for +the galleons and for other posts, that there were not more than five +hundred and fifty-six soldiers. There were only eighty cannoneers, +and those even were native Indians, who were but little skilled in the +management of artillery. At the arrival of the enemy, four militia +companies were formed, of sixty men each, and called commercial +troops. [50] + +Manila never thought that it would be attacked by European nations. It +supported the security in which it existed on the distance and +remoteness of its position, in relation with Europe, and on the fact +that such an example had never happened, although the two crowns +had often been at war. In such confidence, they had been satisfied +with putting the place in a state of defense against the Moros and +neighboring nations who were little skilled in the art of war, the +management of large artillery, muskets, and in the terrible artifice +of throwing bombs, grenades, shells, etc. For in order that Manila +might be defended against European nations, it would have needed +four thousand well drilled men and all the corresponding equipment, +things which this city has lacked even to the present. [51] + +In this state of defense, on the twenty-second of September, 1762, +at half-past five in the evening, a powerful fleet of thirteen vessels +was seen. Although so unexpected a novelty caused the greatest surprise +and the greatest astonishment, since there was no news in Manila of the +war, and it was not supposed even that it had been declared, it was +suspected nevertheless, that that was a hostile fleet. Consequently, +his Excellency, Archbishop Roxo, governor and captain-general, gave on +the spot the orders necessary and in accordance with the circumstances, +to put the place in a state of defense, without forgetting to send +to Cavite the help needed there. + +While the preparations for the defense were being made, it was decided +that it was necessary to write to the commander of the squadron, +in order to tell him that he was to announce his nationality, for +what purpose he had come, and the reason why he had entered the +bay, without first having announced himself. The following night, +an officer was assigned to bear this letter. [52] About eleven +o'clock, next morning, a boat which had been sent from the squadron, +drew up to the fort. It bore two English officers, and ours who was +returning, with a communication signed by Admiral Samuel Cornis, and by +Brigadier-general Drapert, commander-in-chief of the land forces of his +Britannic Majesty assigned for the present expedition. In their letter +they announced that they were coming by order of their sovereign, +for the conquest of the islands. Consequently, they urged that the +city of Manila, its fortifications, and its territory, be surrendered +to them. If that were not done, or indeed if any resistance were made +(which they did not expect, unless the authors of the resistance were +crazy), they had brought formidable forces to make themselves masters +of all the land by force of arms, and they would immediately commence +hostilities after hearing the answer. [53] + +The captain-general answered them that the proposition which had just +been made could not be accepted by subjects so faithful to their king, +and that they were all resolved to sacrifice their lives for the +defense of religion and the honor of the arms of their sovereign. [54] + +As soon as they had received the answer, the entire squadron began +to move about six o'clock on the evening of the twenty-third. They +approached as near as possible to the south shore of the city, opposite +the reduct called San Antonio Abad, which was used as a casemate, +and which was one good half-league distant from the city. That same +night, and until daybreak, the people busied themselves in taking +all the gunpowder from that post. But it was necessary to abandon the +said post with some effects and a goodly quantity of saltpetre, for +the enemy landed at that same place, under support from the artillery +of their ships. They took possession of the reduct as well as of the +churches of Malate, [55] Nuestra Señora de Guia, and Santiago, of the +suburbs and shops along the seashore, between the church of San Juan +de Bagumbayan, which was eighty-five toises from the city, and the +reduct. That same night two pickets of musketeers were detached from +the garrison, commanded by ----, with orders to attack the enemy, +to dislodge them if possible, and to prevent at the same time, the +disembarking which was being continued along various places on the +shore. The pickets suffered a very severe fire from the musketry +of the enemy, who were stationed in the church of Santiago, and the +neighboring houses, so that they retired in disorder. + +On the twenty-fourth, about eight o'clock in the morning, they began +to salute the enemy with artillery from the boulevards of the foundry +and from San Andrés, but with little effect, because the enemy were +behind the churches which protected them. [56] + +At nine in the morning, a small galley entered the bay, coming from +the Embocadero of San Bernardino, with the news that the galleon +"Philippino" had anchored in Palapa, on its return from Nueva +España. The hostile squadron detached a swift frigate and four armed +chaloupes, which gave chase to the galley. Having fired some shots at +it, the galley made shore at Tambobo. At the same time the majority +of the people on that galley, soldiers and passengers leaped into +the water. Two chaloupes captured it. The captain, a subaltern, who +was in charge of the galley, and some persons who had stayed aboard, +were made prisoners of war. The chaloupes tried to tow the galley, +but not being able to succeed in it, they took all that they could +out of it, [57] except two six-pounder cannons which they were unable +to move; and thereupon abandoned the galley and went back to their +squadron. The captain-general had that galley set afire, after the +two cannons had been taken out of it. + +The following night it was resolved to make a vigorous sortie in +order to discomfit the enemy who were fortifying themselves with all +haste in the churches of which we have just spoken, namely, Nuestra +Señora de Guia, Malate, and Santiago. Two four-pounders were detached, +with the necessary artillerymen and the men needed to manage those +cannons, fifty musketeers of the regular troops, some militiamen, +and eight hundred Indian natives with their spears. In charge of +this expedition was Monsieur Fayette (a Frenchman in the service of +Manila). He attacked the enemy at their posts. [58] The action lasted +the greater part of the night, with a sharp fire on both sides; but +Monsieur Fayette having recognized the invincible strength of the corps +opposed to ours, and that fresh forces were continually coming to the +enemy, ordered our men to retire a bit, and take position before the +church of San Juan de Bagumbayan, where he kept his post all night, +firing on the church of Santiago until nine o'clock of the morning +of the twenty-fifth, when all the troops came back under protection +of a new force which was sent them from the city. [59] From that +time until three o'clock in the afternoon, firing was suspended, +because an officer of the hostile camp was received in the place, +who was charged with a special mission. [60] + +The bombardment continued without cessation. It did much damage to +the buildings and killed some persons. The bombs that were picked +up entire, were eighteen inches in diameter. They were kept to +send back to the enemy in two mortars which were found in the +royal magazines. That same night, some cannons loaded with grape +were discharged on the enemy. To it was joined a fusillade which +produced a good effect, for on the day of the twenty-sixth, [61] +several corpses were to be seen from the place scattered between the +glacis and the hostile trenches. Some muskets that had been left by +those killed were picked up. Since the enemy did not take them away, +their bodies were buried in the bellies of hungry foxes and dogs +which were very numerous there, and which devoured them in a short +time in the sight of our men who manned the walls. + +At eight in the morning, some Indian and mestizo spearmen presented +themselves before the enemy's trenches, without that movement on +their part having been preceded by any order. On approaching the +advanced outposts who were occupying the sacristies of the church +of San Juan de Bagumbayan, the bakery, and other neighboring houses, +those Indians (although few in number), threw themselves on the enemy +with such fury that they gained possession of the posts which have +just been mentioned. They drove out the hostile musketeers, wounding +and killing all that they met. But the English were promptly succored +by a reënforcement of three hundred fusileers, who regained the posts +that they had lost, and caused the Indians to retreat, to whom a signal +was made from the bastion of San Andres to leave a clear field so that +the fire of our artillery could have free play. The artillery did, +by this means, great harm to the enemy. + +During the progress of this bloody action, an officer of the camp +was perceived, who was carrying a white flag. He was followed and +accompanied by a young man clad in black, and by a drummer beating the +chamade. The fire of our artillery was suspended, but the fusillade +of the enemy continued with unequaled obstinacy, against the Indian +spearmen who always sustained that fire. Consequently, the Indians +attacked the English officer, killed him, and gave seven mortal wounds +to the young man who accompanied him. The drummer was also killed, +and another person who appeared to be the servant of the officer. The +Indians cut off the head of the latter, but not being longer able to +endure the hostile fire they retired to the covered way of the royal +gate, which was opened for them so that they could reënter. Following +are the facts of the case. The nephew of the archbishop, Don Antonio +Sierra de Tagle, having been made prisoner on board the little galley +and conducted aboard the flagship, of which we have spoken above, +the English commander-in-chief had offered in advance to grant him +his liberty, and the English officer was conducting him for that +purpose. That young man died of his wounds. [62] + +During the whole of this day, the bombardment continued with fury, +the enemy having increased their batteries of the church of Santiago +by three mortars. After dinner an officer was despatched to the +camp of the enemy to agree upon a truce, so that they could take +away the body of their officer who had been killed. They did so, +but many other dead bodies were left. On our side also, some who had +been wounded were brought in. + +On the morning of the twenty-eighth, a message was received from the +English commander-in-chief, who urgently demanded the head of the +English officer which the Indians had taken: as well as the author of +that deed, with the threat that if it were not done, he would send the +heads of all the prisoners whom they had in their power, and especially +those of two officers, who had been made prisoners aboard the little +galley. That demand was completely satisfied, and we were exculpated +from a deed in which we had no part, and the blame for which was to +be attributed to the lack of civilized customs among the Indians, +and especially to the Sepoys, who, as has been said, did not cease +to continue hostilities by their constant fire. Our captain-general +(the archbishop), mounted on horseback, and went to see the hostile +camp, in order to appease the trouble that that affair had aroused, +and in fact it did not go farther. + +The bombardment continued without cessation, and from half-past five +in the evening until seven the flagship and another ship fired on the +city, but with very slight result, for the balls which were fired +horizontally were all buried on the shore, and those to which they +gave a slight elevation, nearly all passed over the city, and were +lost on the other side. + +That same day, two mortars were fixed and placed in a battery on the +rampart of the foundry, with which many bombs were thrown into the +hostile camp and into the trenches. + +On the twenty-ninth, [63] at six in the morning, the flagship and +another vessel commenced to cannonade the bastion of the foundry, +and made a desperate fire, which continued until eight o'clock with +the same activity. From that time until ten it was moderated. In the +afternoon of that same day, two craft entered by way of the great +strait (of Mariveles). Immediately two of the enemy's squadron were +detached, which having joined the two which were coming, anchored +with them near Manila. It was learned afterward that those craft +were two English frigates, which had become separated from the body +of the squadron in a great storm; as was also the case with the +"Namur," which had lost its masts and had been forced to put in at +Canton. Hence their total squadron numbered sixteen sail. + +The thirtieth, the bombardment continued, and the vessels fired +some shots from their cannons. [64] From the city four chaloupes +were seen which had overturned; they were coming ashore with men and +war supplies. The same accident happened to a champan which they had +captured in the days preceding. This accident had happened through +the violence of the west wind which had freshened. This was at four +in the afternoon, and at six, a bomb-ketch made shore opposite the +reduct of San Antonio Abad. + +October first, the Indians of Passay reported that a raft had made +the shore, which was built of large masts, small masts, and yards +that had belonged to the bomb-ketch; that this raft had on it the +moorings, and artillery of the above bomb-ketch. They reported that +they had seen many people drowned on the beach. Upon this report, +the native cavalry was detached in order that they might seize those +effects. But when they arrived at the place, they were repulsed by the +enemy's musketry, who had hastened from their general quarter of Malate +and from the powder factory in order to protect the raft and its load. + +At daybreak of the second, the enemy placed in operation a battery +of eight twenty-four pounders against the flanked angle of the +bastion of the foundry, and against the face which looked upon their +camp. That battery was so well served, that at ten in the morning, +all the parapet of that part was on the ground. At the same time, +they directed their mortars (nine in number and of various calibers) +toward the bastion itself. The flagship and another vessel bombarded +the same bastion on the side looking seaward, with such fury that +along the shore and beyond the walls on the landside, more than four +thousand twenty-four pound balls were collected. But what molested +us still more was the musketry of the enemy, which was placed in +the tower and church of Santiago, which they had arranged for that +purpose by opening in all the roofs several windows so that they +dominated us. They saw also all that occurred in the city, and +although the greatest efforts and the most powerful attempts were +made to batter down the church with our artillery, we were unable to +do it, or to dislodge the enemy from that post. But it is incredible +that our bastion being open without a parapet on either side, it is +incredible, I say, that of the various officers who sustained it, +and of all the musketeers and artillerymen who were obliged to fire +in barbet, there were killed only two artillerymen, two musketeers, +and three pioneers, in spite of a desperate fire which all those +men suffered from five different parts. It is true that more than +twenty wounded and maimed were taken out, among whom was a lieutenant +belonging to the artillery who lost his right arm. The greater part +of the officers were wounded and bruised from blows with stones, +and had contusions, but that did not prevent them from sticking to +their posts. The vessels ceased their fire at orisons. That of the +camp continued all night with the same activity, so that the artillery +of our bastion having been dismounted, they were obliged to abandon +that post, leaving there only a few sentinels without shelter. + +At the same time, various assemblies and parties of Indians from +the provinces were formed to the number of five thousand more or +less. But only two thousand five hundred Pampangos were found who +were deemed capable of undertaking anything. Consequently, it was +resolved to make a sortie. [65] It was to be undertaken at the close +of the night of the third, as follows. The Pampangos were to form in +three columns. The first column was to attack the church of Santiago +on the side where the enemies had their batteries of cannons and +mortars. The second was to hurl itself on Malate and Ermita where +the general quarters were located. The third was to invest by the +sea side. Those three columns were to be supported by two pickets of +musketeers, commanded by the sargento-mayor of Cavite, two captains, +and four subalterns. At the hour set, our Pampangos and pickets sallied +out in the best order, but scarce had they set foot outside the Parián +gate, when they began to utter loud cries in disorder and make a great +racket. That allowed the camp of the enemy to get into readiness to +receive them. In spite of that, the Pampango troops entered their +camp, killed the advance sentinels, and caused great damage to the +enemy. Those Indians themselves suffered no less from the hostile +musketry. They would have suffered still more if confusion had not +reigned there; for the enemy, in their fear of killing one another, +did not dare to play some cannon loaded with grape, which they had +prepared and posted in different places. The pickets seeing this +disorder, halted before the church of San Juan de Bagumbayan, whence +they fired against the church of Santiago, thus protecting the retreat +of the Pampangos, which took place at nine in the morning. The action +was bloody on both sides. One soldier of the pickets was killed and +eight wounded. The mortality among the Pampangos was heavy. It was +learned afterward that the enemy having lost some of their officers, +who were killed in the action, had had more than sixty Pampangos, +whom they had captured and taken prisoners, hanged in their camp. That +action so intimidated and disconcerted all the other Pampangos that +they all retired to their respective villages, so that there remained +very few of them who would return to Manila. + +That action did not at all interrupt the fire of the battery against +the bastion of the foundry, so that when daybreak came, it could +be seen that an eighteen-pounder cannon had fallen into the ditch, +and it could not be recovered. The greater part of the face and the +terreplein of the same bastion had also fallen, and their ruins had +dried up the ditch. But what caused the greatest anxiety was that the +engineer recognized that the enemy was busy making a new battery for +the purpose of dismounting the artillery, the collateral flanks of the +bastions San Andrés and San Eugenio, which flanked and defended the +entrance to the covered way and the approach to the breach. In fact, +that battery began to play at noon with so great activity, that it +dismounted the cannons of the flanks in two hours time, overthrew the +parapets, and killed some fusileers and pioneers. Twice were other +parapets made with beams and bags of sand, but each time they were in +ruins the moment after. Consequently, the men were obliged to retire +from those bastions. The bastion of San Andrés did not suffer so much, +for it was stronger. However, it had one cannon of the caliber of +eighteen, which was placed in the elevated flank, dismounted. We had no +other hope than in another cannon of equal caliber, of the two which +were in this flank, for while we still had two cannons of the caliber +of four in the low place, the latter could be of but little service. + +Our captain-general, having been informed of everything, called the +council of war in the afternoon of the same day; and that council +lasted until the night. The master-of-camp, the sargento-mayor of the +city, the sargento-mayor of Cavite, the sargento-mayor of the royal +regiment, those of the militia, and the deputies of the merchant body, +of the city, and of the various ecclesiastic orders were present, +all being introduced by the ordinary engineer. The latter, having +reported the fatal condition of the place, advice or opinions were +mutually given. All, with the exception of the military men, were of +the opinion to continue the defense, by making use of the ordinary +means for the repairs necessary to the bastions, and by making ditches, +etc. The military men thought that we ought to capitulate. [66] But +having asked them whether they thought that we ought to capitulate +immediately, they answered no, and that they said it only because +the breach had commenced, and that it would be practicable next day, +and it would be difficult to make the ditches and repairs necessary +to prevent the city from being taken by assault. + +Having been informed of everything, our captain-general gave the orders +and made all the preparations necessary for beginning the work, and +for making the proposed ditches. He watched all the operations and +all the movements of the enemy. [67] + +At dawn on the fourth, the enemy began to fire shells into the +city. They set fire to several of the buildings, and together with +the shot from the mortar batteries and the fusillade from the tower +of Santiago, which resembled a shower of hail, threw the garrison +and the inhabitants into great consternation, which gradually +increased. [68] All the day of the fourth, and the following night, +were passed in this perplexity, no means being found by which to escape +the danger. Although orders for the ditches and the defense of the +breach were renewed, in order to prevent the assault, and activity +was redoubled and the necessary efforts made, yet there was no means +of executing any of those things, because of the continual and deadly +fire of the enemy. + +Consequently, there was no means of getting the bearers of fascines +to work. Finally, at six o'clock in the morning of the fifth, the +enemy's troops left their posts in three columns. The first directed +its course toward the breach; the second toward the royal gate; +and the third marched along the highway surrounding the covered way, +toward the east and bordering on the plaza de armas. + +The few soldiers left us occupied the gorge of the bastion of the +foundry, the royal gate, the flank of the bastion of San Andrés, +and the curtain joining them. The enemy were supported by their +batteries and by the fusileers of the tower of Santiago, who poured +in a steady fire. Consequently, it was impossible for ours to occupy +the breach in order to defend the approach. The approaching columns +discharged two rounds with their muskets, by which they swept the two +collateral bastions, the curtain, and all the posts which could oppose +them. Finally, all together, they mounted the breach, and seized the +bastion of the foundry. At the same instant they attacked the royal +gate, which they battered down with axes and iron levers. + +After some slight opposition on our side, some officers who were +there, not being able to defend those posts, the enemy fired from +there on the other posts which they seized also following the cordon, +and went to present themselves before the fort whither the governor +and captain-general had retired. + +At that moment, the militia, the regular troops, and the Indians who +were in that fort, threw themselves in disorder from the top of the +walls. Many threw themselves into the river, where a number of them +were drowned. Consequently, when the captain-general reached the fort, +he found only the castellan, Monsieur Pignon, his second, and one +artilleryman. The few troops that he found were in confusion and were +throwing themselves from the wall. The enemy's column which entered +by the royal gate directed its course toward the plaza de armas and +seized the palace. [69] That which marched by the highway, took the +small fort which defends the bridge across the Pasig River. Thence +it went to the city, entering by the Parián gate. [70] + +The fort flung a white flag, and terms of capitulation were proposed, +which the British officers refused to accept. At the same moment the +colonel pressed the fort to surrender, else indeed hostilities would +be continued and arms used. The captain-general pressed and greatly +embarrassed, resolved to go in person with the colonel, under the good +faith of the guaranty of his person in order to treat concerning the +capitulation with the general. In fact, they discussed the matter at +length in the palace. The archbishop desired to have military honors +accorded, insisting on this point several times but not being able to +obtain it. He was compelled to give an order for the surrender of the +fort, and all the men were made prisoners of war with the exception of +the captain-general. The military were granted the honor of keeping +their swords and the repeated demands of the captain-general could +obtain nothing else. [71] + +The city was given over to pillage, which was cruel and lasted for +forty hours, without excepting the churches, the archbishopric, and +a part of the palace. Although the captain-general objected at the +end of twenty-four hours, the pillage really continued, in spite of +the orders of the British general for it to cease. He himself killed +with his own hand a soldier whom he found transgressing his orders, +and had three hanged. [72] + +In the doings of that day, the sargento-mayor of the royal regiment, +two captains, two subalterns, about fifty soldiers of the regular +troops, and thirty of the commerce militia were killed on our side, +and many were wounded. + +In the other doings, and especially in the last sortie, more than +three hundred Indians were killed, and more than four hundred wounded. + +The number killed on the side of the enemy we have not been able to +learn exactly. It has been learned only by some circumstances, that in +the review made two days after the taking of the place, the enemy had +lost more than a thousand men, among whom were sixteen officers. Among +those officers, was a sargento-mayor of Drapert's regiment, who was +killed on the day of the assault by an arrow; and the commandant of the +regiment of Chamal, who was killed by a musket ball, as he was watching +with a glass the approach from the tower of Santiago. The vice-admiral +[73] was drowned when coming ashore in a small boat which overturned; +and the same accident caused the death of some sailors and soldiers. + +The forces of the enemy consisted of fifteen hundred European +soldiers, chosen from Drapert's regiment, and from the battalion of +the volunteers of Chamal; two artillery companies of sixty men apiece; +three thousand European sailors, fusileers and well disciplined; +eight hundred Sepoys, with muskets, forming two battalions, and +fourteen hundred of the same troops destined for the fascines. That +formed an army of six thousand eight hundred and thirty men. + +The two mortar batteries, which, as has been said, were of different +caliber, threw more than five thousand bombs into the city. [74] +The land batteries and those of the ships fired more than twenty +thousand shots from twenty-four pounders, and ruined the city in many +places. The enemy sent about twenty-five shells, which set fires in +five different places; and if all diligence had not been employed, +the city, or the greater part of it, would have been in ashes. Manila, +December 23, 1762. + + + + + + + + +ANDA AND THE ENGLISH INVASION, 1762-1764 + + +[The following is synopsized and translated from a series of documents +bound together under the following modern title: "Documents for +the history of the invasion and war with the English in Filipinas, +1762-1764; faithfully copied from the originals in 1765."] + +[Anda y Salazar, [75] in a letter written from Bulacan, October 8, +1762, to the archbishop, Manuel Antonio Rojo del Rio y Vieyra, +states that in accordance with his appointment by the latter as +visitor-general of the provinces, he appoints the necessary persons +for the performance of that duty, forms a court, and goes to Bulacan +on October 4. There on presenting his credentials he is recognized +by the alcalde-mayor José Pasarin. Manila is taken by assault by the +British next day, and the president and auditors of the Audiencia +remaining in the city are taken prisoners. Citing laws clxxx and lviii +of título xv, book ii, of the Recopilación [76] Anda declares that, +by virtue thereof, the Audiencia is continued in him alone; and since +the archbishop (who has been acting as governor and president of the +Audiencia) is also a prisoner, the duties of the office of governor +and captain-general devolve upon him. He says:] + +Having been aware of the respect and love with which the natives +venerate their parish priests, ministers, and missionaries, and that +these, by means of their greater knowledge of the nature, customs, and +civilization of the natives, can maintain them and incite them to the +defense of the country, against the English enemy: I have considered it +fitting and necessary to send the present to your Excellency, by which, +in the name of Don Carlos III, the Catholic king of España, I request +and ask you, and in my own name, petition you, by means of the curas, +rectors, and other members of the secular clergy of your diocese, +to be pleased to represent to, persuade, and inform the natives of +their obligation to maintain themselves as vassals of their natural +king and sovereign, and to conserve this country under his dominion +and fidelity, and to defend it from the English enemy, so that the +latter may not make them their tributaries. For notwithstanding +the loss of Manila, if the natives remain firm in their loyalty +to their sovereign, the islands can be conserved and defended. In +order to obtain this, I am ready to follow and conform to the useful +orders of your Excellency with the understanding of your flock, +and to those of the curas of the doctrine, with the understanding of +their parishioners. I hope that the curas will, through their zeal, +instruct, animate, and encourage the natives thoroughly in the matters +that may be necessary at this critical time; and that your Excellency, +immediately on receiving this despatch, may be pleased not to neglect +this useful measure (so that it may so appear for all time) and aid +me by having the missionary ministers, each one by his particular +despatch, answer immediately, for the profit and advantage that the +incidents and events may require, and return the despatches to me, +so that I may file them with the papers of their kind. [77] + +[The archbishop answers this letter under date of Manila, October 10, +as follows:] + +In your Lordship's commission granted with the preëminence that is +fitting, you will proceed according to your prudence and to present +circumstances. The first point is the Catholic faith. 2d, loyalty to +the king, our sovereign. 3d, to faithfully observe the treaties which +are now being drawn up with the British chiefs, for good faith is the +rule of all good operations. Your Lordship had my commission before +the surrender. The just procedure of your Lordship must be moderated +to this event and to this time.... [78] + +[To the above, Anda replies on October 20. [79] Citing the contents of +the archbishop's letter, he says that his actions are to be governed by +laws lvii [80] and lviii of título xv, of book ii of the Recopilación +and since the governor is at present not able to govern, upon him +devolves the duty of preserving peace and administering justice. "In +this province [Bulacan], I have obtained not only complete quiet, but +all its inhabitants are inclined not to admit any other religion than +that which they profess or other dominion than that of our Catholic +monarch." So long as certain thorns in his path do not contradict the +principal object of loyalty to the king and religion, Anda winks at +them, and does not inflict punishment. He continues:] + +I said and I repeat that the presidency and government fell to the +royal Audiencia; and I add that the latter is conserved and continued +in me, that I am the sole and only minister, that by my absence from +that capital because of the commissions confided to me at a convenient +time, I remained free from the enemies, and as such capable and proper +by law, so that in my person is met the prescriptions of law clxxx +of the above-cited book and título, since my associates are lacking +and have been imprisoned with your Excellency in the fatal loss of +that capital. + +[By a law which he has made in his capacity as Audiencia and governor, +on October 5, [81] he has enjoyed and enjoys, and will continue +to enjoy the titles of governor, captain-general, president, and +Audiencia, which fell to him in view of said laws. But he will use +them only until archbishop and Audiencia are at liberty when he will +yield them all, and exercise only his commission. The first two points +in the archbishop's letter could have been excused, as it might have +been taken for granted that Anda would observe them. The third needs +explanation, for he cannot see that he is bound by the treaty that +is being made with the British, and he will defend the rest of the +provinces with his life. He continues:] + +Neither before nor since the surrender of that city, did your +Excellency, or anyone else have, or do you possess any power to +surrender to the enemy the domain of these islands--before, because +you were not sovereign of them, but only administrator; since, +because not even this weak title was left to you, nor the power of +liberty. And since the enemy entered by assault and at discretion, +they only have a right to what the sack gave them in itself in the +territory gained by them. The rest is absurdly and ill surrendered, +and contrary to all rights of war. Consequently, if this letter +reaches you in time, I summon your Excellency, in his Majesty's +name, once and a thousand times, not to go to the pass of signing +the surrender of these islands. And should it be already signed, +I protest to your Excellency the wrong and that I shall in no wise +obey so unjust and absurd a treaty. If the British wish to dominate +this country, their chiefs know that it must be by first gaining it +with their arms according to right of war, but to surrender it through +the panic of terror, like children, would be a vileness and treason, +which I shall not permit so long as I am governor, and which does not +belong to my loyalty. Your Excellency also tells me that I received +your commission before the surrender, and that my just proceedings must +be regulated to this event and to this time. I answer also by asking +your Excellency to please explain a trifle more clearly in regard to +the security that I alone shall have by my just proceedings, which +cannot be one jot turned aside from loyalty to the king (whom may God +preserve) and besides from these provinces, without giving or allowing +terms for their foreign execution to the slightest degree. [82] Your +Excellency gave me your commission before the surrender of that city, +in order that I might maintain these provinces under the dominion of +his Majesty after the fatal event which was feared. [83] In any other +way the commission would have been superfluous. And is it possible that +without regarding consequences, your Excellency tells me to faithfully +observe the treaties with the British leaders, and that I regulate my +just procedures to the result and the time of the surrender of that +city? If your Excellency, although a vassal of the king of España, +his minister, and so honored, counsels me after this manner, what is +allowed to the British leaders? [84] Your Excellency knows that when I +left that capital, you did not give me the royal seal, without which no +Audiencia provision can be despatched. I beg your Excellency to please +have it sent to me, or to have the lieutenant of the grand Chancillor +come to exercise his employment, if he is not detained in that capital. + +[The archbishop answers Anda's letter on the twenty-third, ordering +him to present himself before him by the twenty-fifth, without +fail. He sends the translation of a passport given by the English, +which he attests (while keeping the original), so that Anda may come +safely.] [85] + +[Anda, however, does not trust in the passport, as shown by his letter +of October 25, in answer to that of the archbishop. In this letter +he protests that he is a faithful vassal of the king, and since he +is not a vassal of the archbishop, and since he knows nothing of the +terms of the treaty that has been made with the British, he refuses +to go to Manila. Such conduct would make him run the risk of being +called a traitor to his king. He is greatly exasperated because +the archbishop has not sent the original passport, but instead a +translation attested by himself as a true copy, while he retains the +original in his possession in order that it may run no risks. This +copy means nothing, as the British soldiers will pay no attention to +a passport signed by the archbishop and purporting to come from their +own commander, whereas they would recognize and obey the signature of +the latter. Besides, the date of the passport is the twenty-fifth, [86] +and that could not be. In the passport also, the archbishop acts as the +clerk of the British, and in his letter as a minister of the Catholic +monarch, but the two capacities are not conformable. Lastly, Anda +cannot leave the natives secretly (as the archbishop has suggested), +as they love him so that they will not allow him out of their sight, +and he must not leave them or risk his person.] + +[In his reply to Anda, on the twenty-sixth of October, [87] the +archbishop complains bitterly of the former's lack of courtesy in +his letter of the twenty-fifth, in omitting his name and title as +captain and governor-general. His letter, the archbishop declares, +is full of nonsense. It is a specious pretext to boast of being a good +vassal, but it is not a mark of loyalty to seize authority belonging +to another, by which he has incited trouble among both Spaniards +and natives. On account of his absurd action, the British leaders +have proscribed him and placed a price on his head, as a disturber +of the provinces. The archbishop had sent the translated copy of +the passport for Anda's own safety, but he sends the original now, +and thus places all the risk on Anda's own shoulders. Although he +is obliged for the present to endure these insults thrust upon him +by Anda and those who imitate him, in order to avoid scandal, a time +will come when he will compel their obedience. He informs Anda that +the English calendar is one day in advance of that of the Spanish in +the Orient. He protests his loyalty and Anda's excesses.] + +[On October 30, the archbishop issues a manifesto to "the faithful +natives and their leaders of these Philipinas Islands." [88] Writing as +archbishop and governor, he informs them that the city of Manila has +been taken by assault by the English on the fifth of October, after a +vigorous defense. The British are enemies, but are most generous and +cultured and have granted freedom of worship, and permission for the +people to proceed freely with their trade, on condition of the payment +of four million pesos, and the surrender of all the fortifications +of the islands with military honors to alcaldes and officers. The +British ask only that the people keep quiet (the islands being as +it were, a deposit), until their monarch and the Spanish ruler come +to terms. The natives are to be for the present subordinate to the +British, although their loyalty to the Spanish king is not to be +lessened. At some length, the archbishop entreats the natives to +attend to their religious duties, and not to turn aside to listen +to the vulgar. They must maintain good relations with the British, +for these, although conquerors, live in harmony with the Spaniards +and if their soldiers commit any wrongs against the natives they will +be punished. Reward and punishment alike will come from God. [89] + +Again on November 4, the archbishop writes to Anda. In it he states +that he has been recognized throughout his negotiations as the +representative of the Spanish monarch, and the true governor and +captain-general, and that he is not a prisoner. Much harm has resulted +from Anda's provisions, which he has enacted as royal. By his order +to cut off provisions from Manila, he has succeeded in angering the +British against the Spaniards and natives in Manila; and it will +result in the British carrying their conquest further by going out +into the provinces to get food, and the Spaniards in Manila will +all perish of hunger if they are not first put to the sword. This +will mean the extinction of the Spaniards and the destruction of +Christianity in the islands, the maintenance of which is the only +object of the Spanish monarch. Anda can see how much service he is +doing to the king by his actions. He must not congratulate himself that +the British are few, for they number over six thousand, and they have a +swift craft by which they can easily descend on the fortifications in +the islands. Anda's action in ordering the removal of the treasury to +Pampanga is bad, for that money could have been included in the four +millions demanded by the British, one million of which is demanded +immediately. Besides the generals will cease to advance the necessary +money for the payments incumbent upon the king, as now, and for which +the archbishop gives orders on the king to them. The archbishop is not +under obligation to communicate the articles of capitulation to Anda, +as the latter requests, as they are only due the king. The result +of the councils in which the capitulation was made has been signed +by the royal Audiencia and the archbishop, and the former has only +had the courage to make separately a protest, which the archbishop +made openly to the generals. They have not been able to resist the +promise of the four millions for a ransom. It was to be raised from +the money in the treasury, and that on board the ship "Philipino" [90] +if the latter were not already captured by the British. The remainder +is to be paid by the king. For the contribution of one million, +demanded immediately, the silver in the churches has been given with +the exception of the chalices, cups, and monstrances, although the +sum raised by this means and by the efforts of the citizens does +not reach that amount. The archbishop has given all his plate and +pectorals. He closes by strictly ordering Anda to revoke and cease to +enact royal provisions, and cause disturbances which are opposed to the +service of the king. Anda is sufficiently honored by his commission, +and if he executes that prudently, the pacification of the villages +will ensue, for which purpose it was given. The archbishop has had a +right to enter into the negotiations that have taken place in regard +to the surrender of Manila and its environs.] + +[An edict signed by "Dauzon Drak," [91] the English governor at Manila, +and by others, on November 4, states that since the governor (i.e., +Archbishop Rojo), together with the auditors, has conceded to the +English the island of Luzón with the adjacent islands belonging to said +government, according to the agreement made between Samuel Cornis, +commander of the water forces, and Guillermo Draper, commander of +the land forces of the British; and since "the government of Manila +is conferred on us Daussone Drake and his council: we announce to +all" the natives living in the provinces of Bulacan and Pampanga, +freedom to practice the Roman Catholic religion, and exemption from +all tributes and personal services imposed by the Spaniards. Further, +they are to have all the privileges of British subjects, "provided +they immediately renounce the subjection and obedience that they +have given to their auditor, Don Simon de Anda y Salazar, who has +dared to violate the agreement made between the abovesaid generals +commanding and his Excellency, the governor and captain-general of +the royal Audiencia of these islands, who declares himself by his +own act the governor and captain-general of all the islands, without +any authority, and is now a declared rebel and disobedient to the two +Majesties in the said districts." If the natives behave peacefully, +no violence will be shown them, but if they obstinately continue to +follow Anda, they will be treated as rebels.] + +[An order of Anda, dated Bacolor, November 11, provides for the safe +arrival of the Chinese vessels which will come for the trade at the +regular time of the monsoon, and the boat commanded by Antonio Pacheco +which has been trading in China. The alcalde-mayor of the province of +Zambales is ordered to set a sentinel at Cape Bolinao, in order that +he may give advice of the coming of any boat, so that it may be warned +not to enter the bay of Manila, now in the control of the English, +but to go to the province of Cagayan instead, where the Chinese can +hold their fair. The abovesaid alcalde-mayor is to provide for the +sentinels, eight in number (two of them corporals) who are to be given +the same rations as those of the island of Corregidor. Eight soldiers +(two of them corporals) who are to be furnished in connection with +this duty by the alcalde-mayor of Pangasinan are to be provided for +by the latter at the royal expense from the coffers of that province.] + +[From Bacolor, Anda addresses a letter to "Governors of the natives, +officials of justice and war, chiefs, cabezas de barangay, and all the +natives of the village of Binalotongan, in the province of Pangazam," +under date of November 18. He has been informed by their alcalde-mayor +and the provincial vicar, Andres Melendez, O.P., of the village of +Lingayen, that they had revolted, and that, in order to quiet them, +certain demands, which they had made, had been granted for the +present in a signed paper. Now, if ever, when the country is beset +with foreign foes, is their perfect loyalty needed. In regard to +the signed paper, Anda declares that they ought not to make use of, +but rather, burn it. That they be excused from paying the rest of +the tribute due from them, until Anda and the government be again in +Manila, is preposterous. That demand shows that they believe that +the government will not have the strength to reëstablish itself +there. Now, indeed, they ought to aid with more than the tribute, +which is their recognition of vassalage to the Spanish monarch, in +fact, with their lives, possessions, and services, but nothing more +than the tribute due is asked from them. All the other villages pay +the tribute. Two regiments of Tagálogs and Pampangos are being formed +to defend the country against the English, with their own arms and +the king's pay. Their village alone has complained, and is become +a reproach to the others, which look askance at it. Anda is certain +that they will desist from their attempts and contribute the rest of +their tribute. Another of the points in the paper that was signed is +that they have demanded the dismissal of two cabezas de barangay, who +they declare have shamed them when their first petition was presented +in the tribunal; but Anda does not even know what the petition was nor +how they were shamed. They ought to present their case in the regular +way, and not forcibly dismiss the two cabezas de barangay. Let them +be restored to their places and their petition filed before Anda, +who promises to judge it rightly. They have also asked that neither +the prison guard of four men whom they were bound to furnish, nor a +money equivalent for their services if they were not furnished, be +longer demanded. That is a great abuse, and cannot be allowed. Their +contention that no justice should be appointed who does not come +from their midst, Anda approves. If the paper was signed through fear +of arms and in order to quiet them, it is null and void, and he who +holds it is in danger of being regarded as a traitor. Anda asks them +to send him the paper in order that he may destroy it, and to thus +prove their loyalty. The troops of Bulacan and Pampanga are about to +take the field against the English. Anda had intended to ask them, +but recent developments have decided against it. [92]] + +[A communication from Anda, dated Bacolor, December 21, recites the +conditions of pardon for the Sangleys of Guagua concerned in the +conspiracy of the day before. [93] These are as follows: 1. Surrender +of all their arms, and examination of their houses, without any +resistance. 2. Married Sangleys in the villages of the province to be +restored to their houses, if not in too great number. 3. Both married +and single Sangleys of Guagua to move with families and possessions +to places indicated by government. 4. Must not keep arms henceforth, +nor go the villages of Lubao, Guagua, Sesmoan, [94] and Mecabebe, +as those places are the keys of the province. 5. Must take out +necessary and usual licenses. Certain captains are ordered to inform +the Sangleys of these conditions, and to examine the houses in search +of hidden arms which are to be confiscated. A classified register of +all Chinese by villages is to be made; and for the present soldiers +are to be quartered on them. On the twenty-second, the governor of +the village of Apalit is ordered to go immediately in pursuit of the +Sangleys who fled from Guagua, and in case of resistance and refusal +to surrender to kill them all. If they surrender, they are to be taken +to Bacolor. The same order is given to the governors of Calumpit, +Hagonoy, and Malolos. On the same date, the governor of Guagua is +ordered to forbid the sale of nipa wine and destroy all found in the +taverns, in order to avoid the possibility of drunkenness and offenses +against God, especially now "when it is feared that the Sangleys are +coming from Manila with the English, according to the treaty which +the latter have made with the Sangleys of this province." + +[A series of documents dated December 22, 23, 27, 30, and 31, 1762, and +February 4, 1763, treat of the Sangley conspiracy in the province in +conjunction with the English and the Sangleys of the Parián of Manila +and the terrible vengeance taken. Anda informs all the officials and +people of the province of Pampanga of the discovery of the conspiracy a +few days before it was to be sprung. This was to have been on Christmas +eve, when many people would be engaged in their devotions and others +would be celebrating by becoming intoxicated. The Chinese of the +province, together with about one thousand others from the Parián, +were to kill right and left and thus prepare the way for the entrance +of the English. On being discovered, the Chinese make a stand on the +twentieth of December, but are forced to flee refusing the promises +of safety if they laid down their arms. The officials are ordered to +watch carefully and kill all the Chinese they can find; and not allow +the sale of wine. The ecclesiastics are also warned to keep a strict +watch and not to open their churches on Christmas eve, without placing +guards. The vengeance taken on the Chinese captured is terrible, for +one hundred and eighty-one of them are killed or commit suicide, as +is testified by Captain Balthasar Casal. For the future most strict +measures are to be taken in regard to the Chinese in the province, +and many restrictions are imposed upon them, in order that they may +constantly be kept under the close surveillance of the authorities.] + +[An edict, signed by Drake, Brook, and others, of the British +government, on January 23, 1763, offers a reward of five thousand +pesos for the capture of Anda, inasmuch as, assisted by various +ecclesiastics, he continues hostile to the British government, and +is inciting the natives of Bulacan and Pampanga provinces against it, +stipulation being made that Anda is not to be killed. Those natives who +leave Anda's faction will be allowed freedom of worship, and exemption +from the tribute and from personal services. The ecclesiastics, all +of whom are considered as vassals of Great Britain, will be punished, +severely if they refuse to cease their disturbances. [95]] + +[Anda writes (probably in January or the early part of February, +1763) to the Manila cabildo and merchants, stating that he has +just heard that the archbishop is discussing with the British the +sending of a trading ship to Nueva Espana. Since this is not a proper +procedure, Anda considers it his duty to require a stop put to it, +and orders it to be strictly forbidden for the following reasons: +1. The ship cannot be sent with a legitimate register, by the +English, as a state of war exists with them, nor by the archbishop, +as he is not governor. 2. Trade between England and the Philippines +is forbidden even in times of peace, as is also trade by way of the +South Sea. 3. What merchandise is taken will be that of the enemy, +as the Spanish merchants of the Philippines are in no condition +to send goods, and it is not proper to send the goods of an enemy +under pretext that they are those legitimately belonging to the +city. 4. The privilege of trade granted to Manila has ceased since +Manila has passed to another government, and cannot be regained until +regulations are passed in favor of the rest of the islands which +are still loyal. 5. The word of honor given to the British was only +not to take up arms against them, and they owe nothing else to them, +and hence, can and should remain loyal to Spain. Consequently, this +effort should be resisted as strongly as possible.] + +[On February 12, Anda addresses a long and most bitter and denunciatory +letter to the archbishop, accusing him of connivance with the British, +and the utter disregard of Spanish interests. He reminds the archbishop +again that he has assumed the office of governor in accordance with +certain laws in the Recopilación. The archbishop must cease his +disloyal practices, which are prejudicial to the rights of those +domains and the irreparable loss of the inhabitants. Through his +folly, Manila was taken by assault, and then the fort of Santiago +surrendered without a blow. To this is added the disastrous sack +which lasted longer than the time allowed by the rules of war; with +its accompanying evils of bloodshed, violations of the women, and +profanation of the churches. All this instead of causing the sentiment +of pity in the breast of the archbishop, has caused him to rejoice in +the success of the British. He has ceded the islands as if they were +his own property, or as if he had authority to do so, thus failing in +his oath to defend the government. The four million pesos which he has +promised, has also been in contravention of right. Both the cession +and the promise of the indemnity are null and void. The British threat +to take vengeance on the Spaniards if their demands were not met, was +a boast that would not have been carried out. The fort of Cavite could +have been defended for it was in good condition, but it was handed over +without any attempt at defense. This would have saved great trouble, +and consultation between the two crowns would have been unnecessary +had it not been done. The British now demand the cession of all the +islands, but that could have been avoided, as Anda is governor, not +he. The archbishop has been guilty of usurping a title and office +that do not belong to him, but to Anda, in view of developments at +Manila. He has endeavored to cause Anda to retire to Manila, and +abandon the defense, even sending him a passport for that purpose--a +most base attempt. He has sent orders to the alcaldes-mayor to have +the Spaniards, who have withdrawn from Manila, return thither, his +object being to have them give their word of honor to the British, +a course that will necessarily weaken the Spanish defense of the +provinces. He has secured food and supplies for the British, and +has induced certain Chinese from a trading champan to settle in the +Parián, in order that the British may have greater strength. He has +endeavored to dislodge the Augustinians, who side with Anda, [96] +from their villages and supply their place with seculars. He has done +these things to curry favor with the British and through his vanity +and love of figuring. Lastly, he is attempting to have a ship sent to +Nueva Espana to trade at Acapulco. But this is clearly against all +right, for the only goods that would be sent would be English, and +besides, since Manila and Cavite are now virtually British colonies, +all commerce between them and the Spanish-American possessions is +forbidden, a fact still further enforced by the condition of war now +prevailing. The poverty of the Spaniards, with the assault and sack, +does not allow them to ship any goods at present. Anda earnestly urges +the archbishop to cease all his disloyal practices else he threatens +to cry him as a traitor to the king and an ally of the English.] + +[The Jesuit provincial Bernardo Pazuengos, [97] who claims to be sent +by the English governor of Manila, asks for secret audience with Anda +at Apalit, February 26. This being granted on the afternoon of that +day, no results are obtained for the provincial can show no written +credentials authorizing him as envoy, claiming that he has been +appointed and empowered only verbally, and ordered to treat secretly +with Anda. He claims not to know in what light Anda is regarded by the +British governor--whether as the legitimate governor or as an usurper.] + +[The archbishop writes to Anda, under date of March 21, informing him +of the arrest of Villacorta on account of his communication with Anda +(his letters having been seized), and that the sentence of death has +been passed upon him, because he has broken his word of honor. Other +Spaniards, some of them religious, have also been arrested. He asks +that the disturbances among the natives cease, and that they be +instructed in their religious duties and in loyalty, and resume their +work. [98] He writes this letter in his ecclesiastical character in +his solicitude for the souls of his flock. The archbishop is doing +his best in behalf of Villacorta. [99]] + +[In answer to this letter Anda writes a long and bitter reply. Although +he says that the archbishop's letter merits no answer for its lack +of courtesy, yet he answers it in hopes that the archbishop may see +the error of his ways. He recalls to the latter's memory that he +was appointed visitor general of the islands, with the real mission +of protecting them if the English captured Manila, and in case such +happened, he was to write to the bishops, prelates of the religious +orders, and the alcaldes-mayor, urging and ordering them to defend +the islands and the Catholic religion. Accordingly, he did so on the +fall of Manila, and received enthusiastic support from ecclesiastics, +officials, and natives. [100] The archbishop has, on the contrary, +endeavored to influence the prelates, religious, and natives to submit +to the British, so that one might imagine that he has lost his wits. He +has written Anda to retire to Manila and leave the government of +the provinces to the enemy, but the English will be entirely wiped +out if they do not relinquish their ideas, for they cannot settle +themselves firmly in the islands. Santiago Orendain [101] as well +as the archbishop has played into the hands of the British; and +because Anda has not fallen in with their ideas he has been branded +as a traitor and rebel. The archbishop has influenced the British +against Anda, and they recognizing the opportunity to create civil +war in the islands have proceeded against the latter. The British +have also made an offensive and defensive alliance with the king of +Joló, [102] but the archbishop has offered no serious objection to +such a procedure, which is to make war upon the Catholic religion, +for it will inundate the islands with Mahometans, in addition to +the English Protestants. This is opposed to the treaty between the +Joloans and Spaniards, as well as to the agreements made between the +English and Spaniards. The English answer the archbishop's letter of +protest of such an alliance by saying that the Spaniards have failed +to keep their promise; whereat the archbishop, instead of declaring +a holy war, and calling on the people to defend their religion with +their lives, accepts the situation. The English have profaned the +churches, but the archbishop has done nothing. The manner in which the +archbishop protected the notorious criminal Orendain in the meeting of +the Audiencia, when his violent language attracted the attention of +citizens, left much room for doubt as to his sanity. Anda continues +as follows with a harsh attack on the archbishop, which although +possibly too violent, throws much light on the life of the times:] + +The memory of that letter, which your Excellency wrote to the bishop +of Zebù, when the latter was president, governor, and captain-general +of these islands, does not fail to corroborate this idea [i.e., +of the archbishop's sanity]. In that letter you advised him that +in order that you might undertake to consecrate him, he must first +assure your Excellency, among other things, that he would not hold +dances of women and men in the palace, as that was entirely opposed +to modesty, prudence, and a delicate conscience of bishops, as well as +outside the object of the consecration. That advice was very worthy of +praise, although it would appear that it was idle and could have been +excused because of the solid virtue and religious conduct of Señor +Espeleta. But (oh human misery and weakness!) your Excellency did not +practice that healthful counsel in the celebration of the patronage of +our Lady of Guadalupe. For, to the universal confusion and laughter +of all your flock, and of the respect due to your exalted dignity, +your Excellency invited to your palace, all the ladies of distinction +and the women of the lower class, in order that they might celebrate +said festivity with contradances, fandangos, and other dances, which +lasted on different nights from six in the evening until one or two in +the morning; and those ladies made use of your Excellency's privy and +bedroom for that indecent although natural easing of the body. Neither +was your Excellency dissuaded by the consideration that during the +carnival days of the year 1762, you preached, as a good shepherd and +vigilant prelate, against dancing, portraying with just arguments the +spiritual risks and ruin which followed from it and especially from +those dances in which the dancers hold one anothers' hands and clasp +arms, as well as from those which caused some immodest movements; +and yet, it was public and notorious that on the night preceding said +sermon and on the following night, your Excellency had in your palace +the greatest concourse of men and women of all classes ever seen in +Manila, and the same women whom your Excellency chid in the pulpit, and +[whose procedure you] considered as an action very near to spiritual +ruin, were incessantly engaged in dancing. It is worth noting that +some ladies excused themselves from attending said party, and you +expressed your indignation, saying that you would compel them to +attend such functions. Equally, or much more, is this idea confirmed +by the reflection of what happened in Cavite, on the occasion of +your Excellency having gone to inspect the keel of a ship which was +to be constructed; for under this pretext, your Excellency invited +and even compelled many ladies of Manila to go to said port, where, +and on distinct nights, your Excellency made the round of the village +amid fine music and ladies, inciting the latter to sing the Chairo, +the Forito, and other profane songs, interpolating them with the most +holy rosary which was recited in the church, and after the round, +the abovesaid dances were held at your Excellency's lodging, and you +presided at all parts of it, inciting them like the worst pander and +dancing director. Thus, your Excellency, not only were some of the +ladies ashamed of your excesses, but it is also apparent to me that the +ecclesiastics--seculars and regulars--of said port were scandalized, +and entirely trustworthy and prudent persons assert that the repair +of the spiritual damage which you caused by your bad example would +cost great labor; and if the mention of it to you by your subjects +can avail for your conversion and repentance, I am ready to do it, +for the sake of your soul. What shall I say, then, of what happened in +your Excellency's apartments in the hamlet of Nagtaja, where for the +space of all one summer, of last year, there was no let up of music +and dancing until daybreak, and banquets of men and women, that in +order that the latter might take their siestas, they made use of your +Excellency's apartments, obliging you to leave them, although not to +so great a distance that they did not discommode you? And it is quite +worth noting that at the same time that your Excellency was occupied +and dazzled in these festivities, so opposed to your character [of +your office], the English were planning the conquest of Manila, and +with it the ruin of all the islands. Consider, now, your Excellency, +in view of the above, whether such procedures and conduct in a prelate, +of the truth of which there cannot be the slightest doubt, are those +of one who is in the possession of his right senses. + +[The archbishop's letters have no effect and fail of their purpose +when events prove that he does quite the contrary to what he writes +and preaches and counsels. Experience shows that he is making use of +apparently virtuous means to deliver the islands over to Calvinism +and Lutheranism; and that would inevitably have happened had not Anda +instituted a vigorous defense, aided by the bishops and other pious +and loyal Spaniards and natives, all of whom recognize the legitimacy +of his government and deny all the authority of the archbishop and +Orendain. Anda is sorry for the plight in which Villacorta is, and +would aid him if he could, but if such aid must be at the expense of +the islands, then he will not move in his defense--which he would +not do for anyone, not even his own parents. He will take full +vengeance for it later. However, he believes that the English are +but making use of the archbishop in order to secure a suspension of +hostilities. Besides, he can do nothing toward bringing about peace +if he is a declared traitor and rebel, and even if the enemy recognize +him as true governor, he cannot have anything to do with such proposals +unless they are made to him in writing and in due form. This matter of +Villacorta is only a pretext to make Anda hated by the people, and a +scheme by which the English can gain possession of the provinces. In +all their machinations they have made use of the archbishop to aid +them to gain their ends. When the fort of Santiago was surrendered +to the British, a verbal agreement was made with General Draper by +the archbishop "that the persons, wealth, and possessions of all the +persons in said fort were to be free, as were also the wealth and +possessions of those in the city, with the sole difference that the +latter were to be prisoners; that the practice of religion and the +exercise of its tribunals were also to continue in the same manner as +before the capture of the city, commerce also being free, etc." The +British have, however, not kept this agreement, and the archbishop +justly treated them at that time as robbers and pirates. But if that +was so in October how can the archbishop now aid or abet them in +the ruin of the islands, and draining the treasury, city, churches, +and pious funds, besides giving warrants for two million pesos on +the king--and all this without any opposition. With the sack and +the capture of the "Santisima Trinidad," a sum greater than the four +million pesos unjustly demanded has been raised. How can they expect +Villacorta to keep his word of honor, which it was unnecessary for +him to give as he was in the fort? If he gave such word it was under +compulsion. All this should be represented by the archbishop to the +judges who condemned Villacorta. Anda earnestly entreats the latter +to reform in his manner of living, and to cease his excesses. [103]] + +Letter from the castellan of Cavite, Monsieur Brerreton, to the +insurgent of Ylocos, Diego Silang. [104] + +My Dear Sir: + +Yesterday the governor handed me the letter which your Grace was +pleased to send him, in which your Grace promises to be loyal to his +sacred Majesty, the king of Gran Bretaña, my master. You may believe, +Don Diego, that your letter gave me especial pleasure and great joy--so +much so that I resolved to send you one of his Majesty's ships under +my command, in order to assure your Grace of my protection, and aid in +the name of my master, against the common enemy, España. I have been +very sensible of the many injuries which your Grace has suffered under +the tyrannical government of the Spaniards; but 1 am very pleased to +know that your Grace has opened your eyes, and that your Grace will +strengthen and encourage your people to humiliate the sovereignty of +so cruel a nation. For motives of this nature, the king my master drew +his sword in defense of his vassals, and of other nations, his allies, +who suffered the lash of the Spanish tyranny in different parts of the +world. Your Grace can rest assured of the consideration of the king +my master, when he learns of your Grace's loyalty and the injuries +which your Grace and good compatriots have suffered from the hand of +the one by whom you ought to have been protected and aided, from the +general whom his Majesty despatched, together with the admiral. On +the general's return he will give information of the conquest of +these islands, and is well instructed to represent to his Majesty +the completely favorable attitude of the natives of them. + +The admiral went with the greater part of the squadron to protect +the dominions along the coast and Yndia. He has left me particular +instructions to cultivate harmonious relations and friendship with +the province of Ylocos and the other nations of the north. I am sorry +that I have not paid your Grace a visit, but important business has +prevented me. However, your Grace can rest assured that I shall be +most vigilant in extending help to you. + +In a short time, your Grace will have troops and war supplies. This +despatch is to assure your Grace of our friendship and my satisfaction +at receiving your letter, and because of your loyalty. In order that +your Grace may communicate it to all the people, especially to those +under your command, I am sending your Grace a small bronze cannon in +token of affection. + +I hope that the provinces of Pangazinan and Cagayan will soon follow +your worthy example and tear off the chains of Spanish slavery. + +I am also sending your Grace the edict published by the two leaders +of sea and land, when we conquered our enemy. For my part I assure +you that I shall religiously observe it, and I invite you when time +permits, to despatch your boats to this capital, where they will be +welcomed for their trade. The bearer of this letter is a captain in +his Britannic Majesty's service, and he will inform your Grace of +particulars. Hence, I shall not go to great length to repeat, with +my accustomed sincerity, that I shall employ all my strength in your +defense, in order that your Grace may free yourself from the Spanish +yoke. I shall not cease to beseech God, our Lord, to preserve your +Grace for many years. Manila, May 6, 1763. [105] + + +B. Brerreton + + +[Addressed: "To Don Diego Silang, alcalde-mayor and war-captain for +his Majesty in the province of Ylocos."] + + + +[Under date of March (sic in original; May?) 15, the British commander +of the forces in Manila, Roberto Eduardo Fell, writes Anda, asking +him to see to it that acts of barbarism and cruelty such as have been +practiced by Anda's troops against the British, on many occasions, +be discontinued. He denies that the British soldiers have broken the +laws of warfare, and during the sack, many officers tried to restrain +them at the risk of their own lives, while the Spanish troops have +on the contrary fired more than once at the white flag, thus not +adhering to the honorable conduct of Spaniards in Europe. He does not +ask for discontinuance of the war, but only observance of the common +humanities of war.] + +[Anda answers the preceding letter on the twenty-first of May, in +which he deals at length with the charges of inhumanity and cruelty +made against the Spaniards by Fell, and in sarcastic terms makes +counter charges of cruelty and lack of good faith on the part of the +English. "Manila," he says, "was lost, because it was poorly defended, +the citadel because it was basely surrendered, as was also the port +of Cavite; and not because there was a lack of brave Spaniards, but +because they had the misfortune not to have a leader to manage them, +with less ignominy, disorder, and confused foresight, than those +displayed by the archbishop." After the English entered by assault, +they committed many acts of cruelty, killing often without quarter. The +English have not always respected the white flag, and have used it +for unlawful purposes, such as sending an officer into the Spanish +camp to offer amnesty and pardon to deserters if they would return to +their companies. When Anda was as yet without troops or weapons, the +English proscribed him as a traitor, and put a price on his capture, +alive or dead. Since the English have acted thus inhumanely toward +him, is Anda obliged to regard the laws of warfare? Anda refers to a +British edict of May 17 which he says appears to be in the same hand +as the letter received from Fell. Such a thing does not argue for the +good faith of the English. [106] Anda denies in heated terms charges +of personal cruelty and encouragement of inhumanity and cruelty. He +has used his efforts to restrain his men, especially the natives who +are barbarously inclined. He has even offered a reward of five hundred +pesos for each English officer captured alive and brought in living.] + +[A manifesto or edict published by the British government in Manila +under date of June 6, and sent to Anda, "former auditor of the royal +Audiencia and supposed governor of the Filipinas Islands," threshes +the whole matter over again. The acts of the British are carefully +excused of all cruelty, while on the other hand, the inhumanity and +cruelty of Anda and his troops are proved clearly to the satisfaction +of the English. The latter are called pirates and robbers by Anda, but +the term is misapplied; for the British did not take a just vengeance +for the death of one of their officers who was killed under the white +flag. Anda has been, and is, a rebel to the king of Spain, for he has +not regarded the commands of the archbishop, the rightly constituted +Spanish representative of Spanish sovereignty. The archbishop has +never made public the commission with which Anda claims that he left +the city. What more are Anda's men than canaille (a name to which Anda +objects), for they are rebels to the proper authority, and are made up +of vagabond Indians, robbers, and murderers, and some few deserters who +are captained by some irreligious friars, and some persons who broke +their word of honor not to take up arms against the British? Anda has +not scrupled to reward murderers by political offices and money. The +British manifesto offers five thousand pesos for the capture of Anda, +but stipulates that he is to be kept alive. Anda is trying to seduce +the natives and set them against peace and order. If his armed bands +continue, it will result in the shedding of much blood and in the +destruction of the country, for Anda can never drive out and defeat +the English, and reconquer Manila. Even if the city is returned to the +Spaniards, it must either be left to the natives or reconquered from +them by the Spanish king. Auditor Galban, the fiscal, Leandro Viana, +and the marquis of Monte Castro, and many others, have broken their +word of honor and have gone over to Anda. This is a violation of a +most sacred oath. It cannot be excused by saying that the British have +broken their promises, for their promises had nothing to do with the +word of honor given by the Spanish prisoners of war. Anda is breaking +the rights of nations by receiving and welcoming such violators of +their word. Even Villacorta, the only auditor who remains in the city, +has long been holding traitorous communications with the rebels. [107] +In spite of all these things, and the non-fulfilment of the Spaniards +to pay the two million pesos in cash of the four settled upon for +their ransom (failing even to pay the one million which the British +consented to take in cash, because the Spaniards have not given as +freely as they can), the British have ever treated them with the +honor characteristic of the English nation. The peace of the islands +has been prevented by the conduct of the Spaniards.] + +[Letters from Anda to Bishop Bernardo Ustariz and the people of the +province of Ilocos in general, respectively dated June 13, and 12, +return thanks for the victory over the insurgent Silang, and mention +the celebrations with solemn mass that have been held in Bacolor. The +indult issued by the bishop to the Ilocans is approved. Pedro Bicbic, +the chief justice, and Miguel Vicos, are especially thanked for +their part in the victory and remuneration will be made to them. For +the present, the bishop is to have charge of civil affairs in the +province. The arms taken from Silang and distributed by the bishop +to the loyal Ilocans are given them as their own; and report is to +be made the king, so that he may fittingly reward them.] + +[Anda writes to the archbishop under date of July 29, refusing +to assent to the truce offered by the latter between Anda and the +British, and which the archbishop declares to have been arranged for +between the sovereigns. Anda demands that communications of such a +nature must be made him directly by the British authorities and not +through the archbishop, whom he cannot trust, and who is, besides, +a prisoner. Indeed, the archbishop has no business to meddle with +the matter at all. Anda distrusts the sincerity of the British, and +suspects some plot to invade his territory. The archbishop should be +mindful of the verbal agreement which he himself made with General +Draper when he surrendered the fort of Santiago, and how it was +completely disregarded. Anda insists on official recognition and the +drawing up of documents that can be used as proof of any negotiations +entered into between himself and the British.] + +[The British in Manila publish an edict on September 19, declaring +Anda responsible for any further bloodshed because of his disregard +of the news of the suspension of hostilities, as arranged between +the deputies of the two sovereigns. The first news of the suspension +was brought by a ship from Madras on July 23, 1763, and was sent +forthwith to Anda by the archbishop. The preliminaries of peace, +signed by each side, were brought from the same port on August 26. But +although Anda was also informed of this immediately, he has paid no +attention to it, and has steadfastly dared to violate the orders of +his sovereign. Hence, if he does not acquiesce in the suspension, he, +or any of his adherents, will be attacked, wherever met, with arms; +and at the first opportunity, information regarding his obstinacy +and arrogancy will be sent to Spain. [108]] + +[In regard to the alleged suspension of hostilities by the British, +Anda issues two edicts or proclamations, dated September 28, +and October 24, respectively. He complains that he has not been +treated by the invaders as rightful governor, and that no legitimate +messages have been transmitted to him. The attempt of the British +is to inflame the natives against him by a system of trickery. To +publish a suspension of hostilities, and then to commit all sorts of +excesses (as the English have done) is hardly sincere. Anda issues +these proclamations in order that the people may not be deceived by +the trickery and double-dealing of the enemy.] + +[The wrongs inflicted by the English, in which are included excesses +and outrages of all sorts, form the subject of Anda's letter of +November 2, to Thomas Becus [Backhouse], commander-in-chief of the +British forces. Several instances of the cruelty of the soldiers are +mentioned, especially those in which no quarter has been shown to +Spaniards who have surrendered. Although the British have published +a suspension of hostilities they have continued to commit all manner +of outrages, such as robbery, arson, bribery, etc., and Anda has been +informed of this suspension only extra-officially. The cannons and +war supplies of Manila and Cavite have been despoiled unlawfully, +for these places are held by the British forces only for the time +being and all their effects are on deposit. [109] Anda asks Becus +to use his influence in restraining these outrages, and to urge the +matter properly with his government. He protests against the payment +of salaries on the Spanish royal account by the British for such +expenses have been met from the situado annually sent to the islands; +and some that have been paid are unauthorized. His last proclamation +is enclosed, and the British are asked to act honorably and cease all +excesses. Especially do the Spanish loyalists wish to have the British +officer Slay [110] delivered to them for proper punishment, for he has +been most guilty and brutal in his overstepping of civilized warfare.] + +[In his reply to the preceding letter (November 22), the English +commandant shows himself to be more of a diplomat than Major Fell. He +writes in a conciliatory, yet firm tone, and in a far different +spirit than former English letters. He insists that justice has been +the keynote of the English government since he has taken command of +its forces during the past month. Had he commanded in place of Major +Fell (whom he does not like), and had any outrages been committed by +his soldiers, they would have been punished. He is opposed to war, +but recognizes therein, his responsibility for his own orders. Only +after receiving Anda's letter has he learned that the cannon and +supplies of Manila have been removed and carried to Madras. They +will be replaced, if an order to that effect is received from the +king. Anda's complaints would have had more weight had he consented +to observe the truce arranged between the two sovereigns; but his +threats of vengeance are not quite in good point, especially since the +truth that the treaty has been ratified is proved. Becus deprecates +the possibility of civil war between the factions of the archbishop +and Anda. It would be better for all to join forces and improve the +condition of the country. The British troops will soon leave Manila, +and it will be wise for all to avoid civil war. The outrages committed +in Santa Cruz and in its environs were by bands of ladrones who called +themselves Anda's men. [111] They have committed wanton destruction +of property, and have been guilty of torture and murder. He justifies +his sending military detachments outside Manila for food supplies, as +self preservation is the first requisite the world over. The rupees, +some of which have been put into circulation, are of more value than +the peso, and of better quality, and there is no need to withdraw +them. There has been no false coinage except by some Chinese who have +been hanged. He challenges Anda to prove that bribery and corruption +are common, and that he has refused justice to Spaniard or native. He +would be glad of an interview with Anda.] + +[Anda replies in a short paper of January 23, 1764, to the +preliminaries of peace submitted to him by the British commandant. He +outlines his position, and his right to the title of governor and +captain-general, and presents objections to some of the articles.] + +[An edict published by Anda, January 24, 1764, states that when the +British give truthful declaration that they will abide exactly by +articles 21 and 22 of the peace preliminaries that have been signed +between the English and Spanish, and which relate to the evacuation of +the places occupied by the former, then hostilities will cease, and the +British will be given all necessary help in their transportation. But +until such time, the war will continue.] + +[Anda writes a letter to the English governor Drake, in which he +indignantly refuses to believe the assurances of the latter as +to his humane proceedings, and accuses him of citing instances of +cruelty to Spaniards and natives, profanation of churches, and other +atrocities. He knows this because he has seen it himself in the +provinces where he has been. Drake's actions, leveled also against +those of his own nation, who would have been humane and obedient to +the orders of their sovereign, are those of a pirate and traitor, +and such as befit barbarians.] + +[In a note addressed to the British military and civil chiefs +of Manila, January 28, Anda cites two clauses of the treaty of +February 10, 1763, made between the English and Spanish. Article 22 +provides: "that all the countries and territories that might have +been gained by conquest in any part of the world, either by the arms +of his Britannic and most faithful Majesty, or by those of his most +Christian and Catholic Majesty, which are not comprehended in the +present articles, article of cession, or article of restitution, +shall be returned without raising any difficulty, and without asking +compensation." Article 22 provided that restitution and evacuation +of places that might have been captured in the East Indies were to +be made within six months. That time, declares Anda, was in August, +1763, yet the British still hold Manila and Cavite, and if they do +not leave in the next month, they must remain until the monsoon of +1765. He earnestly asks that the terms of the treaty be observed, +and all hostilities suspended. In such case, the British will be +furnished with food and all necessary supplies at a just price; +otherwise hostilities will continue. A vigorous protest is made +of all the damage occasioned by Silang and other insurgents in the +provinces who have been aided by the British. Following this note, +Anda addresses another to the same officials February 3, citing article +I of the peace preliminaries, to the effect that orders will be sent +to the three powers to suspend hostilities, and that passports will +be given to the ships of the three powers that are to be despatched +to bear the news of the treaties of the three powers. But since such +orders have not been received by the royal Audiencia, they have +no authority to cease the war unless the British agree to certain +proposals of the royal Audiencia.] + +[March 9, a note from the British officials to Anda (in which he is +addressed by his proper titles in full), [112] informs him of the +arrival of an English vessel from Fort St. George with the definitive +treaty, [113] of which a copy will be sent him as soon as possible. The +British are ordered to return to the Coromandel coast, and intend +to do so if the monsoon permits. [114] In order that Anda may aid +so far as possible, they ask provision of seven or eight thousand +cavans of rice and other provisions and supplies in proportion. A +note from Anda of the same date, states that he was about to send +his agents to Manila, but was holding them until receiving the copy +of the treaty above-mentioned. These agents will have power to treat +on all matters. Anda would go himself, but necessary business renders +it impossible. On the tenth, Anda writes again to the effect that he +will facilitate the furnishing of supplies to the British as far as +possible. He will appoint persons to arrange details of the delivery +of Manila and Cavite, though the delivery itself is to be made to +the troops in military style. [115] Another note from Anda on the +same date, announces that he has appointed the treasurer, Nicólas +Echauz, Sargento-mayor Francisco Salgado, and the infantry captains, +Mariano Thobias and Raymundo Español, to formally receive the effects +of Manila and Cavite, and to treat of other points that may arise.] + + + + + + + + +ROJO'S NARRATIVE + +Relation of the operations of the archbishop of Manila, governor and +captain-general of the Philipinas, during the time of his government, +of the measures taken during the time of the siege or blockade by +the English of the capital of Manila, of its capture by assault, +of the events which followed this unfortunate occurrence. Written +for the defense of his fame and name which were abused and trampled +under foot by envy through its calumnies, injuries, and reproaches +by word and writing in letters and great libels. + + +[The archbishop [116] begins his relation with a short introduction, +in which he states that his defense against the libels that have been +published against him will consist of a synopsis or summary of his +deeds while archbishop and governor, and of events during the English +siege and invasion. He considers the libels themselves as unworthy an +answer in kind and hence will not satisfy an idle curiosity to such +an extent; and even if the charges made against him were true, to +defend himself so, would only increase the scandal. He is answerable +for his errors, not to the ignorant crowd, but to his king, and to +the learned and prudent men of the Spanish nation.] + + +Part first. Of the operations of the archbishop during the time of +his government of the islands. + +[The archbishop finds it necessary to refer to the events of this +period as some of them are connected with the events of the two +following periods; and because complaints have been made of him. The +first thing noted is the peace that the archbishop brought about +in the ranks of the Augustinians who had split up into various +factions, and who had sought the aid of the law. He also heals the +breach between the visitor and the provincial of the Recollects, +first succeeding in getting a peaceful entry for the visitor. One +of the matters under the latter's jurisdiction having been settled +in favor of the defendant, a religious, whom the order had condemned +and deprived of honor, the breach opens again, but is finally settled +by a council of Dominican and Augustinian religious, the visitor, the +provincial and definitors of the Recollects. By the ship "Philipino," +the archbishop asks the viceroy of Mexico for one hundred soldiers, +but asks him not to send criminals or evil-minded men. He asks +also that fifty thousand pesos of the annual situado be in small +change in order to replace the clipped coin in circulation and also +to prevent further counterfeiting, which is so widespread. He also +turns his attention to the troops, appointing officers and opening a +recruiting station. He sends one hundred soldiers to Zamboanga, as well +as the annual supplies, including two thousand pesos extra. Eighty +soldiers are sent to the province of Caraga which has been ravaged +by the Moros of late. These are in command of Nicolas Norton, [117] +an Englishman, who has become a naturalized Spaniard. The latter is +commissioned to cultivate spice and cinnamon, the working of which +he understands thoroughly. With him goes a Recollect missionary +to attend to spiritual matters, and good results are promised to +Christianity. The new bishop of Zebù is despatched to his diocese, +taking with him six thousand pesos of the funds of that bishopric, +which has been adjudged him by the Audiencia. [118] The archbishop has +a part in the pacification of Bohol through the above bishop and the +alcalde-mayor newly appointed to that province. [119] They succeed in +reducing the chief insurgent Dagahoy and three thousand men, after the +province had been in rebellion for over fourteen years, during which +two Jesuits have been killed. "At the beginning of the archbishop's +term of government, a contagious epidemic of smallpox showed and +declared itself, which had stealthily and slowly gained a foothold +in the city and spread rapidly through the villages in its environs, +without escaping little or big of the very great population of the +natives." The archbishop meets the issue by various spiritual and +temporal measures, detailing ecclesiastical ministers to administer +the sacraments, in which both regulars and Jesuits aid manfully. "A +holy field was assigned for burials, because of the horror caused +by the dead in the churches, and to prevent the pest from spreading +because of the stench. He appointed four deputies from the regidors, +and a like number from the ecclesiastical cabildo with instructions +and orders which he gave to attend to all the necessities of the +poor and sick." He gives these men one thousand pesos of his own +income, and various sums resulting from fines, especially from play +(more than two thousand pesos) for the charitable work. A council +of physicians is called to write a prescription which is posted up +in all the churches of the villages and in other public places. The +archbishop keeps a sharp eye on temporal and spiritual matters, +during the entire time of the epidemic. The general calamity is still +further heightened by a violent typhoon which occurs on October 12 +of this year, when the epidemic is at its worst. Relief to both is +accorded through the many supplications made to heaven. The epidemic +spreading through the provinces, the measures for spiritual and +temporal relief are extended thither. In the middle of the month of +December the archbishop begins to suffer from a disease of the eyes +which lasts for more than two months, which obliges him to use a signet +seal instead of writing his name, in order that the business of the +country might not cease. January 20, the anniversary of the birth of +the king is held with great solemnity, and despite his affliction, +the archbishop fulfils his share in the ceremonial celebrations. It +is learned that Auditor Francisco Villacorta has not been present +at the celebration because his carriage has been detained at the +palace-door leading to the living apartments of the governor, and +where the archbishop-governor has prohibited entrance on account of his +illness, the Audiencia using the other or general door. As punishment +for his non-attendance he is ordered to remain a prisoner in his +house and threatened with a fine. This gives occasion for a breach +between the official and the archbishop-governor. In the following +month are held the celebrations in honor of our Lady of Guadalupe, +the ceremonies being both ecclesiastical and social. [120] Among +the latter are three afternoons given up to bullfights, "which was +properly an entertainment, without any fear of danger, for the bulls +hereabout are not courageous and fierce like those of both Españas," +and anyone could indulge in the sport, even the unskilled. There are +also musical entertainments and dancing which are designed chiefly +for the ladies. The illness of the archbishop, however, compels him +to hold aloof from the celebration. During Lent and the three days of +jubilee in honor of the coronation of the pope, the proper ceremonies +are observed, but the archbishop's illness allows him to take but +little part in them.] + +16. Since the archbishop assumed the responsibility, at the beginning +of his government, of the many measures which were necessary for the +fulfilment of that post, among various others to which he attended, +he set his gaze and hand to the navy which was both in a backward +state and important. He immediately endeavored to get boats, and was +able to purchase three galleys--one a large one, and two small--and +two champans. He gave order and money to the new alcalde-mayor of +Pangasinan for two galleys and two champans; to the alcalde-mayor +of Sorsogon for two more galleys, and sent him a shipbuilder; to +the alcalde-mayor of Orani and Zambales order and money for a like +number of the above-mentioned boats. Since he also had an order from +his Majesty to construct two fragatas of fifty cannons, this was the +chief thing to which he turned his attention. Having been informed of +the great amount of wood which had been collected for this purpose +by Mariscal Arandia, in the two cuttings which he had ordered in +various places, and that said wood was for the most part used, and +that at the moment of the conclusion of his government, his successor +had had the cutting stopped, the archbishop again established them, +in the districts which were found to be most suitable. Consequently, +methodically and economically, the necessary timber was collected +for a fragata, and the speedy sending of a like amount or more for +the other fragata. + +[All the preparations having been made, the work is started in +the shipyards at Cavite, whither the archbishop goes in person. In +that city he is royally entertained by the castellan of the fort, +two bullfights being arranged for him, and musical concerts being +given nightly during the five or six days of his stay there. The +archbishop while there spends his time as follows: in the morning +he celebrates mass, and goes to others attended by his suite, among +whom are Manuel Galban, the auditor, and Francisco Viana, the fiscal; +visits the royal storehouses, and the walls which are being repaired; +during the remainder of the afternoon, if there is time, he visits +the environs of the village; and at the time of the Angelus goes to +the church where there is music. Thence, preceded by the musicians, +he goes to his apartments where he listens to a concert until nine, +at which hour he sups. Many complaints are made of this, as well as of +the festivities in the palace at Manila and the time which he spends +in his summer residence of Nagtahan, where he passes the hot months, +namely, April, May, and a part of June. By his efforts to construct +a navy, the archbishop believes that he is doing his duty. He plans +to restrain the Moros from their raids, and has the coasts of the +Visayan Islands guarded.] + +19. ... But the embassy of the sultan of Mindanao happening to come +almost at the same time as that of Ba[n]tilan, who is governing the +islands of the sultan of Jolo, [121] both with propositions of peace, +and of valuable conditions, it was becoming very apparent that many +advantages would accrue to our side, and the hostility of the Moros +be kept in check. + +20. In regard to what was advised and ordered by his Majesty, +the archbishop received these two embassies, and that from Jolo, +with the previous consent and pleasure of the king of said island, +Don Fernando I, who was greatly obliged by this attention, as well +as by others which the archbishop had observed toward him. For the +archbishop had given him a house and a carriage within the city, +and had taken him from the most unworthy lodgings where he lived in +the royal fort, because of having recognized the need of repairing +it and having begun said work. + +21. The ambassador or envoy from Bantilan incited said Don Fernando +to petition and repeat his writings to the archbishop, so that his +cause which had been so long delayed might be reviewed. This cause was +so foggy and laden with many knotty and ancient points which having +been examined and an extract having been made in regard to the whole +matter, the archbishop sent it for a consultative vote to the royal +assembly and in view of what the assembly stated in regard to their +duty to declare him free from prison and with the authorization to +be able to go to his kingdom, the archbishop reserved his consent, +taking the time to arrange the voyage of said Don Fernando and his son, +Prince Isrrael; and having taken measures in regard to his embarcation, +and the other necessary things, fixing the voyage for November of that +same year 1762: the preliminaries of peace were given and concluded, +and the new and voluntary proposition of the said king and his +son, signed by both, in it they conceded that the Spaniards could +have a settlement and build their fort in their principal island of +Jolo. In the meanwhile, the principal fortress of said island was to +be surrendered to them as a mark of the confidence that they had in +them and of the love which they professed to so good a king as the +Catholic monarch. Also, in the island of Basilan the Spaniards were +to be allowed to place their fortress. He ceded other distant islands +which would be freely surrendered, and which were of no use to them. No +other nation was to be permitted to settle in his kingdom without the +consent of the Catholic king. All was accepted with the reservation +of the rights of his Catholic Majesty, to whom a report was to be made. + +22. The other ambassador from Mindanao proposed, and it also appeared +in the letters from his sultan, that he would cede Sebugay, where +he was stationed, as he was minded to move to another part of his +possessions. He would maintain the ancient peace of his ancestors +with the Spaniards, and would aid them against the other Moros, if +they gave him arms. Nothing was concluded with this envoy, because, +although the proposals were advantageous, while the archbishop was +giving the matter his attention, and although he was pushing the +matter urgently, the unexpected surprise of the English occurred. That +also occasioned this great harm that our islands would have remained +in security, and with precautions so that they might not be invaded +by the Moros, who have ruined them for so long a time; and with the +above-mentioned project for the settlement of the Spaniards in Jolo, +the settlement which the English claimed and agreed upon with Bantilan +would have been annulled. But everything was frustrated because divine +ordination must prevail over human ideas. + +23. During that time also the disturbance which was roused up against +the Society of Jesus was quieted, some anonymous and libelous writings +being scattered and read freely, and now prohibited with two others of +new writings in these islands, which insulted it even to excess. By +means of an edict and censure that was fulminated, these infernal +stigmas were taken back, and the author of the two above-mentioned +writings having been discovered, namely, a regular, he was corrected +by means of his prelate, who without being induced and with only the +notice had begun to punish him; and it was necessary to moderate that +prelate because of the exhaustion and great age of the culprit who now +recognized his error. So much the more did the archbishop push this +matter as it was apparent to him, and he had experienced the truly +apostolic zeal of that order in these parts, and that its workers +watched with their accustomed spirit and fervor in all that concerned +the good of souls; and in the visit of the archbishopric, they labored +with the archbishop with great fruit and his consolation. Because of +their merit, and through his long and very intimate experience of the +wisdom and spirit of those religious, he wrote to his Holiness who has +protected them so greatly in their adverses. He stated to his Holiness +what his conscience dictated to him in favor and approval of those +evangelical workers and peculiar coadjutors of the bishops. But this +letter perished with the others in the captured ship "La Trinidad."... + +[24]. At the same time and at the beginning of his government, noting +the orders that his Majesty had given and the extreme need of his +royal works for rebuilding or repairing them, the archbishop sent +master workmen and intelligent men to report on their condition. In +view of their inspection and in accordance with what they themselves +discovered, after a thorough inspection, those men stated the need +because of the ruin which was threatened, either in whole or in +part, of said buildings, with danger to those who lived in them +and with their dread and uneasiness. In consideration of that, +after investigations and contracts with the masters of the art, he +proceeded to the adjustment of each one, under bonds to grant them +their pay in three instalments, one-third at the beginning of the +work, another third when it was half done, and the last third at its +completion. Thus was a good beginning made in them all, and some of +them were half finished, in which condition they were overtaken by +the event of the war, for all would have been finished during the +first three months of the following year. + +[The royal works needing repair are the hospital, the royal college +of Santa Potenciana, the college of San Phelipe, and the royal fort of +Santiago; and the sum necessary to be expended on them is slightly in +excess of forty thousand pesos. The wall of Cavite is also in a very +bad condition, repeated complaints of which have been made to the +government, and to which the archbishop cannot turn a deaf ear. The +terrible hurricane of October 12, 1761, has damaged the walls still +more. Plans are drawn up by the engineers, to put which in operation +would cost one hundred and fifty thousand pesos, and would take more +than eight years. But because of the expense and time necessary, the +engineers are told to discuss a new plan, and accordingly propose +a double stockade of palma brava, which can be constructed for ten +thousand pesos and which will last at least fifteen years. This plan +is followed and is nearing completion when the English enter. The +cracks in the walls of Manila are stopped up, but the war with the +English shows its weakness, for it has been built, not so much to +withstand artillery and civilized warfare, as the attacks of Moros. It +is designed to repair the esplanades of the walls and the gun carriages +mounted thereon, but the English arrive before the stone and timber for +it can be gathered. Twenty men are kept busy, for more than two months, +polishing the one thousand two hundred muskets formerly brought by +Governor Arandia, which have become very rusty. Various other measures +are taken to bring up the military strength of the city, which is in +a wretched state so far as defense is concerned. The treasury enters +upon a new life with the assumption of government by the archbishop, +for although it has but ten thousand pesos from the new tax, and the +sums left by the bishops [espolios] in 1761, by September 22, 1762, +when the English appear (and the annual situado has not yet arrived), +it has 138,633 pesos 5 tomins, 6 granos. This sum includes 36,897 +pesos, 5 tomins, 6 granos, in espolios, 40,000 pesos, which the +executor of the property of Governor Arandia is ordered to deposit +there so that a pious foundation may receive the sum left it by the +abovesaid governor, and over 60,000 pesos belonging to the treasury +by right. Payments are prompt, and by the methods adopted many losses +are avoided. So far as possible, definite times are set aside for the +administration of justice and government matters. Two serious matters, +especially noteworthy because of their difficulty, are settled by +the archbishop. The first is the case of Dr. Santiago Orendain, who +was proceeded against by the predecessor of Rojo, the bishop-governor +Espeleta, the case being managed by Francisco Villacorta, one of the +auditors. The archbishop settles the matter, (which had assumed so vast +proportions that Villacorta has been excommunicated), but it breaks out +again. Orendain asks for a review of his case, which is concerned with +the administration of the funds of the Cruzada [122] of which he has +been treasurer, and the archbishop accordingly examines the records +which fill over five thousand folios. Orendain is at last declared +free after two years' imprisonment. The archbishop quashes the case by +his decree of November 27, 1761, as he is anxious to restore harmony, +and orders the records sent to the king. The fiscal, Francisco Viana, +appeals to Auditor Simon de Anda, who has recently come to the islands, +and the matter is again stirred up, but it is at length disposed of +definitely, and the records ordered sent to the king. [123] The other +case is a dispute with Simon de Anda y Salazar in regard to the power +of a single auditor to act as the entire Audiencia in the absence of +other auditors, in the issuing of royal provisions. This special case +arises over the property of the late governor Arandia, in regard to +which the judge of the property of deceased persons has recourse to the +royal Audiencia. Anda, on coming to the islands, takes up the case, +and Auditor Davila falling mortally ill, he endeavors to take entire +charge of the matter, even to the issuing of a royal provision. This +the archbishop-governor opposes on the grounds that Anda may not +issue such provisions alone. Although law 180 of the título regarding +audiencias allows one auditor to act as the Audiencia in case of the +absence of the other auditors, that auditor cannot determine matters +finally, and despatch royal provisions; as other laws of the same +titulo forbid that. Among such laws are 62, 63, of titulo XV, book ii, +and as well, 88, 106, et seq., and 111. [124] Notwithstanding Anda's +wrath, the archbishop maintains good relations with him, and seeks +ever to propitiate him, acting so throughout with the other auditors +and the fiscal. Since entering upon his government, it has been the +custom of the archbishop to invite all classes of people to his mass, +in order thereby to promote sociability and restrain complaints and +disturbances. The people of Manila are "only busy for two or three +months each year, getting ready their bales for the Acapulco ship, +and during the rest [of the year] recline at ease. This ease is the +pillow and stimulus of other vices, and one of the effects which is +experienced is the multitude of clerks, and the huge amounts of copying +paper which are consumed throughout the year, especially during the +time of the above-mentioned despatch. Since from a few days after his +arrival at this city, the archbishop realized that the discord and +complaints of Christian charity arose from that vice of laziness, and +that already the dominant vice was the painful detriment of souls, he +began to use the arms of the Church against the terrible Goliath." For +this purpose he begins a mission, in which the love of God and one's +neighbor is preached. The doctrine is also explained throughout +the year every Sunday in one of the three churches assigned for that +purpose. After the archbishop assumes the government of the islands his +custom of expounding the doctrine is not abated but rather increased; +and he keeps a careful watch over all ecclesiastical dispositions.] + + +Part Second. Of occurrences immediate to the siege in the year 62; +and of the measures taken during that time; and those following the +siege until the year 63. + +1. In due time, namely, at the beginning of May, a galley was +despatched to the Embocadero with the fitting aid to meet and assist +the ship "Philipino" which was on its return from Acapulco. In the +middle of May, another galley was despatched for the same purpose, +so that after having met the said ship and after having left it with +the other galley in San Jacinto, it might proceed to Cobadonga and the +island of Leyte. For a long time no authentic news had come from that +place except the ravages of the horrible epidemic which had caused +a great mortality, and among the deceased was the alcalde-mayor. A +person was sent in the said galley to take his place with the fitting +instructions. That person was to repair the casualties which might have +occurred, by aiding those stricken with the plague in the same manner +prescribed by the general measure for all the islands as abovesaid. + +2. Shortly after a despatch was made to Calamianes, by a lesser +alcalde for another official, in charge of that so important post +which is located at the point of Paragua, where the construction of +a fort had been commenced during the term of the preceding governor, +and concluded in that of the archbishop. The latter sent some recruits +and some necessary supplies by that one. Then he also despatched an +intelligent and well-instructed alcalde to the place called Bugason, +[125] which abounds in people and rice, and which could not be well +administered by the alcalde of Yloylo, nor be conveniently stocked with +food at Samboangan: for the expenses and difficulties were doubled in +conducting the fruits and royal treasury to said capital, whence it was +separated under the suitable measures, which made manifest the need +and utility of that separation, advantageous for the royal treasury +of the above-mentioned presidio of Samboanga, and very convenient for +preventing them from giving shelter to the Moros in those districts. + +3. The reception of the returning ship and of the one despatched +annually to Acapulco, [126] is the entire occupation of this commerce +and of the inhabitants [of this community]. It holds and calls +the attention of the governors considerably. The latter begins to +despatch measures for the careening of the ship and other things for +its preparation, at the beginning of the year. There was no other ship +than the very large one called "La Trinidad" [127] of which advice +was given to the merchants in regard to the cargo. Its keel having +been inspected, and the ship careened fully, as it was apparent to +the archbishop because of the inspection which the merchants made, +that they did not wish or could not prepare hastily more than one +thousand piezas; and having completed the distribution or allotment of +the tickets in the best manner that this labyrinth of entanglements, +complaints, and vileness permits, they began to stow the cargo in the +ship, and although it was a small cargo, they were retarded greatly +by the vendabals which began at the end of June. + +4. At that time happened two events of little importance and +considerable bulk, which the archbishop expedited easily. One was in +regard to the master of the silver collecting the chests, according +to the new order of his Majesty, and the owners not taking them +to the palace, where they had formerly been gathered, whither he +agreed; and in regard to this matter also, the representation of the +commissary of the Inquisition, a person of learning and probity, who +was well considered because of his merit and the due respect to the +holy tribunal. But by the demand of the city and the register being +already shut away, the chests containing it had to be opened for the +necessary note of those who had not been included in said register. + +5. The other event was that four merchants of the said city having +prepared some bales, the city delayed giving them audience in order +that they might obtain permission to register it. The hold being about +ready to be closed, they went to the archbishop. The latter granted +them license to embark some bales, on condition that the tickets of +the poor which were left could be accommodated. The others were to be +for the benefit of the royal treasury. The outcry and clamor of the +city, which held many consultations, was great, and greater in their +letters to the viceroy and his Majesty, with ill-founded complaints +that they were deprived of liberty in regard to asking more or less +cargo space. But the archbishop, having been well informed regarding +the royal orders, and aware that the true motive for anger was the +rivalry of the merchants to their other associates, and the application +of the tickets to the royal treasury, he convinced those of the city of +these puerilities and the papers which they had written in opposition +were effectively withdrawn and they asked that the archbishop should +so do. He had only advised the viceroy on account of the attempt +of the merchants, in order that said number of piezas might not be +confiscated. In fact the merchants were convinced, and satisfied, +and thanked the archbishop. + +6. With its small cargo of one thousand one hundred and forty-eight +piezas, this ship was able to sail from the port of Cavite, August +1. That same day the vendavals returned with greater force than ever +(and winds which are contrary for leaving the mouth of this bay) +and they blew with tenacity and without intermission all through +August. And although the pilots did their best, and in fact once did +get out through the mouth, they anchored at the islet of Fortuna, +and had to return to the bay and take shelter behind the mountains +of Cabcave. [128] + +7. The anxiety caused by this delay obliged the archbishop to call a +meeting of the best pilots, and examine the ancient papers in regard to +the direction of the ship at departure, to see whether it was through +the Embocadero, or by way of Cabo Bojeador which lies at the northern +end of this island. With the assistance of the fiscal and other +intelligent persons, the pilots believed that the course by way of Cabo +Bojeador was more expeditious and advantageous, if the ship left at the +latest by the beginning of July; but, if it were despatched, as usually +happened, at the end of July, or in August, it was to be feared that +the terrible typhoons or hurricanes of the China Sea which reach as +far as the said cape and farther, would carry it away. Consequently, +it was more advisable for the said ship to pursue its voyage through +the Embocadero, and the vendavals would be favorable to it until they +left it, and farther until they reached the Marianas. It was not late, +for other ships had left at the beginning of September. This opinion, +having been attested, was sent to the commander of the ship so that +the pilots might be informed of it. The ship left the mouth in fact on +the third of September, and reached San Jacinto in four days, where it +took wood and water aboard, and where it was overtaken by two boats or +champans with the reënforcement of food, sails, and other supplies, +which had been asked and which they would need. They sailed from the +Embocadero on the thirteenth of said month with a favoring wind. But +when they had sailed three hundred leguas, they were met by a most +violent storm. We shall discuss this misfortune in due time. + +8. On the fourteenth of the said month of September word was received +from the river of Canas, in a latitude a short distance from the islet +of Fortuna, that a ship and its boat had been seen in said river. That +piece of news communicated by two Indians, caused great anxiety in +Manila, and people variously conjectured as to whether it were the +"Philipino" or whether the "Trinidad" had put back, or perhaps whether +it were some foreign ship. Order was immediately given for an official +to go from Cavite to prove the news, and follow the ship as far as +possible. But after three days of this diligence, and the ship had +not been found, it was asserted that another ship had been seen in +Mariveles. Through the neglect of the alcalde-mayor of Orani, in not +having imparted this news immediately, as he must have had bantayes +[129] or bajias in Mariveles, he was ordered to be imprisoned, and an +official put in his place. Without delay a message [cordillera] was +despatched through all the Embocadero, ordering people to be on their +guard, as a ship, whose destination and nationality were unknown, had +been seen. If the "Philipino" had already entered, it was to be advised +(and a letter was written to the commander with this order) not to +enter by the bay, but by Sorsogon, Camarines, or any other place, in +order to discharge its silver and despatches, and to be on the lookout, +and give full report of everything. This order was duplicated within +three days, and a galley was being prepared with an official already +appointed and the instruction advisable for this same measure. But on +going to execute it, and on embarking with the galley, on the afternoon +of September 22, it was frustrated by the sudden entrance into the bay, +at five in the afternoon of the same day, of the English squadron. + +9. The entrance of this squadron composed of thirteen ships, +which formed in line and with wind or easter astern, entered +and took possession of the bay, surprised our minds greatly. They +stretched from the middle of the bay in a circle to the point called +Sangley. The confusion of Manila and its environs with so unlooked-for +a squadron, in an unprepared place can not be imagined. The people +ran through the streets. Those of the suburbs came into the city, +those of the city went outside, and there were some persons (as was +learned afterward), who started immediately for the mountains and +for Laguna. The archbishop could do no less than be surprised, and +much more the chief inhabitants and auditors who surrounded him. But +it was immediately resolved to write to the leader of the squadron, +and that was done with courtesy, asking him his nationality and +destination and granting him port and provisions according to his +need and the custom of civilized nations. + +10. In the meanwhile, one of the most pressing anxieties and one +of danger was attended to, in regard to a large amount of powder, +stored in what is called the powder works [polverista], where it is +manufactured, and which is three-quarters of a legua from the city +along the beach. But in the morning of the following day, a great +portion of it remained to be brought, and the archbishop found it +necessary to go a-horseback accompanied by his Majesty's fiscal and +several others. At twelve o'clock, this task was really finished, +in which there was necessarily a great waste of this material. When +they reëntered, some of the ships were almost within cannon-shot, +and were threatening in that direction, which is toward the south, +with respect to the city. + +11. The reply of the generals was, with their letter or challenge, +arrogant, and to the effect that Manila and its forts should be +surrendered to the king of Gran Bretaña, from whose power the most +remote possessions of the Catholic king were not free, whose court, +through its evil conduct, had proclaimed war against Ynglaterra. If +the Spaniards of Manila were not infatuated, they would surrender, +in order not to experience the severity of their powerful arms. + +12. In view of this arrogance, the archbishop, in general council, +made the answer that was dictated by the zeal, love, and loyalty to +his king and sovereign, namely, that they would sacrifice their lives +in defense of his arms and domains, and that they would make all the +defense possible. [130] They wondered at the so unlooked-for news, +and the first notice they had of the declaration of war, was that +given by the said generals with these threats and armed hand and +squadron. Having given the measures ordering the provinces to come to +the aid of the capital promptly, and those which exigency permitted, +having considered the few regular troops, and having given the musters +for the militia companies, the city suffocated with the consternation +of the conflict to which it was pledged, and which was so necessary, +was placed in a state of defense. + +13. On the night of that day, the enemy began to disembark toward the +south. The Indians of the said places of the environs were not able +to resist the fire from their boats and ships. The people in those +places got under shelter of two regular companies who were obliged +to retire. The enemy found all they could need for their rearguard +and trenches in the strong edifices of the churches of Malate and of +Nuestra Señora de Guia, whence without loss of time, and with ease +they surrounded and took possession of the equally strong churches of +San Tiago and San Juan de Bagumbayan, whence it became necessary for +our men to retire. And although our men made three sallies, the enemy +were only driven out for a little time from the last place. In the +last sally, especially, their attack was arranged in three different +parts in order to kill some people, but with greater mortality on +our part, and through the inequality of arms and discipline, ours +yielded ground notwithstanding that the native troops who had come +in from the neighboring provinces, were now very numerous. + +14. Meanwhile, a few clashes occurred, that of greatest consequence +being the death of an English officer who had left their camp with a +white flag and came toward our camp, and whom our natives attacked +without anyone being able to restrain them. They assassinated him +and hacked his body into many pieces. In the endeavor to shelter him, +Don Antonio de Sierra Tagle, the nephew of the archbishop, received +many mortal wounds from lance thrusts, from which he died in a few +days. He was a prisoner, [131] and knowing him to be a relative, +the generals sent him back with the above-mentioned unfortunate +officer. The said generals learning of that assassination and +mutilation, through the infraction also of the symbol of peace +(a white flag), demanded the aggressors, with the threat that if +the demand were not accorded, they would send back the heads of the +officers whom they had captured. But the archbishop having ordered an +investigation of the matter, it resulted that the Spaniards were not to +blame, and that they had ceased firing, and all hostility, on seeing +the symbol of peace. Notwithstanding this the sepais [i.e., Sepoys] +continued their fire, on account of which the Indians in irritation, +committed that assassination. With the letter and testimony of those +investigations, which the archbishop wrote to the general, the matter +seemed to be dropped. + +15. The English made their trenches in a short time and mounted their +artillery and began to bombard the city at the bastion of the foundry, +as their fire was insufficient to reach the bastion of Carranza, +[132] and the active efforts which were able to be made in order to +undo their labors and dislodge them [i.e., the British]. Of not a +little importance (amid the inequality of forces and of practiced +soldiers) was the form in a cordon of some people of this vicinity +who were considered most fitting, and of some of the natives of the +environs from the site of Pasay which is at the south near the powder +factory to that of San Lazaro, which lies to the east. The archbishop +took that precaution, as it was very necessary, in order to guard +the Pasig River at the point where the provisions are traded, and +to obtain some opposition against the enemy. The fire of the latter, +by means of their land and ship artillery, and their bombarding, in +which the bombs fired exceeded four thousand, and the number of balls +of twenty-four, a trifle more, threw the city and all its inhabitants +into great consternation. On that account, and because the breach [in +the walls] was begun to be opened, in a general council on the night +of the third of October, what ought to be done in such a conflict +was discussed. [133] + +16. Although the military men thought that they ought to capitulate, +other reputable votes were against it. One of them, namely, the fiscal, +[134] asked the engineer and military men, if what they said was [to be +understood as] in the present, and if they were to proceed immediately +to the capitulation. Receiving the negative answer, he, following +the advice of others, counseled defense. In view of everything and +the rest which appears in said council, the archbishop gave the +orders, which appear in the records, in regard to the work, labor, +and the defensive works, with the provision of materials, workmen, +and foremen, giving charge of these operations to the engineers, +and having appointed the chiefest military men to the most important +posts, and having ordered their vigilance in regard to the operations +of the enemy. But nothing sufficed, for, redoubling their fire, on the +following day, and adding bombs, which they discharged with their fire, +which caught in two buildings, to which it was so necessary to hasten, +the day and its night passed in moments of confusion and agony. At +six in the morning of the fifth of the above-mentioned October of +62, [135] having gained possession of its breach and of the bastion +of the foundry, [136] the English extended their troops along both +sides of the wall, and another column through the royal gate which +they forced; so that there was nothing else for the archbishop to do +than to wave the white flag and retire to the fort of San Tiago with +the ministers, and some officials and citizens. Notwithstanding that +he knew nothing of militia, and had never seen such functions, and +had at his side none but equally inexperienced men, and one or two +officials who had scarcely any knowledge more than was speculative, +yet as God aided, and the loyalty of our hearts, he did what he could +and what he comprehended. + +17. Before this misfortune befell that of the capture of the galley +which had been despatched by the commander of the "Philipino," with +notice of its return from Acapulco and that it had put back to the +village of Palapa. Two days after the siege began, namely, on the +twenty-fourth of September, the galley entered the bay and came within +sight of the squadron (of which it had no news). A fragata gave it +chase and several barcas, it having been beached already toward the +north in Bancusay. Although some of those who came in it were able to +escape by swimming, its officers and the above-mentioned Don Antonio +Sierra Tagle were captured. The enemy took possession of everything in +the galley, and of many letters from which they gathered information +of the "Philipino" and of the place where the latter lay. Two days +later they sent a fragata and a ship in order to capture it; for the +day before they had been joined by a ship and two fragatas which had +become separated, or could not follow the squadron. + +18. From some quite damp letters, among them that of the commander +of the "Philipino," which had been carried by those who escaped by +swimming, the archbishop learned (and it was the first news) that the +"Philipino" was in Palapa; that it had been unable to enter by way of +the Embocadero because of stormy weather; and that on leaving Acapulco, +by a letter of the viceroy to the commander, the latter had learned +of the breaking out of war with Ynglaterra, and he was advised to +have a care. Consequently, he must have come with that information; +but said commander knew nothing of what was happening in Manila. In +view of all things, and with the unanimous opinion of auditors and +principal citizens, a letter was written to the commander, giving him +an order to fortify himself in Palapa, and to land the silver and +chests. Fortifying himself as well as possible in said port, which +is very difficult to get at, and only very experienced persons know +its entrances, which with but slight work can be made impassable, +the said commander was to hold his ship in readiness for sinking by +burning, if the ships of the enemy met it. This letter was sent with +all care, by a person very skilful in the coasts of the Embocadero, +so that it reached Palapa in a very few days. It had been duplicated +as a precaution to what might happen to it at its first sending. + +19. The rest that was done for the defense of the place was placed +in the diary. Some measures not necessary there were stated here as +belonging to the operations of the archbishop, such as those in regard +to withdrawing the treasury and the commission of Auditor Don Simon +de Anda. Both measures were vigorously promoted by the auditors--the +first, at the request of the treasurer, Don Nicolas de Echauz [137] +on the first day of the siege. Although it was at the instance of the +auditors, the archbishop resisted it strongly, for the reason that +the treasury could not be in better security than where there was +security of their lives. But reiterating their instances for various +reasons, and that it was advisable under any circumstances to have +placed the money outside the city, the archbishop had to comply; and +ordered that some quantity having been left, the greater part should be +withdrawn. Accordingly, this was done, and the sum of one hundred and +eleven thousand pesos withdrawn. Of the amount left in the treasury, +ten thousand pesos were paid out in order to supply the city with +provisions. In regard to that various precautions were taken, and a +commission was given to the fiscal, in order that he might attend to +those supplies. Other sums also followed for the current expenses, +all of which made the sum of twenty-four thousand pesos, account of +which is to be given by the accountant, Don Fernando Carabes of whom +it was demanded urgently by the archbishop. + +20. The other measure in regard to Auditor Anda was passed with greater +haste by the auditors themselves on the third of October. Because of +the conflict in which we found ourselves, they told the archbishop +that it was advisable to despatch him outside the city with the title +of governor and captain-general. These titles were to be given him, +in order that he might keep the natives quiet in their Christian +instruction and in their obedience to the king. But notwithstanding +that this measure clothed itself in so specious reasons, the archbishop +answered that neither he nor the Audiencia had any authority to create +a governor and captain-general, which was the proper privilege of his +Majesty; and that it was enough to give him the title of visitor of +the land for the so just end that was claimed (which is in accordance +with the orders of his Majesty), and the title of lieutenant of the +captain-general which could be conferred on him. This was the custom +followed in like commissions to ministers. Since that seemed advisable +to the ministers and fiscal, it was executed with the celerity that +the present conflicts demanded. Furnishing him with official paper, +and a notary and advocate, the above-mentioned auditor Anda left +immediately that night. [138] + +21. Other operations during the time of the siege which looked to the +care and watch of the city, the archbishop practiced vigilantly. For he +visited the walls personally, even at night, and some of the bastions, +namely that of the foundry and that of the fort. He went out daily on +horseback. Accompanied by various persons he examined the gates and +outside walls, the small fort, and the house of San Fernando, where, +as well as through all Bancuray and Tondo, the natives who descended +from the provinces lodged. Regulations were made there for them, and +they were aided with provisions. The arms that it was possible to give +were furnished them, and they were drilled in some manner. In short +the archbishop omitted nothing in order that he might go to give the +orders which appeared advisable, and personally, at the sites where +his presence seemed necessary or advisable. + +22. The archbishop having retired, then, as above-mentioned, into the +royal fort of San Tiago, the articles of capitulation were begun to be +drawn up there. They were concluded after great labor, and received the +unanimous consent of the auditors and other military men and citizens +who were present. The enemy already having taken possession of the +city, extended their troops in two columns toward the said fort, +along the walls, and other companies in front protected by the royal +chapel. As a white flag was immediately flung in the fort, there was +no hostility directed toward the small citadel. Two officers entered +with a message from their general, demanding surrender. But within +a short time the colonel of those troops appeared, and demanded an +instant surrender, or one would be forced by arms. The archbishop gave +him the articles of capitulation with a message to his general. He +refused to receive them, and there were no means or manner to get +him to receive them and take them to his general. Consequently, +they had to abide by what the colonel tenaciously answered, namely, +that the general's order was the one which he had already expressed, +and that it was now no time to tire themselves out in demands and +replies concerning the surrender. + +23. At this pass, and in view of what was already passing in +the presence of the archbishop in said fort, as the soldiers were +throwing themselves from its esplanade and from the walls, and casting +themselves into the river, and as some officers and regular troops +there, who never surpassed eighty in number were also in part doing +the same as the other soldiers, with not a few of the citizens; +and as the said fort was in itself indefensible, and the principal +curtain which looked on the city, and in front of which was the enemy, +was threatening to fall into ruins; the archbishop found no other +expedient in this conflict than to offer the colonel to accompany +him to treat with his general in regard to the fort and surrender +under his word of honor of the exemption from harm and safety of +his person. He condescended to that without any of the bystanders, +or auditors who surrounded him offering to take that matter upon +themselves, or even to accompany him, except the master-of-camp and +another officer. With them and the said colonel, he went to the royal +palace where the general had already taken up his quarters. + +24. After the salutation and the respective courtesies, in which +General Draper was profuse (and he showed special veneration to the +archbishop), the latter handed him the articles of capitulation that +had been drawn up, and which treated of the surrender of the fort. The +general answered that Admiral Cornish, whom he was awaiting from his +ship, must also be consulted. But after a long time with incessant +interruptions because of the continual coming of the general's officers +to get his orders, and of many of ours who presented themselves to him, +the general said that since Cornish was giving time, the archbishop +should give the order for the surrender, and that that would be best, +because he knew the harshness of the nature of said admiral. Answer +was made that the order would be given under all the military honors +which were fitting. All these conferences passed by means of two +interpreters--one in the English language, and the other in the French +with a mixture of Latin in which the archbishop talked and which the +general understood, although they both pronounced it in accordance +with their native languages. Consequently, it was difficult for them +to understand one another. Nevertheless, the archbishop comprehended, +and not confusedly, that the general agreed to the condition proposed, +and the archbishop gave the order for the surrender of the fort. The +latter did not properly merit this name because of its weakness, and +the dislodging already mentioned, by which it could have no defense, +but manifest danger of life to those who remained there, and even of +those who remained in the city. + +25. Great was the confusion of that day, and the grief of the +fierce sack. After the sack had lasted six hours, the archbishop +requested the general to forbid it, saying that neither church nor +palace would be left. The general went in person to attend to this, +and by the diligence of his men killed one, and maltreated another, +who was wounded in an arm, and commanded three to be hanged among +whom was an Indian of tender years, and it appears with small grounds +as only a few balls were found on him. But as a matter of fact, the +sack continued for more than thirty hours, as was asserted to the +archbishop, on account of which the latter made frequent requests of +the general. But in this madness of the sack, the very house servants +had not a little part and guilt, taking advantage of this unfortunate +occasion. And as regards the suburbs of the city, malicious persons +and robbers by profession (who abound in these districts) as well as +the very natives who had come from the provinces, and much more, the +characteristic perversity of the Sangleys executed this destruction +on the churches and many houses. [139] + +26. The afternoon of the same day, both chiefs, Draper and Cornish, +sent the archbishop the conditions under which the city would be +free from the sack, the life of the citizens, and their possessions, +commerce, and religion, saved, namely, by the surrender of Cavite, and +the payment of four million pesos, two million to be paid at once. In +this manner, they would consider the articles of the capitulation +that had been signed by the archbishop, auditors, and city. Those +articles were sent shortly after on the same day by the generals, +approved with some restrictions as may be seen by all in their +originals and in the testimonies placed in the collection of papers. + +27. From that afternoon a general council was called of all estates, +who met on the following morning to deliberate in regard to said +conditions. The archbishop ordered all to discuss the matter of +the said millions, while he was treating with the military men and +auditor of war in regard to Cavite. The latter excused themselves +from expressing an opinion under pretext of being prisoners of war, +whereupon the archbishop wrote to the general, asking him to declare +that those who were in the fort were not prisoners, and that meanwhile +he could not answer regarding Cavite. But he had not despatched said +letter, before he received a message from the generals in regard to +the fulfilment of their conditions, with the instant and terrible +threat, that if the contrary was done, they would put them all to +the sword without excepting a single person. Within a few moments +the same message was repeated by means of a Siquite [Sepoy?]. Both +messages were heard by all the Spaniards of the council, and by +many others who were in the palace; and it was learned for certain +that the order was given to the colonel, who had drawn up his +troops in front of the palace, and had taken the entrances of the +streets. Answer was made that a reply would be given in a very short +time. The archbishop, thereupon, turning to all the above-mentioned +persons in the council, told them that they should determine without +delay what was most advisable in regard to the millions, and that +they should do it while he was deliberating with the military men +regarding Cavite. The latter, with the auditor of war (forgetful +of their opposition toward giving an opinion a short time before), +not only gave one, by which Cavite was to be immediately surrendered, +but even asked that with great insistence. Being reprimanded and asked +why now they gave their opinion which they had refused so tenaciously +a short time before, they answered that circumstances had changed in +a few moments by the ruin that threatened all in a short time. [140] +The council also resolved that the four millions should be given, the +silver of the pious funds, chaplaincies etc., found existing being +given immediately, while the rest demanded would be given from the +wealth in the ["Philipino?" MS. worn]. What remained would be paid +by his Majesty, since there was no other recourse except his royal +clemency. The paper containing this proposition was signed by the +archbishop, and by the auditors and chief citizens. + +28. In such a predicament, in which the archbishop conceived all +without any exception to be defendants and thrown into consternation, +he found no other means than to agree to the above-mentioned +proposition, which put in writing and signed by the chief persons, +was taken by two commissaries to the generals, and also the order for +the surrender of Cavite, stating that no move toward resistance would +be made, and taking the precaution of sending a suitable officer for +that purpose. The generals answered the commissaries that, if what they +said was contained in the paper, they would allow them to ascertain +that through their interpreter; and that since two of their ships had +gone in search of the "Philipino," if they had already captured it, +they [i.e., the Spaniards] ought not to reckon on it in the payment, +of which they could make use if it were not already captured. In +accordance with this, a letter was to be written to the commander of +the "Philipino;" and the abovesaid notice was to be executed ordering +him to come from Palapa to this [city? MS. worn]. This letter agreed +to by all the council and signed by the archbishop was shown to the +generals and was despatched to [that commander?] by two of the chief +inhabitants, who sent it safely; though as yet we are ignorant of its +receipt, and it has been rumored that it has been intercepted on the +way, and that even a contrary order has been given without us knowing +by whom. + +29. The sum found in the pious funds, chaplaincies, etc., was really +ascertained and delivered. There was some difference in it because +of the small coins which had been clipped, and which were received +by weight. To this sum was added the amount of the wrought silver of +the churches (in which it appears that in some churches some of the +silver was reserved). There was a measure enacted by the archbishop, +in virtue of what was discussed in the general council and of present +circumstances. The superiors and the administrators of said church, +who were notified thereof, agreed, and they made the delivery without +any answer or protest; for they saw well that, although the secular +estate contributed with ¡ts interests in the "Philipino," it would be +impossible to get during those days a suitable distribution among the +citizens (and as it seemed), the destruction of the sack had left them +without money or anything of value, as they declared. Besides all their +powers could never make enough and be sufficient for the whole or half +of the contribution demanded. And the silver of the churches being in +sight, it was the best stimulus and incentive of greed, robbery, and +of violence, and with profanation of the altars and of the sacristy, +as had already been begun to be experienced, not only from the English +troops, but also from the natives themselves and the domestics, and the +especially covetous Sangleys. Not only did these misfortunes disturb +the heart of the archbishop, but also the gloomy consideration of the +Moros, those ancient enemies, who annually raided the provinces, and +of whom it was conjectured that, hearing of our fatality, they would +feed themselves with more audacity on their robberies, sacrileges, +and piracies, as, in fact, has been experienced even in a village near +the mouth of Marivelez which is the mouth of this bay. Thence, after +their accustomed molestations, they have taken one hundred captives +of both sexes, and, from the island of Marinduque, they have taken +one hundred persons and the Jesuit missionary of that island. + +30. It befell that in order to obviate so many inconveniences, +they did not hesitate in taking from the altars the silver for the +redemption and relief, which was the least danger to the faithful +Catholics. By this arrangement, the payment of his Majesty was reduced, +from whose royal magnificence has originated the rich adornment +of the churches. But the sacred vases which belong immediately to +divine worship were always reserved, as were also the chalices, cups, +and monstrances. In these circumstances, the archbishop voluntarily +delivered all his valuables and vases without reserving his pectoral +or anything else, in order to aid so far as he was concerned in the +ransom of the city, and in order that he might serve as an example, +so that his [MS. worn] might not excuse himself from contributing +voluntarily whatever was possible. And as it was not proper that, in +these public calamities, and of the despoliation of his own spouse, +the cathedral church, he should remain with adornment and should not +be deprived of everything; and although his said possessions were +not of any considerable importance, he had the consolation of not +reserving anything and of giving them up with good will. Of money in +cash he gave none, for he had none, nor, since he has been in these +islands, has he had any left from his pay and stipends, for he has +spent them all in the support of his household, on the poor, and +for the relief of many necessities, always grieving at not helping +them all, because excessive sums would have been required (as those +necessities were many and grave). For this same reason, by order of +the [English] commissary of artillery, the bells were taken down (as +spoils that belonged to them) from the churches of the city and its +environs. The archbishop, grieving over the loss of his charge, set +his mind on ransoming the bells of the cathedral and royal chapel, +but since he had not come to these islands with wealth to execute +it, he gave an order against his agent in Cadiz, ordering him to +pay the sum of five thousand pesos for which they were redeemed, +notwithstanding that a very small sum remained in the possession of +the said agent to comply with the order. But the great confidence +which assists him in the above-mentioned animated the archbishop. + +31. Advised of the scattering of the Spaniards since the day of the +assault, and that they were going to the villages and mountain, where +they were in danger from the barbarians and the revolted natives +(as was experienced in many disasters, thefts, and murders), and +their families in other directions not any more secure, and others in +the city and its precincts, an order was issued for all to assemble +and come to live in the city with those who were there. That order +had little effect, for each one followed his own opinion and will, +and began to lose his obedience to his superior. This was aided not a +little by the example of those who by their employ and dignity ought +to have given a better example. + +32. Better fruit was obtained in ecclesiastical matters (although +that not sufficient and advisable), for the prebendaries and some of +the secular clergy continued to assemble at the cathedral, and in the +convents of the regulars some religious remained. They were requested +and charged not to abandon their churches, and to endeavor to have +a suitable number of subjects for the continuance of divine worship, +and to be the relief and consolation of the faithful, and that they +might be able to attend to their necessities in the administration +of the sacraments. + +33. Thus was it done for the most part, but it was not that which +was advisable and sufficient to meet other casualties, which the +superiors of the Society satisfied. He was the only provincial prelate +who remained living [in the city], together with that of St. John +of God, whose superiors and subjects complied perfectly with their +respective ministries. On account of this defect, or non-existence of +the superior, it appears that the persecution by the English of the +Augustinian fathers or their opposition to them had no reparation; +and although their provincial was indeed near Manila, his passage +to the city was prevented. [141] The other superiors, although not +provincials, met respectively what arose in their orders, but their +powers did not reach to the subjects outside [the city] nor did they +gain the respect of the English within. And the English qualifying +as having committed excesses those Augustinian religious and others, +who appeared before them, who were commanding the natives outside, +proceeded to imprisonments, exiles, and confiscations of property, +especially in the above-mentioned, taking possession of their church, +money, valuables, and everything else that they had. [142] It is +enough to have touched this point, for it would be most tedious to +set forth all its particulars in detail; and it does not belong to the +archbishop to qualify the facts, since each superior must give account +of them to the king, our sovereign, with the religious sincerity which +he professes, and to show their complaints with the same truth. But he +cannot restrain his wonder as to how the father visitor and the father +of this province of San Juan de Dios, the reverend Father Puga, [143] +a priest, with his community attended and attends to his institute, +sheltering and assisting so great a number of sick and poor amid +so great calamity and so many necessities, and who not having the +slight regular alms, does not fail at all to his sick, the religious +aiding them. This is properly a miracle of charity. The persecution +which this superior and community has suffered, from the one who has +taken command of the government is as painful as their patience is +praiseworthy and exemplary. + +34. The destruction which was experienced in the suburbs of Manila +and in other more distant places, from robbery, murders, and other +execrable atrocities, obliged the archbishop to endeavor to restrain +the evildoers and insurgents by means of Don Josef Busto, a person of +spirit and of great experience in the land, with a company of men to +his satisfaction. He was ready to do it, but asked a suitable salary +after he had formed his account. [144] Thereupon, the archbishop +ordered that one of the citizens, who had not suffered from the sack +and was wealthy, to make ready two thousand pesos which would be placed +to his account and apportioned to the sum which was to be demanded from +him for the contribution of the millions; and that the senior auditor, +who exercised the office of auditor of war, would give the instructions +and powers necessary to said Busto for the above-mentioned end. But +both persons excused themselves most strongly, the above-mentioned +citizen with the frivolous remark that he had nothing which he could +supply, the auditor by saying that he was a prisoner of war, and a +mere assessor in these matters. The first was a bit of frivolity, +and the second a pretext, for when the governor is an ecclesiastic, +the auditor expedites and determines by himself criminal causes which +arise; and thus did it happen with the archbishop during the time +of the siege and before in like causes with the same auditor. But +since the reins of obedience and respect had already been broken, +and there were no forces to reduce them to their duty, like other +matters, this remained thus without the due remedy, and the disasters +continued through insolence and libertinage. + +35. During this time also, Auditor Anda had declared himself +governor, captain-general, and royal Audiencia, and had despatched +messages [cordilleras] ordering himself to be so recognized in the +provinces. And he had ordered and commenced to cut off the provisions +in the two districts of Bulacan and Laguna whence they come to the +city. In these raids, happened the murders of natives and English +in the suburbs, and the latter were mutilated and treated with other +contempts suitable for barbarians. Other events had preceded with the +religious of Bulacan where Anda was, and the English chiefs of whom +it was spoken variously. The archbishop cannot speak with exactness, +as he does not know of those events, only that on one occasion, +posterior to that time, in which the Augustinian [145] fathers were +discussed before many, the archbishop alleged publicly in their +favor (led rather by his inclination to piety than by the judgment +which he had formed then of their guilt or innocence), as well as in +favor of all the religious who were present in their convents; for he +held several divine offices, and protected them so far as he could, +although he was unable to prevent the English from embarking and +sending nine of them in the English fragatas which went to Madrasta. + +36. It appears that, on account of the said causes, and (as is +known) from other apprehensions or imaginations, the British leaders +proscribed the above-named auditor, and it was added that they had +offered a reward for his person. The auditors learning this, went to +the archbishop with this notice, and great fright; and for the time +being there were no means by which to assure their lives. But within a +short time a hasty message from the general to the archbishop, ordering +him to cause that auditor to appear, together with the alcalde-mayor of +Bulacan and other nearby alcaldes in order that, on the twenty-fifth +day of October, they might, together with the city and the military +men, take the oath of allegiance to his Britannic Majesty, and give +their word of honor not to take arms against his nation during the +war, and until the kings should agree or decide the fate of these +islands. The archbishop replied to this message that he was unable to +cause the appearance of Auditor Anda, since they had proscribed him, +which was equivalent to handing him over to death; and that so long as +Anda was not secure of his life he could not make him appear. In regard +to the alcalde of Bulacan and the others, he could as little cause +them to come, because in the lack of any one to govern and restrain +the natives, their disturbance and revolt would increase all the more. + +37. In order that he might inform the auditors of this event, the +archbishop had them summoned, and with them, namely, the fiscal and +the senior auditor, he began to discuss what they ought to do in regard +to Auditor Anda. While they were conferring thus, Auditor Galban came +with the marquis of Monte Castro, who were with General Draper at the +time when my above-mentioned reply or message was given to him. He +sent them so that they might discuss and talk over this point with +the archbishop. They told him that he could rest assured of the life +of Anda, and the general answered the same through his envoy. The +conference lasted for more than three hours, with various commotions, +without the auditors caring to express their opinion, giving as an +excuse that the said general had told those above-mentioned that they +were all prisoners of war, with the exception of the archbishop. On +the night of said day, said ministers presented to the archbishop +a writing, leaving in his hands and judgment as the one to whom the +matter pertained, the appearance of said Anda. + +38. But in order to meet this matter better, he had some of the +foremost military officers invited, to whom he told all that had +passed. They were of the opinion that he should cause the said Anda +to retire, under security of his life, for he was incurring a great +danger, and exposing the lives of many with his disturbances; and +to shut off the provisions carries the same risk. [They were all of +this opinion] except one military man, who asserted that if Bulacan +was a separate province and had a fort or bastion, Anda ought not to +be summoned, for then he could defend himself. But said province is +very near Manila, being separated therefrom by only a distance of +three or four hours, and it never had a bastion or fortress except +that which very lately was constructed by order of the said Anda, +and which the English demolished as will be told later. + +39. In accordance with this opinion, the archbishop asked the +general for assurance of the life of the abovesaid, in writing, +and it was sent to him in the English language. The archbishop had +it translated into our language, and kept in his possession the +original paper. The above-mentioned copy was enclosed to him, and at +the bottom of it the archbishop assured him that it was a faithful +copy, and that he had had it copied into our language in order that +Anda might understand it. He gave Anda strict orders to appear, +but the latter replied discourteously with several absurdities, +which the archbishop answered by noting his rudeness, and stating +that he should have been addressed with the title of governor, and +of Anda's disrespect in judging him [i.e., the archbishop] to be +the secretary of the British. The archbishop also showed Anda other +errors which he suffered, and sent him the original paper of safety, +so that he might make use of it in the way that he pleased, and said +that he would make a charge before God and the king of his excesses. + +40. From that time until the present Anda continued his orders +to prevent any food from being taken down to the city. But he has +never been able to succeed in more than that the price of food has +risen. He has not considered that the greater part of the garrison were +prisoners in the city with the archbishop, with their officers, two +togated ministers, and the officials of the royal treasury (except the +treasurer), and the majority of the persons composing both cabildos, +ecclesiastical and secular, various religious of all the communities, +a convent of nuns, the beateríos and schools of both sexes, and most +of the citizens of all classes and estates. He has not reflected +that his obstinacy in this measure in any event and in any manner in +which it might have any desired effect, resulted, before any injury to +the English, in that of all these vassals of the king, afflicted and +opposed by both parts. He has taken no account of the lack of success +that could be hoped for from such a project, as has been shown, as +he has not sufficient arms or disciplined men with which to oppose a +nation which, besides having the city garrisoned and that of Cavite, +and in both a good provision in the storehouses, dominated also the +sea with their boats, with which in case of necessity, they could +furnish provisions in plenty. [146] + +41. This temerity has been the origin of many evils, which have +increased the misfortune of these inhabitants, both secular and +religious. They have been reduced to prison on various occasions, +with sufficient contempt, occasioning that, together with injury +to the natives, notable disturbances, disasters, fires, murders, +robberies, and rapines have been experienced through the same agents +and other evildoers. They have even been propagated through diverse +places and estates with the destruction of their fields and herds; +and, on the other side, the English irritated, not only have committed +in the vicinity of Manila, many annoyances, burning of villages and +buildings, and taking by force of arms (without resistance), all kinds +of grain and animals, food, and a very great number of buffaloes, +which were destined for the plough and the cultivation of the land, +but they have also penetrated into some provinces with very few men, +taking therefrom whatever they have wished, as they did in the month +of November in the village of Pasig, where especially the food of all +the Lake of Bay was gathered, and where trenches had been made in the +church and convent. With all kinds of arms they had been occupied +by ten thousand Indians, who were defeated at their first arrival +by five hundred English. About one thousand five hundred of both +sexes and all ages were killed, part of them with gun and cannon, +and part precipitated into and drowned in the river Pasig. From that +time a detachment of English troops remained in said village. [147] +For that reason the English have penetrated about all the lake and +through the province of Taal and Balayan, and have always brought +vast supplies of food for their troops and for the storehouses. All +these inhabitants always furnish them (for their money) with flesh, +wheat, and palay. In any other way they would have suffered many more +miseries. In the month of February, they did the same in Bulacan, +which was the province where the above-mentioned Anda had established +his fort in the church and convent. They advanced and forced his +trenches, where some Spaniards and religious were killed, and four +hundred Indians were put to the sword. The only difference was that in +this place they did not carry back provisions or fortify themselves, +but retired after demolishing the fortifications in the convent. They +have also made many extortions in other villages which they would +not have done had they not been provoked. [148] + +42. All these injuries and many others, which are the necessary sequel +of them, the archbishop thought over from that beginning, [which had +been] without any fruit or advantage to our side, but, indeed, had, +on the contrary, the pernicious effects that experience has proved, +and which had already commenced to show themselves. Consequently, +he found it necessary to write to Anda again, mitigating with the +greatest mildness the ardor of his preceding letter, in order that +Anda might consider these calamities, and change direction, increasing +and arranging the terms of his commission as visitor of the land and +lieutenant of the captain-general. But there was no other answer to +this letter except notice of its receipt written on its envelope. + +43. A like effect was obtained by the order that he gave in his letter +to the treasurer, ordering him to transfer to the city the money in +his care, in order that it might escape the theft which many evil +natives had attempted. They would have succeeded in one of their +most vigorous attacks, had not this disturbance been calmed by the +alcalde of Pagsanjan, the marquises of Villamediana and Monte Castro +being present. The latter were abused by three Franciscan religious, +who, armed, captained the Indians in order to get possession of the +treasury. In order to avoid this danger and the loss of this money, +the archbishop had conferred with the generals, saying that he would +hand it over to them on condition that it be reckoned as a part of +the millions demanded, and that they supply him with the pay for the +ministers, officers, troops, and others whose support depended on his +Majesty. The relief of the community would also follow the exhibition +of this treasury, and would lessen the payment of his Majesty. Nothing +sufficed to make the treasurer Echauz obey. He went to Pampanga with +the treasury, which he placed at the disposition of Auditor Anda, +who began to use it recently for the expenses which he believed +advisable or necessary, according to his projects. + +44. To the question of the British, which was urgently put to him, +in regard to the royal treasury and possessions, the archbishop +responded briefly and truly, showing them that the king, his master, +had no temporal interest in these islands, but only that strictly of +the souls of his vassals, and the causing them to live as civilized +beings and Christians, according to the Catholic law for their +salvation; and that in order to maintain them with his ecclesiastical +and secular ministers, he spent the tributes which were collected with +so great right, and the two departments only of buyo and wine. In this +regard he distributed very large sums annually from the treasury of +Mexico. In no other manner could these islands subsist. + +45. The city, orders, and Spaniards having been summoned to the royal +palace, in order to express their loyalty and not to take arms against +his Britannic Majesty, before his generals, an act in which their +loyalty and love to his Catholic Majesty, their legitimate king, shone +forth brightly, through the unwillingness, sadness, and repugnance, +with which it was celebrated. Slightly before as well and separately +was given the word of honor not to take arms during the war or until +another arrangement was made by the sovereigns (in a certain Latin +form, and which necessarily contained nothing of vassalage to his +Britannic Majesty), by the archbishop, auditors, and royal officials +present. The polite representation of the archbishop to the generals +in the said house where they were lodging, namely, the archiepiscopal, +enabled them [i.e., the above officials] to gain exemption from mixing +with the others, or in their formula [of loyalty or allegiance to +the British sovereign]. + +46. Thence, at their instance, they [i.e., the cabildo, religious, +and Spaniards] were conducted to the royal palace, and in the presence +of so numerous a gathering, a paper was read, in which the archbishop +was reproved as one who robbed from the churches, the sum to which +their silver amounted, and that of the pious funds already delivered +and received; and that in regard to this, that silver would soon +complete a million. And now he was about to surrender the forces +and islands dependent on Manila. By that paper the heart of the +archbishop was wounded as if by a double-edged sword. On two points +he was unable to restrain his wrath, and he uttered in the presence +of the two generals the words that his zeal dictated to him, namely, +that the instance and threat of the victors had been necessary for +the withdrawal of the abovesaid silver, and there were no other +resources near at hand. He does not rob, who makes use, in extreme +need, of the most sacred thing, which is destined in such cases most +suitably to the living temples of God, namely, His faithful. But he +cannot clear himself from this sacrilegious crime, who causes it by +violence, and who willingly and eagerly receives its effects, and +whatever is left over and above them. In regard to the second point, +that meant to attempt another act of violence quite contrary to the +day and to the act which was being celebrated on it to the honor and +memory of the birthday of his Britannic Majesty, whose protection +he implored, so that such a matter might not be discussed on such +a day. And the archbishop insisted that he would sacrifice his life +for his faithfulness to his king, and for his honor, which would be +vindicated by his Catholic Majesty, his sovereign. + +47. With this expression of anger, the archbishop retired to his room, +where the above-mentioned paper was sent him. In order to deliberate on +its contents, he had a general council summoned for next day, October +26, consisting of the ministers, the chief military men, and the city +and ecclesiastical [cabildos]. In a few words the archbishop explained +to the council the arguments pro and con regarding the cession of the +islands. Since he gave all his attention and time to this, he ordered +a council of those interested to discuss, with the assistance of the +fiscal, and under the presidency of the senior auditor, the matter +of the completion of the million. The result of that discussion will +be stated later. + +48. But in regard to the point of the islands, which was discussed +in general council, the regulars excused themselves from voting, by +saying that their rules forbade them to vote on war questions, and that +they feared to act irregularly. The archbishop was unable to overlook +this pretext, and told them that they had voted in like assemblies +at the time of the siege, and had permitted or given license to their +subjects to take all kinds of arms, to patrol the walls, and to guard +the posts which were entrusted to them; and had sent the Indians +from their villages to take part in the conflict. They had not done +otherwise in their missions exposed to the dangers of the Moros, than +to manufacture and buy all sorts of arms, and importune the superior +government to supply arms to them, and afterward to handle them and +make use of them in defense of their parishioners, and to fight the +enemies of the faith and religion. At present it was not necessary +to take these arms or to make use of them, but it was necessary to +declare what was advisable in regard to conceding or denying the +submission of the provinces in which religion and the instruction of +their neophytes were at stake. But nothing was sufficient to get them +to give their vote, that which the archbishop had alleged causing them +great irritation. As their obstinacy angered the archbishop still more, +he did not have them summoned to the second council. + +49. In the voting of that council of the twenty-sixth, it happened +that the engineer, by whom the voting commenced, refused strongly to +pass any opinion, saying that he was prevented from doing so, as he +was a prisoner of war. This murmur spread among the other military +men present, and they added that the license of the generals was +necessary in order that this council might be held. Consequently, it +was necessary for the archbishop to explain these matters, by telling +them that this was not a clandestine council, but one called openly and +in plain sight and with the knowledge and suffrance of the generals. In +it they were not discussing the taking of arms by the prisoners for the +defense of the provinces, but whether the islands were to be yielded +under present circumstances by the archbishop-governor. Thereupon, +the voting went on with varying results. When it came to the fiscal's +vote, he again was obstinate on the points prisoners of war and the +license of the generals for the council, and he said that he would +accordingly take his position on the principle of it. The archbishop +answered what he had said in regard to the said points, and that this +was to place in doubt what he had signed. Thereupon, there was great +altercation, anger, and notable incivility, with visible signs of +the agony which the archbishop was suffering from this blow. But the +altercation having subsided, and all of them having quieted down, the +fiscal and other ministers declared their vote. Since it was now very +late and the vote was not cleared up, and since it could not be well +enough discerned at that time, it was ordered that the same council +be convoked on the following day, with the exception of the regulars. + +50. In fact, on the following day, October 27, another council was +held in the afternoon. At it the archbishop had the Latin letter +read which he had received on the morning of that day from General +Draper, with the date of the twenty-eighth (which corresponds to +the twenty-seventh of our reckoning and calendar). The vote was put, +and some who had given their vote in the negative on the preceding +day, namely, not to surrender the islands, retracted, and voted +affirmatively. The ministers and some others expressed their opinion +and gave it in writing. The vote was equally cast with but a little +difference of one or two votes. The archbishop asserted that he would +decide without delay what appeared most advisable to him, commending, +as he had done, so grave a matter to our Lord, so that He might inspire +him as to what was for His best service and that of His as well as +our Catholic king. Before dissolving this council, an envoy came from +General Draper with another letter bearing date of the twenty-eighth +(which corresponds in our calendar to the twenty-seventh) written +in the English language. It was read there by an interpreter. It +was reduced to saying that, with only the cession of a few places of +little importance, he would save (he gave to understand with whom he +spoke, namely the archbishop) the lives of a multitude; that he was +sure that his Catholic Majesty would consider himself as well served; +and that those who were endeavoring to persuade the archbishop not +to yield, if they did not promptly change their opinion, would answer +with their lives, and that the auditors were to affix their signatures. + +51. All those present having heard the context of the above-mentioned +letter, without any more being added or mentioned than what was +declared in the above-mentioned council, it was dissolved, and the +thorn (which was very sharp) remained in the heart of the archbishop +in deliberating on so serious a point. In that deliberation the +least thing involved was the danger to his own life, of which he was +tired and of which he almost desired the end. But that is always +placed in the hands of divine Providence who directs everything +positively or permissively for His greater service and glory. Not +only did he consider the extermination of the city and the lives +of many with which he was threatened, but also (and which was very +easy), the uneasiness of the villages and missions of the provinces, +in great part ruined and destroyed by their old-time enemies, the +Moros, who with a little stimulus and encouragement from their new +enemies would assault them on all sides and would finish with their +mission ministers and justices. It was greatly to be feared that +if the natives were offered exemption from tribute, and subjection, +they would be the instruments of these disasters. + +52. This effort tied the hands of the English, who irritated by a +negative answer, could have assigned two fragatas of their squadron to +coast along the provinces, and cause this horrible uneasiness. If they +did that, (unless it was averted by divine Providence), the ruin of +the instruction and faith of the neophytes would be experienced. These +reasons having been meditated upon before Jesus Christ, our life, +from whose service depended that of a Catholic king, the archbishop +resolved on the twenty-eighth to avoid the greater evil, and to assure +the conservation of the islands, and the teaching and doctrine of +our holy religion in them by keeping their natives quiet. Thereupon, +on the said day, and on the following, the twenty-ninth, he wrote +letters to the prelates and to the provinces, with the intention of +using them opportunely; [149] and without making mention of those +letters, he replied on the date of the twenty-ninth [150] in the Latin +language to the above-mentioned letter, also in Latin, of General +Draper, explaining to him diffusely and vigorously the difficulty of +What he asked. His reasons, if they did not suffice to convince him, +lessened the violence and force which were uttered a thousand times +in said letter. + +53. He summoned the auditors in order to show this letter to them, +but they did not come as they were busy, answering that they would +come if the matter were urgent. But the instances of the general +of the day before having been repeated for the reply, it was sent +to him in said letter between seven and eight in the morning of the +said day, the twenty-ninth. But after eleven o'clock on the same day, +the general sent his letter of the thirtieth of the same month (which +corresponds to our date of the twenty-ninth) with the message for me +not to bother myself, that that letter was to be signed by myself +and the auditors, to whom he sent word that if they did not do it, +he would have them immediately thrown into a galley. Instantly upon +receiving this message they immediately appeared, and signed the letter +together with the archbishop, both the original letter in English +and its translation into Spanish. It was sent to the said general, +and said auditors only gave notice that they had made their protest +before the notary, and that it should not be written at the foot of +said letter, in order that the general might not happen to see it, +if he asked for said original letter. With such fear did they proceed, +but the archbishop showed them the copy of his letter above-mentioned, +in which is manifest his protest with the declaration of repeating +it a thousand times. + +54. This point has been treated with prolixity, for besides being one +of the most serious, and one of greatest pain, it has been shifted and +juggled [adviterado?] variously, blackening enormously the conduct of +the archbishop, even to affirming that it is evident that he had an +understanding with the English for this cession, in a journal full of +false entries and of black impostures, composed by the fiscal. But God +be thanked, that the evidence of this criminal calumny is false, and +the weak apprehensions or inferences on which it is founded have been +clearly dissipated. For what is affirmed is false, namely, that the +cession of the islands had been discussed or made before October 26, +and that letters had been written for their surrender, as the first +council was held on the said day, and the second on the following day +(the twenty-seventh and the twenty-eighth). On the twenty-ninth, the +archbishop made his resolution, and wrote the rough drafts of said +letters with his own hand on the twenty-eighth and twenty-ninth. The +statement also is false, namely, that on the twenty-ninth, said letters +were sent with one of the same date in which the archbishop answered +the general ceding the islands. For these original letters are yet +in possession of the secretary of the assembly, and neither then nor +at any time have they been sent or delivered. So true is this that +the commanders having gone--Draper on the twelfth of November [151] +of the past year, and Cornish on the first of March of the present +year, who never asked him for a letter for the surrender of the +islands--the British government tried afterwards to get the archbishop +to give letters of surrender for Zebu, Yloylo, and Zamboanga, which +he refused and did not give, as appears from his letters, rejecting +the instances of the above-mentioned British government. + +55. Also false is the end of this report, which asserts, not indeed +that it is presumed, but that it is presumed if not proved, that +the archbishop tried to shield himself. Without this protection or +shelter, he made the cession in his letter of the said twenty-ninth +day, as is said above, with the signature of the auditors, which they +placed in the letter of Draper on the thirtieth (in our calendar, +the twenty-ninth), which in view of and after the receipt of that +of the archbishop, the said general sent on that same twenty-ninth +day, with the threatening message that he would send them to the +galleys. Only the constancy of the archbishop can be well inferred. In +his protest he asserts and [MS. worn] to the general in consideration +of his threat of the extermination of the city the lives of many, +which did not move the animosity of the auditors for their signature +until they received the personal threat of their own imprisonment. + +56. The ambiguous letter of Draper of the twenty-eighth (in our +calendar, the twenty-seventh), is slight foundation for so gross a +suspicion and its proof; in which he seems to infer that the archbishop +had made the cession, and infers on the other hand, that he was in +condition of acting in regard to the cession. For the letter says +that those who endeavored to persuade him not to make the cession +would answer with their lives. It is a proof of the sincerity of the +archbishop that he showed the said letter in the second council, for +if it contained anything suspicious, or anything by which he would be +discovered to be lacking in application, it would have been very easy +for him to suppress it and return it to the general, in order that +the latter might write another, in which nothing would be understood +in regard to the secret understanding. It is not the mark of a good +reason and less is it Christian to assert so great a crime as proved +without having had any motive. For to such infamies, one is moved +either by self-interest or the expectations of honors, or important +posts which both lacked. For the archbishop had previously stripped +himself of all his few valuables and pectorals, without reserving +any; and he was clothed in the greatest honors and employments with +which the powerful Catholic king can honor a vassal of his in these +islands. And only by depriving himself of this recognition, and +of his character as a Christian and archbishop could he offend so +enormously against his king and religion because of the expectation +or promise of greater honors in Londres or with the very crown of +all Ynglaterra. Through the mercy of God, the archbishop has not +been abandoned by His divine hand in his right judgment or in the +works of his misery and weakness. Neither does he live so forgetful +of quid prodest homini, [152] etc. + +57. The reason of the archbishop not having used said letters which +they falsely affirmed had been delivered, and of the originals being +conserved in the possession of the secretary, was that having been sent +(as he thought they ought first to be sent) to the regular superiors +living in Manila on the thirtieth (the following day) of October, who +[MS. worn] to their most [MS. worn] in the margin to be understood by +it the said original message [cordillera]. The above-mentioned reason +having been given, the rumor spread among the populace that the said +letter had been the cause of the disaster of the alcalde-mayor of +Pagsanjan, [153] who was lanced by the Indians themselves on the +gallows. That was mentioned to the archbishop by a trustworthy and +God-fearing person who grieved at his carelessness in said letter. + +58. Surprised at this information, the archbishop had the +above-mentioned letter brought into the presence of the said person, +together with the others, and had the secretary read them with their +dates. By their very dates, namely, the twenty-eighth and twenty-ninth +of October, it was plain that they could not have occasioned the event +of Pagsanjan which occurred the day before, namely, the twenty-seventh +of the same month. This casualty was made more impossible by the +distance of said village from Manila, which is at the least three days' +journey. The legitimate cause of this insurrection and tyrannical +murder of their alcalde was that which appears in the documents formed +of this matter, where it is evident that this cloud of dust which was +raised was no other thing than the racial inconstancy and disloyalty +of the natives of that village and its environs. The fact that the +archbishop had not had any support or reply to the contents of his +letter from the superiors of Manila, and the knowledge that Auditor +Anda had already sent his message [cordillera] through the provinces, +[154] in which he declared himself to be governor and captain-general, +made it necessary for the archbishop not to disturb the provinces and +accede to the times and to the circumstances thereof, and ordered that +none of the said letters be sent. That order was executed as given +and the originals were kept in the possession of the secretary. That +which can have happened, and of which there is frequent experience +in any part, as well as in this city, is that a copy of one or more +of said letters may have been drawn by the infidelity of some clerk +without the archbishop or his secretary being able to remedy it, +and in this way their contents may have become known and explained +by the malicious rivalry in as sinister a manner as is usual. + +59. In regard to the other point of the completion of the million, +the archbishop entrusted it to the senior auditor, Don Francisco +Villacorta, [155] in order that having assembled those interested, +together with the fiscal, they might determine what the matter +demanded according to its circumstances. They held several meetings, +in one of which a plan was adopted for demanding of each person the +contribution in accordance with his wealth and the sack which he had +suffered. But there was great opposition, and some made complaint +to General Draper and to the archbishop. The latter assembling them +all, exhorted their help to the extent possible, to which they were +obliged by their conscience and by the circumstances, in order to +avoid greater extortions. For the representation to the general +of not having promised to complete the million was not received, +but this matter was strongly insisted upon. Finally, the only +success achieved was in getting each one to offer what he deemed +best. With the valuables and money [given], scarce did the sum reach +twenty-six thousand pesos. But a very great quantity was needed to +complete the million in addition to that raised by the pious funds, +the chaplaincies, and the silver of the churches. This reached the +sum of four hundred and forty-three thousand pesos. [156] However +great the effort and attempt made by the English to have the million +paid, yet it was found impossible on the part of the citizens to raise +hastily a greater sum than that above-mentioned because of the sack and +destruction which they suffered even in their furniture and houses; and +because some few, who could have aided, were not living in the city, +but had taken to the mountains in several places, while some others, +as was said, placed what money they could in safety outside the city, +so that the richest who were absent refused to aid. + +60. At this time the two fragatas, which had been assigned by +the enemy, at the time of the siege, to capture the "Philipino," +entered the bay with the ship "Trinidad," which they had fought and +captured after a vigorous defense on the twenty-ninth and thirtieth of +October. This ship left for its voyage to Acapulco from the Embocadero +under a favorable wind on September 13, but lost its mast in a severe +storm at a distance of three hundred leguas at the parallel of the +Marianas. It was all but gone, and it became necessary to put back +[which was done] with great difficulty. When it was in the Embocadero +near San Jacinto, without being aware of what was happening in Manila, +it was attacked by said two fragatas and captured. From the time of its +arrival, the claim was begun to be made that it was not a legitimate +prize, the freedom of trade, possessions, and property having been +agreed upon in anticipation. And although the instance of the commerce +body was continued to the British government for this declaration, +the government sent it to Admiral Cornish, and the latter after many +delays, and by nature serious, harsh, and hard, because the Spaniards +had not fulfilled the stipulation regarding the millions, answered +that that matter belonged to the admiralty of Londres, whither it +was sent. [157] He would never consent to have the cargo remain on +deposit, or to have it delivered to those interested in it, under +the guaranty which was lastly proposed by the archbishop, he having +previously supported the right of the citizens to its restitution; +for said admiral said that it was no time now to discuss this matter, +as he was just about to sail, and left on the first of March with +his squadron, taking said ship. [158] + +61. Its cargo consisted of one thousand one hundred and forty-eight +piezas, but all that was sent outside of the hold, consisting of boxes +of presents, valuables and things of value, he had placed at auction, +without taking the formality to summon those interested or making any +note of what was taken possession of and seized. Some of the boxes of +letters which were filled with water, and which were seized by them, +they opened and took cognizance of their contents. The archbishop was +unable to get the return of these letters and official papers, which +he demanded repeatedly. For it was well to burn the private letters, +which the enemy themselves declared to be false and entangling, as +they themselves noted. But no one was ignorant of the many accounts and +fabulous stories which were written by several persons. The archbishop +was also unable to obtain some canes which he was sending--one for +the king, and the other for the prince. Their distinction was that +they were made of fine bamboos of these islands, and the handles +were engraved skilfully with the royal arms by noble natives of +the islands. Neither did [he obtain] the valuables left by Mariscal +Arandia as a legacy to our sovereigns. + +62. As the whole business or object of the English was the treasure of +the "Philipino" they sent two more fragatas to look for it, and in them +went persons authorized by this community. Inasmuch as four citizens +had been made prisoners or detained in houses of this city, as well as +Auditor Don Francisco Villacorta and the fiscal, Don Francisco Viana, +one cannot imagine the efforts of the archbishop, personally and in +writing with the generals and the British government for the release +of the above-mentioned, especially the ministers. After some days and +petitions, he was able to succeed on condition that four men should +be chosen to make the abovesaid efforts. In fact they were chosen by +the citizens and sailed in said fragatas, although they were unable to +make the port of Palapa because of very violent storms which putting +them in danger of shipwreck made it necessary for them to put back +to Manila after ninety days. + +63. Seeing that their attempt was frustrated and that the rumors +that they heard were that the silver had been removed from the +"Philipino," and placed in safety, Admiral Cornish, irritated and +just about to sail, attempted a new sack. Although by demand of the +British government, it appears that he went to quiet his officers, +yet he was implacable, and it appears that having been advised by the +said government that it would resist on its part the sack within the +city, without desisting from his attempt, said admiral set his gaze +on the suburbs, especially on Santa Cruz, [159] where the most of +the Spaniards are. Already were the dread and consternation great, +and the destruction and mortality which were threatened by the fury +of this hostility were feared. The archbishop, having been notified +thereof by some Spaniards, exerted all his strength and care to avoid +this disaster, and moderate, and cause the admiral to set some bounds +[to the matter]. Discussing the matter with the latter in several +visits which he paid to him, he was able to persuade him and agree to +give him an order for the two millions. In case that the "Philipino" +(as was already inferred) came with its wealth or the fragata which was +assigned for this purpose transported them, from that property would +be completed the amount of the other two millions, having liquidated +the account in regard to the sum already raised, and taking account +of the amount of the sack that they had suffered and which was to +be regulated. + +64. In this manner everything remained quiet. It was no time or +season for answer or reply, especially with the admiral who was so +strong and hard in his resolution. No other expedient was found with +which to meet the conflict than the above-mentioned order. Neither +could he avoid in the nearness of his embarkation the new sack of +the church and convent of St. Augustine (with the exception of the +reliquaries which the archbishop, feigning ignorance, had caused to +be kept in the cathedral); nor that the admiral should not sack the +houses of the marquis of Monte Castro and of Don Andres Blanco--the +first because he had failed in his word of honor, and the second +because he had not taken part in the contribution--in which were +included various persons who lost their property. + +65. The account of the sack which Cornish furnished to the +archbishop is quite ridiculous and improbable as to the amount of +twenty-nine thousand pesos at which he puts it, since by means of +the investigations which the archbishop was able to carry on the +sack amounts to more than eight hundred thousand pesos; and almost +one-third of the inhabitants were absent so that it has been impossible +to adjust their loss through the absence of many persons. However, +it is a fact that the total amount must be lowered by what the Indians +and house servants took in these robberies and destruction. But this +adjustment could not be made at the time when Cornish threatened the +new sack; for these investigations are being made at present, and as +yet the last has not been heard from because of the absence of not +a few inhabitants who have still to make their declaration. Neither +would the irritation of Cornish, had these investigations even been +finished, have considered our account and adjustment, both because +of his impetuous nature, and because of the so vast discrepancy of +his account to that above-mentioned. Consequently, it was only the +time to yield and to enter into some kind of agreement by means of +the above-mentioned order. This recourse was necessary and inevitable +under the circumstances leaving it for the consideration of our king +and his ministers who might take the advisable measures in view of +what had happened. + +66. The admiral departed, as has been said, the first of March. He left +orders to his castellan of Cavite to go in a fragata to Palapa. In +fact the latter did so, and through a citizen, who was selected +by the merchant body, the order was given from the beginning for +the commander of the "Philipino" to bring the silver or deliver it; +so that, having reduced the amount which was lacking to complete the +millions, the remainder might be delivered to the Spaniards interested +and sent to its destination. Already it was more than probable by +this time that the silver of the said ship was placed in safety; +and the above-mentioned castellan, who went to Palapa, found that +it was so. He found the said ship without any crew or any cargo; and +notwithstanding some investigations which he made to get the silver, +he ordered the "Philipino" to be set afire and returned to Manila +without having obtained anything else than having made his efforts +in vain. [160] But he did not cease to make all efforts ashore and +by sea in small boats to get the silver, but the same result followed +of not obtaining any success. + +67. Before these incidents, by others which intervened through the +withdrawal of some Spaniards and officers, notwithstanding their oath +and word of honor, the English caused to enter into the city those +who were suspected, among them being the two ministers who were the +only ones outside the walls, Don Francisco Viana and Don Francisco +Billacorta. The latter effected his entrance into the city on receipt +of the message; and the former his retirement to Pampanga at the +end of January. Auditor Villacorta entered and left the city freely, +but had the heedlessness [to write] certain letters to Auditor Anda, +and the misfortune to have them intercepted. It resulted therefrom +that he was seized and in a very short time he was considered by a +council of war, which sentenced him to the list punishment. [161] + +68. Almost at the same time the rumor spread abroad of the offensive +and defensive alliance of the British government with the king of +Jolo. In consideration of the treaty which that sultan had a few months +previously celebrated in favor of his Majesty and the Spanish nation, +and of the irreparable injuries that would result to these islands +from the newly-contracted alliance, the archbishop had recourse by +a very strong and expressive letter to said government, laying upon +it all the responsibility in regard to said alliance. However, he +resisted strongly for the reason which he expresses in his reply. But +this alliance has reached such a point that the government has sent +Prince Ysrael, son of the said sultan, to Jolo; and then tried to +get the archbishop to give him a letter for the surrender of Zebù and +other islands, [162] but its petitions and exigencies to obtain said +letter were unsuccessful. The archbishop refused to give it for the +reasons which are expressed in his letters to the British government +on this matter. So far has the archbishop been from giving letters +for the surrender of the islands, that he refused and resisted what +was petitioned from him in instances and even by threats a long time +after the cession had passed. + +69. The archbishop excused no effort in the so serious matter of the +cause of Auditor Villacorta, by message, visits, and letter, but all +he could obtain was the suspension of his execution. The British +conceded that on condition that the defendant himself, the father +provincial of the Society, and the archbishop write to Auditor Anda, +ordering him to suspend hostilities, and not to prevent the entrance +of food. I have no doubt that the two letters were couched in good +terms. That of the archbishop was dated March 21, [and was written] +with the care and attention that it expresses. These letters were +given to the British who sent them by the most reverend Father Sierra, +a Dominican, who brought back the answers and placed them in the hands +of said British government. The latter, after a few days, sent his +to the archbishop opened, after having made a copy of it, which was +translated into the English language. Consequently, it was necessary +for the archbishop to demand that the said copy be destroyed, as it +touched and blackened his honor. [163] But the British government +did not comply with this request, and only promised not to let it +out of its possession, except to its superiors. Already the contents +of said letter had been divulged among the Spaniards and English, +a fact that deeply penetrated the heart of the archbishop, for its +style and its contents, alone ought to be buried in profound silence. + +70. This letter, of which a rare copy will be found in the histories, +is handed in to the royal hand and most just comprehension of his +Majesty under other covers. The same diligence is practiced in another +letter of the fiscal with his diary and manifesto, all written in the +same ink and formed almost with the same pen as the above-mentioned +letter of the other minister. Both of them have not been ashamed of +staining their pens with blood against the laws of decency, truth, +justice, and charity, to the offense of God, of their oath of obedience +to the laws of the Indias, and in contempt of the archiepiscopal +dignity, and of the archbishop's representation in these islands +of the royal person of his Majesty. By their example they fermented +the people, who have become scattered and corrupted with scandals, +murmurings, disgust, and spite against their own prelate, pastor +and father. + +71. This impudence in the village, and almost universal among all +classes of persons and estates, with the exception of some few of +reason and judgment, is the fire that has deeply penetrated the feeling +and pierced the heart of the archbishop. He maintained himself and +still maintains himself firmly in the face of his enemies, in order +that he might attend to the conflicts and needs of the said village +and of our peoples, and not deprive the city and the many persons of +both sexes who have found it impossible to leave it, of shelter; to +attend, at the same time, to the protection of the churches as well +as possible; and to see that the holy religion and divine worship +are encouraged without commencing to grow weak in the capital. He +has succeeded in doing this in the greater part through the divine +Mercy; and to so great a degree have Church functions and all the +ecclesiastical ministers succeeded for the welfare of the faithful, +that edification and not a little wonder is caused by the fact that +the faith and worship of our Lord Jesus Christ are seen to shine +forth in the midst of so many hardships, conflicts, and necessities. + +72. In this the royal favor and protection of the king, our sovereign, +has the greatest and best share. The ecclesiastical cabildo and its +ministers, the girls' school of Santa Potenciana, the troops which +were left, the invalid and sick officers in the hospital of San Juan +de Dios, the archbishop and his household, and many others who are +aided by the king's pay, have been able to be maintained through his +generous pity. With all this was concerned the provision which the +archbishop enacted with the British governor in regard to the supply +of the pay which he has administered without fail. In the regulation +of them, the distribution has been made according to the circumstances +of the persons and of the time, with the economy which has appeared +advisable. Of the amount of these salaries, he has given and will +give the orders against his Majesty's treasury, on whom depends +the subsistence of the above-mentioned vassals who have only lived +and been able to support themselves with these aids of his Majesty, +without having any other help so far as the human is concerned. + +73. But in order that no thorn might be wanting to the archbishop to +pierce him in regard to this same so favorable and equitable provision, +since he assigned therein only half pay to the wearers of the toga +(in consideration of the fact that if they moderated themselves under +the present circumstances, it appeared sufficient, as they no longer +respected his Majesty, reserving for the latter's justification, the +payment of the other half for an opportune time), they were very angry, +and made an outcry against the archbishop in a most impudent letter, +in which they retorted but without foundation and with a vicious +comprehension, that the archbishop was applying to himself more than +half pay, although he took only the half which belongs to him as +governor, and nothing more, not even any stipend as archbishop. But +said ministers requested, and it was given them in its entirety or as +a reward until October five, without them having been willing in the +future to accept the half pay which was assigned to them under the +above-mentioned reasons; and although their right remained safe to +them at all times, it would have demonstrated that they would have +been insufficient had the archbishop changed his provision. But it +was shown that one-half the pay was quite sufficient for a minister +to maintain himself with moderation and economy, as was proved in +the case of Don Pedro Calderon, who arrived at this capital with the +captured ship "Trinidad," and who requested that he be furnished +with half pay under bond. It was conceded to him in this manner, +and he supported himself, daughter, and household with it. + +74. Notwithstanding so many contradictions, conflicts, accidents, +and enemies, on all sides which have undermined the robust health +of the archbishop, placing him in the extremity of dying, he has +been experiencing the most special providence of the Most High. Not +without astonishment do they see him with life and that he has been +able to attend to the conflicts of all and to the continuous attacks +which pressed on him constantly from all sides. There has not been +any Spaniard or native, or people of these, or any religious, who +have been in prison, or experienced hardship, or necessity, whom he +has not helped or protected with the offices of charity, mediation, +and petition with the English, from whom he has many times obtained +either the protection or justice which has been fitting. Consequently, +he has encountered the enemy for all this class of people, even with +danger to the respect of his dignity and of his person. Individual +mention of the cases and persons would be infinite; and much appears +in his letters to the English on various matters. But the gratitude +that has been his due is that of a people made peevish by the wicked +leaven of the examples and inducements of persons, who by their rank +and post, special honor, and greater obligation, and because of being +singularly benefited by the archbishop, ought to be quite other, and, +at least, without the abandon of the fear of God and Christian charity. + +75. The inevitable situation in which the archbishop finds himself, +because of being in front of the enemy and in their presence, in order +to attend to the various grievous casualties which frequently occur +would become more tolerable to him, if he did not experience from his +own people and from the one who commands them, and from those whom they +incite for the latter, that they have vomited forth their fury against +his person. It seems incredible, but it is a fact, that the wrath and +imprudent acts of the abovesaid who have soullessly trampled on his +dignity have cost him more pangs than the presence of the enemy, who +have respected him, although they have caused him great mortification. + +76. From this fatal experience it comes, that the situado and wealth +of the "Philipino" having been assured as abovesaid; and adding that +in the same security, in which it is considered, it runs great danger +from the very ones who are guarding it, and from other evildoers: +the archbishop does not dare to ask for it for the help and pay of +those who are supported in the city at the expense of his Majesty, +but continues to ask and receive that help and pay from the British +government, by which the royal treasury is doubly burdened. This +treasure has as yet escaped the hand of the English, but it has fallen +into so many that it is difficult for it to come into the hands of +those interested; for besides its great danger, it is asserted that +the expenses of its conduction, which is not finished as yet as far +as Pampanga, exceed one hundred and twenty [pesos] to the thousand, +while the pay which is distributed with free hand and other expenses +are in excess of thirty thousand pesos per month, as the archbishop +has been assured. + +77. It is true that there would be no little difficulty in conducting +these sums, which the archbishop asks, to the city, and that they would +run many dangers; but the difficulty from which Auditor Anda would +remove and free himself in its sending is greater and insuperable. This +person, quite filled with wrath against the archbishop, by his +apprehensions as mistaken as exorbitant, and by his scandalous +productions, and who appears to be only trying to make his conduct +and zeal for the royal service shine out by blackening that of the +archbishop, refused to send the despatches of his Majesty, and those +belonging to the archbishop himself, and which had been brought by the +"Philipino," although he was ordered to deliver those that belonged to +all the tribunals, [religious] communities, and private persons. This +refusal shows what would happen to any request for the silver. For +if since this retention is opposed to the sovereign respect of his +Majesty, by detaining the orders that he may direct to the archbishop +in his royal decrees, Anda is trampling also upon the public faith, +in what corresponds to the letters, business, commissions, pious +funds, and matters of conscience which may be concerned in them, it +being quite to the prejudice of the government of the archbishopric +and to the public scorn and disrespect of its pastor. + +78. Anda's despatch also in regard to the royal seal made it necessary +for the archbishop to take extreme precaution so that this royal jewel +might not be endangered. This being in the power of the archbishop, +had been conserved in his possession with so great secrecy without the +least fear. But the said instance and procedure of said open despatch +to the vice-chancellor, who was in the house of the archbishop, in +his service, divulged the secret in Pampanga, and to not few persons +of this city. Consequently, not without manifest danger could it +be sent, or could it be preserved in the possession in which it +had been, and besides to deliver these royal arms to Anda was to +place them in a cruel hand for the abuse and atrocities which are +experienced, and without it being possible in present affairs to +have their authoritative use, for which they were destined by their +sovereign owner. + +79. The many persons who are fed with the silver have gone to Pampanga, +among whom is a considerable number of military officers--some in order +to get what belongs to them, and others for the consideration of larger +pay, and all of them and all the other Spaniards incited and threatened +by said auditor have been made to incur the inobservance of their oath +and their word of honor. And from this irregularity and from others +of which the cowardice of the fiscal and his inducements for the same +purpose, furnished an example, have come other disorders and disasters +of the enemy who have been irritated by these proceedings. Never +did the archbishop dissuade or induce any to remain in the city +or to leave it, although he well knew that it was impossible to +divert some families and the religious communities, and much more +those of the feminine sex; but all the fatal consequences that have +been mentioned have aided to compress the spirit of the archbishop, +who by the singular blessing of God has been able to live and remedy +some of the fatalities. + +80. He considered nothing more necessary than to petition for mail +posts and opportunity to give account of everything to his Majesty, +from whose Catholic zeal alone can one hope for the remedy, unless +the divine Providence miraculously clears the way just as is asked +from Him, without believing that it is to tempt God, through the +most extreme necessities in most important matters, and of His +divine service, which intervene and are contained in the present +conflicts. And the efforts dictated by the archbishop's prudence and +obligation, such as giving a report to his king by two posts, doubling +the despatches in the last, by which there comes to be a fourth post, +must not be omitted. + +The first was in December, when the engineer, Don Miguel Gomez, was +sent, who was equipped as well as possible. The second was in March +of the present year, by equipping two officers, Don Christoval Ròs, +and Don Andres de la Torre; and at the same time in another English +fragata with sufficient safety and prudent security. He duplicated the +despatches in two English fragatas, addressed to his agent at Cadiz. + +81. These are the most important occurrences during the time of the +siege, and the period following it. Both the other occurrences previous +to the siege, possess the truth that is noted; and these [succeeding +it] are proved by the papers and their instruments which have been +drawn up. Other verification and authentication was not ready at hand, +as it was sent by the letters in the posts above-mentioned which have +not gone so bare of certain necessary documents and are not of very +small bulk. + + + + + + + + +SYNOPSIS OF LETTER FROM ANDA TO CARLOS III + + +June 22, 1764, Don Simon Anda y Salazar sent a letter to the king, +in which he showed the measures adopted by him during or in the time +of the war with the English, in regard to economic matters of police +and public order. They were as follows. + +In regard to the fact that prices for provisions, which had become +dear because of the English invasion, should be fixed at the prices +regulated by custom and tariff, as well as the freight duties of the +craft, day wages of stevedores, rent of beasts of burden, and wages +of rowers, it was ordered that a tariff be formed in the provinces +of Bulacan and Pampanga, as they had none. [164] + +[The tariff was ordered] so that the coins of two and one-half tomins, +one and one-half tomins, diminished by waste, from the value of their +stamp, might be received at their intrinsic value; in order that +in a determined time, the Sangleys might present themselves under +penalty of two hundred lashes, and confiscation of their property, +as it was learned that many of the dwellers in the Parián of Manila +had entered Pampanga, and had united with those who resided in the +villages of the province, and were preparing arms. The object was to +disarm them and send them to the Parián. But many of them presented +themselves armed and offered to give bonds that they were peaceful +and that their arms were employed in the service of his Majesty. + +He ascertained that the agreement that they had made with the English +was that one thousand Chinese should enter from the Parián of Manila, +and distribute themselves through the villages, so that they might +fire them at that hour of Christmas eve when the natives should be in +the temples, in order that by reason of the confusion, free entrance +into the province might be secured for the English. He proceeded +to imprison and punish many of them, and gave orders to maintain a +suitable guard at the entrances of the bars and villages from the +twenty-third to the twenty-fifth of December, 1762; and the religious +ministers of the doctrine were not to open their churches or celebrate +the divine offices, and to act with all manner of precaution. + +Seeing that the Chinese aided the English in their expeditions, +and that the chief Sangleys were censuring such conduct as well as +that of others of those who plotted the insurrection in Pampanga, +he suddenly pardoned them on condition that they would not reside +in the provinces without license from the governing Audiencia, not +to reside [there] longer than the time he would set, pay a tribute, +and not carry food or aid the enemy. + +Some submitted, but acted deceitfully, introducing false barrillas into +the villages, withdrawing the pesos, giving information to the enemy, +and going freely from the Parián of Manila to the provinces. [165] +Others aided the English and supplied them with food. Consequently, +it was ordered that the alcaldes-mayor should form a list of the +Sangleys, of their provinces, prohibiting their admission unless they +had permission from the Audiencia. No one of them was to go from the +provinces to Manila and Cavite, under penalty of the confiscation of +his property. That checked their insolence in large part, it is said. + +He ordered the arms collected for the use of the soldiers. + +He forbade more wine than was necessary to be taken from the province +of Laguna, because of the disorders produced by drunkenness. In +Bacolor the sale of nipa wine was by retail. + +He ordered the soldiers who had dispersed when the capture of Manila +and Cavite by the English took place to present themselves. They +did so, as did also the officers, showing the arms that they +possessed. [166] + +In the province of Pampanga, he permitted the free circulation of the +barrillas (money made of pinchbeck and tin which the ayuntamiento of +Manila coined for purchase at retail, and whose value was that of one +grano of a tomin), but since the Sangleys introduced many counterfeit +ones, he had to prohibit their circulation. + +He ordered Don Francisco Javier Salgado to investigate the extortions +and losses caused in the villages of Tondo and Cavite by the militia +of Laguna and Tayabas who were assigned to oppose the English, +because the leaders of such militia could not make them observe +the due subordination. But no injured one presented himself, and +accordingly he says that there is no one against whom to proceed, +in spite of the fact that the order was published by edict. + +He published an edict in regard to weights and measures, in order +that they might not be made less or clipped. + +He forbade the seculars who had fled to the provinces to obey the +summons of the archbishop that they return to Manila. + +He ordered the Indians not to go out of their villages without a +passport from the gobernadorcillo to villages within the province; +and from the governing Audiencia to Manila and its environs, so that +they might not carry provisions to Manila. + +That order not being sufficient, he issued other edicts making the +prohibition more strict especially against the Spaniards. + +Having seen that the four churches that were under the cannon of +the fort of Manila had been used by the English as fortifications, +who committed all manner of profanations, he ordered the necessary +arrangements to be made in the villages to burn them, if the enemy +attacked. [167] That order poorly understood, exposed the church of +Viñan [168] to being unnecessarily burned, but it was saved by order +of Anda. He also censured the first provision which he had to revoke. + +He prosecuted and punished several spies sent by the English to +ascertain what Anda and the loyal troops were doing. + +He permitted free trade among the provinces, so that they might have +food in abundance. He ordered that all the lands of Pampanga be +planted, so far as possible, with rice, sugarcane, etc., and that +land in the village of San Ysidro be given to the Tagálogs who had +fled from Manila. + +He arranged that the food for the provision of the warehouses be +bought by the parish priests, and that they be paid in cash instead +of demanding them through apportionment. + +He went out to defend the loyal troops who were maltreated and insulted +by the English generals who treated them like dogs. He offered ten +thousand pesos for the heads of Drak, Esmith, and Broche. [169] + +He granted general exemption from tribute, polos, and personal +services, in view of the fact that the English said that they had +gone to the islands to free the people from them, which measure proved +very useful. + +He ordered that in Bacolor and surrounding villages, the bell be rung +at nine o'clock at night for all people to retire, and not to be seen +on the streets, in order to avoid disorders. + +He forbade the sending of skins to Manila in order that the English +and Chinese might not use them. + +[He forbade] illuminations at night, on the eve and day of the +anniversary of birth and the saint's day of the king and prince +of Asturias. + +He prohibited by edict the Pangasinans from living with their herds +on the lands of San Ysidro in order to avoid disorders with the +inhabitants of the village over the pastures. + +He prohibited games of dice, cockfighting, and cards, in order to avoid +the excessive thefts and robberies that were committed. He ordered +whoever committed a theft of the sum of one peso to be punished with +the capital penalty. + +He published a judicial defense in reply to the considerations of +father Fray Antonio de las Huertas, of the Order of the Preachers, +to a memorial which was presented in the royal Council of the Yndias +by Father Luis de Morales, of the Society of Jesus, provincial of +his order for the province of Filipinas. + +Father Pedro de Espinar of the Society of Jesus, provincial general +of his order for the provinces of Yndias in Madrid, is the author of +the memorial. [170] + +It is the defense of the Society of Jesus against the writings of the +archbishop of Manila, Pardo, and his partisans, published in Madrid, +and the Roman court, which attributed to the Jesuits complicity in the +questions aroused by the governor of Filipinas and the Audiencia. [171] + + + + +LETTER FROM ANDA TO CARLOS III + + +Sire: + +This capital having been taken by assault, October 5, 62; your +archbishop-governor, auditors, troops, and citizens having been +made prisoners; the fort of Santiago and port of Cavite having +been surrendered; all the islands having been ceded afterwards, +and four millions of pesos; and the city having been sacked with +the greatest severity for the space of forty-eight hours: I having +declared myself that same day, in the province of Bulacan, where I was, +as royal Audiencia, governor, and captain-general of said islands, in +accordance with the law, very great was the effort of your archbishop +to efface this image of your Majesty which had remained in these +islands, represented, although unworthily, in my person. In order to +show that more conclusively, I enclose his own manifest letters with +the testimony. Those letters gave motive to this your royal governing +Audiencia to form an informatory process from them of pure and naked +fact, in order to instruct your royal mind. I shall not refer to +them in extenso in this my representation which is directed to your +Majesty. Upon examining them, will you please state which of the two +proceeded more in accordance with right, law, and religion, to the +love and fidelity which each one owes his sovereign as a good vassal: +the reverend archbishop, who tried by so many methods, to cast to +the earth this legitimate image which represented and defended your +royal rights, even to the point of declaring him a traitor, rebel, +and disobedient to his own sovereign, and to that of Gran Bretaña; +or I, who suffering and enduring all these things, made use of your +royal power, insulted and abased by so many enemies and traitors, +by making you truly recognized again in these vacillating fields of +Christianity, until you became the terror of all the many enemies who +had declared against you, reducing the greatest and most principal +from a victorious conqueror to a truly starving prisoner. For the +latter did not even have more than nor even as much as the balance +of the cannon of the fort which he occupied, a limit set for his +soldiers under pain of losing life if they went beyond it. [172] Thus +did I redeem not only the relief and liberty of this most afflicted +community and its environs, but what is more yet, its wealth and the +most principal thing, the religion and the honor due your Majesty, +which being so exposed seemed about to be entirely lost. + +I protest, Sire, that whatever I say in this my representation and +advance in my treatise, is not for the purpose of injuring that +venerable prelate whom I have ever regarded with the respect due +the prince of the Church; and if I transgress in any way, and do +not express myself with that moderation suitable, I protest that my +words may not serve as an offense to his dignity, and that I have been +actuated in this by only a real affection, with the desire that your +Majesty may be informed of the acts of turbulence which have occurred +in these domains, in order that you may better provide for the best +government and relief of them. + +So far as I am concerned, I claim or desire no other satisfaction than +what I have in this as I have desired to serve your Majesty, since the +greatest satisfaction is for your royal piety to consider itself as +well served by me if you find it consistent. [173] But if it should +appear to your supreme comprehension that the so public excesses of +your reverend archbishop, as appear from the said testimony, of which +I shall enclose some here, merit satisfaction, this alone concerns +your Majesty. + +I am unaware as to the motives of said prelate, that made him, although +it had no bearing on the end, for which he despatched me from the fort, +and so to the injury of your Majesty's interests, when finding himself +a prisoner of war with my associates, order me in a letter of October +10, 62, among other things: "to observe faithfully the treaties which +were being arranged with the British chiefs in Manila." Although I +answered him from the province of Bulacan in the most courteous and +fitting terms, this was not sufficient to restrain his pen, and on +the twenty-sixth of the same month he wrote me pouring out instead +of ink, blood and rage against my loyal procedure. + +In the so great consternation in which the loss of Manila placed your +vassals, and for this reason many of the criminal class having fled +from prison, and continuing their depraved morals, they threw into +disorder the environs of this city and its immediate villages. Your +reverend archbishop did not allow the perverse Orendain and Don Cesar +Fallet [174] the declared enemies of your Majesty, to stir from his +side. They, availing themselves of the disturbances caused by these +malevolent persons, painted those disturbances to his Excellency, +saying that there was sedition and unrest among all the Indians, who, +having conspired against the Spaniards, were persecuting them as +wild beasts; that already in one province one of them had elevated +himself as emperor and refused obedience to your Majesty; that the +province of Bulacan was in the same condition; that all the others +would follow their example; that one of these days they would have +Señor Anda tied up, if they did not first deprive him of life; that +consequently, as it was advisable to the services of both Majesties +and for the public quiet, and so that so much Christian blood might +not be shed, his Excellency ought to yield all the islands, and cause +Señor Anda to descend; that if he did not condescend to do so, nothing +else would result than the ruin of all these domains, the loss of +Christianity, and the execution by the English of the sentence that +had been pronounced of putting to the sword all the Spaniards; that +your Majesty would never be able to consider yourself as well served; +and that consequently he should have a regard to his conscience. + +I understand well, Sire, how if he considered all those motives, and +that from them would follow the total ruin of these islands, he should +then on that account have condescended to redeem them [from ruin] +by ceding them, in regard to the fact that this could not be of any +service to the English, since it only concerns your Majesty. But to +give credit to these two traitors, who knowingly exaggerated these +disturbances to him, and not to proceed, with more knowledge, to +write me in place of the letters ordering the Spaniards to descend, +to inform him regarding the condition of the provinces, and advise me, +for my course, of what was happening in Manila, by directing prudently +so glorious an end after the twenty odd days that the fort had been +taken; and continuing the obligation to surrender these domains with +the tenacity which his above-cited letters show, (although the most +of the suggestions of the two traitors were now seen to be false, +as the provinces were quiet), he proceeded to sign the cession, and +even after seeing the Catholic arms so flourishing and powerful, whose +victories, patent to all the world, were incredible to his Excellency, +yet he prosecuted this undertaking even to the grave. [175] In truth, +Sire, I do not know what apology that venerable prelate can give your +Majesty for such actions. + +In view of an anonymous letter which your royal Audiencia received in +Bulacan, in regard to the English having offered a reward to whomever +would take them my head, and other methods, in which apparently the +reverend archbishop was prudently walking, I despatched to this latter +a request and petition asking him to abstain from such procedures and +not to summon the alcaldes, natives, or Spaniards who had retired, +both because his powers had expired, and because although he did +possess such powers, they ought to be used to the benefit of your +Majesty, and not in opposition to you. But this did not even restrain +him in the idea that had taken possession of him, since already +from the twenty-third day, he had ordered me to descend to Manila, +and although he saw my resistance in my accommodating myself to his +ideas, which were so opposed to your royal rights, he wrote me lastly +on the fourth of November in the terms that his said letter shows, +[176] and which I myself am ashamed to mention, referring myself to +the enclosed testimony. + +He ordered the alcalde-mayor of Bulacan, Don José Pasarin, who +recognized me from the first as your royal Audiencia, to cause all the +Spaniards and their families to descend to Manila, even threatening +him with censures if he did not obey. This order included among the +Spaniards my assembly secretary, my advocate, my fiscal, and Doctor Don +Domingo Arañaz, [177] one of the advocates of this city. But neither +they nor said alcalde-mayor, recognizing the very great service which +was being done for his Majesty and for religion in [not] consenting +to the ideas of the reverend archbishop to deprive me of those whom I +considered capable of some aid in sustaining the weak remnants of your +Majesty's adherents, would pay any attention [to the order]. On the +contrary, they were the ones, who with my attendants accompanied me in +all my labors, and formed my only consolation in the total abandonment +and persecution which I suffered during the first six months. For all +the other Spaniards who were in that province, carried away either +by these persuasions, or through their terror and the threats of the +enemy, or from seeing the many atrocities committed by the Indians +against them through some trouble that they had had with them, at +the most, I am sure, by their natural inclination to live according +to their own wishes, or for the reason of the party of your Majesty +being so few in numbers, went down, and some with their possessions, +to render obedience to the English. + +He ordered the marquis of Monte Castro to return to Manila; and Don +Andres Blanco, who could not do so through his indisposition, to send +his son, availing himself, in order to oblige them the more, of the +expressions which may be seen in the letters of testimony which are +worth your Majesty's attention. + +He wrote in terms apparently so Christian to the provincials of +the Franciscan and Recollect orders, and recognizing himself as the +greatest sinner, confesses that he alone is the cause of all these +misfortunes and that God is punishing his flock for his sins. + +Anyone would believe, in view of this so simple understanding of +himself, and a so clear confession of his defects, that it was a +true repentance and grief at seeing the miseries and havoc from +which this city and its environs were suffering, in spiritual and +temporal matters. But it is not so, Sire, for at the same time, +he sends pastoral letters to said provincials, for the Indians of +their provinces, in which, with the greatest simulated virtue, and +pretending the greatest advantages to your royal rights, he persuades +them to become subject to the English. For that purpose he sings a +thousand praises of this nation but for the purpose of surprising +the incautious simplicity of these silly Indians, for whom he had +said letters translated into their languages in order that the poison +which they held might work effects more favorable to his ideas. + +Neither the threats of the enemy, nor the ostentation which this one +made of his power, nor the alliance of the apostate Sangleys, declared +in his favor and against your Majesty, nor the abandonment in which +I remained because of the absence of the few Spaniards, who were in +the provinces, nor the endurance of which I made use to dissimulate +many things which I heard and saw among these poor miserable Indians +for want of instruction, education, and communication with civilized +people, nor the schisms and rebellion of some provinces: none of these +things, Sire, was so keenly felt by me as the acts of the reverend +archbishop, which were so irregular and far from the truth; of a +prelate, who instead of furnishing an example, served as a stimulus +to the traitors who leaning on the authority which is represented +among such lofty subjects, were confident of the virtue and zeal of +this prelate, only to become inflamed against me and avail themselves +of his destructive ideas of this your state and religion. + +It is left for the supreme intelligence of your Majesty to consider +the great grief caused this royal Audiencia which was governing, to +see an ecclesiastical prelate who had just been military and political +head, who spared no means in order to sacrifice these your domains, +which he ought to have conserved for so many reasons, or at least +have maintained an indifferent attitude in the condition of prisoner. + +What Catholic and loyal vassal of your Majesty could see without +great grief a pastor persuading his sheep in said letters that they +should submit to Gran Bretaña? Further on, he says: "If you do as I +exhort and advise you, you will receive the reward from God, and for +the contrary, the punishment; and if you observe, this, you will be +good vassals of my king and my faithful children." + +In truth, Sire, such propositions in writing from an ecclesiastical +prelate are of the greatest scandal for the community and very +suspicious for the faith due to both Majesties. + +What doctrine, what religion is this, in which one sees that a pastor, +so repentant and full of grief for the troubles of his flock in the +power of the heretical enemy, at the same time, with so efficacious +and mild words induces those who are free to surrender to the same +enemy! That is the same as to deliver them to the wolf so that that +animal may tear them to pieces, and destroy them with the same +hardships which he bewails in the others. To recognize a sin, to +confess it with show of repentance and to commit a greater of the +same kind: what doctrine, I repeat, is this? + +A rare thing, the eagerness with which this reverend prelate undertook +and prosecuted a matter so extraordinary and harmful! A good proof of +this truth is what results from the above-cited letters written to the +subjects abovesaid, and which are expressed in the said testimony which +I enclose. The archbishop signs some as governor of Manila, although +a prisoner; in others as governor and captain-general; and in others, +he adds, "of these islands." But if these islands had been already +ceded to the enemy, and that surrender had been made, who could commit +a greater incongruity than to call himself governor of what he had +already lost, since he surrendered and ceded it to the English? + +The letter which he writes to the Marquis of Monte Castro begins thus: +"Yesterday afternoon, the present governor of Manila and his council +imprisoned, etc., Manuel Antonio, archbishop-governor." Consequently, +at one and the same time we have three governors--the Englishman, +recognized by the archbishop; the latter, for thus he signed; and +myself, because your Majesty gave me that post by your laws. + +Whether the honors of such post ought or ought not to be kept for him +does not serve as an excuse to the reverend archbishop; or that he +had hopes of again holding such office by the right of postliminy: for +this at most does not go beyond honors, and hopes are kept without in +any way becoming real, for this office was confirmed in me already by +virtue of laws lvii and lviii, book ii, título xv of the Recopilación; +[178] and even according to the first, by the right of postliminy, +the reverend archbishop had no right to administer that office, again, +since it orders expressly that when your royal Audiencia assumes the +office, it hold it until your Majesty appoints to it. [179] + +The fact is that in the despatches sent by the English to the traitor +Diego Silang to Ylocos, and in the edicts which they published, when +they name the reverend archbishop, they say "ex-governor." How could +it be otherwise, as he was in the domains of the king of Ynglaterra, +and was not the one appointed by the latter, and their governor would +be opposed to your Majesty. That was the manner of procedure in regard +to the title, until his burial. He performed judicial acts by means of +the false secretary Monrroy and others in whatever he thought best, +with the most special circumstance that he was always in favor of +the English and opposed to the rights of your Majesty and your vassals. + +And hence it is seen that although the English treated him with the +greatest contempt, and confessed that I was acting as a loyal vassal +of your Majesty, he would never relinquish the title of governor, +or recognize in me your royal Audiencia, in accordance with the laws; +and he died in the same conviction, as one may see by his last will, +when he left to the governor, who should come from España, a carriage +and its horses, so that he might make use of it, and ordered this +cabildo to deliver to the same a sealed box, containing the papers, +which were to be sent to your Majesty. Thus was it done without any +mention of me, except to persecute me, as if I were not governor in +your Majesty's name. + +Of this fact and others, my successor, Don Francisco Javier de la +Torre, will give account. The latter brought to the royal assembly the +measure in regard to your royal seal which was melted by order of the +archbishop, who always refused to send it to your royal Audiencia. And +although I petitioned it from him in my first letter of October 20, +62, and there followed in regard to it a measure on which I report +separately in so far as it concerns me, the pretext that is inferred +because of such a demonstration with this so estimable jewel of your +Majesty is surprising; and it is surprising to say that he executed it +because of its difficulty in the gates of the city and the risk which +it ran of falling into the hands of the enemy. However, it is a fact +that there was no danger at all. For when I petitioned it of him, I +told him that he could deliver it to the person who carried my letter, +a man in whom I had complete confidence. Besides he could have sent +it safely by the religious whom the English used as their ambassadors +to me, or by the adjutant whom the reverend archbishop himself sent +to me to inform me of the suspension of hostilities. But since his +intention was no other than to deprive this your image of whatever +rights could represent it, legitimately and truly, on that account it +was more difficult for him to send the royal seal of so little bulk +than to me the withdrawal from the fort of the sum of more than one +hundred thousand pesos of property which your Majesty needed for your +troops, and which I placed in the royal storehouses of those provinces. + +It appears that the disrespect committed toward so sacred a jewel +in which your Majesty is immediately represented, cannot be greater, +and it would surely have been treated with more honor if it had fallen +into the hands of the enemy. This fact is sufficient to confirm the +persecution that was declared, by which he aimed to erase your royal +name from these domains. For in truth, what other impulse could he +have had, when it is public and well known that the English meddled +with nothing that concerned his palace after the sack? Above all +he was immune and free from this for a long time after, and no one +would deny that if he delivered it safely to the cabildo when melted, +in the same way he could have delivered it entire. + +By the letter written by the above-mentioned prelate, under date +of October 30, 62, to Don Andres Blanco, your Majesty may see that +he treats me as a rebel. The English condemned me as a rebel and +disobedient to both Majesties on the fourth of November. It resulting +from said sentence that I was condemned by both parties, it is proved +conclusively that I was condemned by the reverend archbishop before I +was condemned by the English, and that the archbishop concurred with +them when they sentenced me. And it is a fact, and all Manila knew +it and saw him present at the council of the English on the day on +which they pronounced so unheard-of a sentence. + +With these facts cited, and signed by the hand of the reverend +archbishop, one can recognize clearly the faith that is merited by +a letter which it appears that he wrote in regard to his actions +and the protests of which I am told he made before dying. If all +those who died were St. Pauls and the reverend archbishop had shown +the actions of such an one and of a royal vassal of your Majesty, +it is certain that his sayings and expressions ought to be of great +appreciation. But since he was so opposed to the rights of your +Majesty, to those of religion, and that which is least to my honor, +it has been absolutely necessary to draw up this informatory process +purely and nakedly made, so that after examining it, your Majesty +may take the most advisable measures. + +I confess to being the least and most useless of your vassals, but +in fidelity, zeal, and disinterestedness to your Majesty's service, +I do not yield to the highest. Consequently, so far as it concerns +me, I would have kept quiet about the ugly stigma of traitor, simply +in order not to reveal the omissions of a prelate, recognizing its +nullity because of the defects of jurisdiction in this one and in the +English; and that I cannot be a rebel to your Majesty when defending +your states, nor to the English since I am not nor have any desire of +being an English vassal. Hence said sentence well understood becomes +a new proof of my nobility and loyalty. It is a shame to the truth +of the nation that it has had a vassal of so extraordinary thought, +and that he could take example from the very enemy. For although it +is true that these followed the rules, because of their utility and +convenience in this matter, of the reverend archbishop, notwithstanding +that they gave me the title of general and commander-in-chief of the +troops of your Majesty in the provinces, and finally recognized me as +your Audiencia, governor, and captain-general. However, the reverend +archbishop, although your vassal, and so honored, passed to the other +life, without doing it. It is a fact that the English declared me a +rebel and traitor; confiscated and sold my property as such; declared +your troops in public edicts to be canaille and robbers; and your +artillery captured in the foundry of Bulacan for more contempt, was +placed under the gallows of this city. Barbarous and unheard of are +these acts of disrespect against the supreme honor of your Majesty, +to whom it alone belongs to ask for the fitting satisfaction, and +to me to report it. But surely the English would not have incurred +them, had the reverend archbishop borne himself as he ought to have +done as a prisoner and had he not treated me as an insurgent. But +since the reverend archbishop and his partisans and many traitors of +both estates whom your Majesty has had, forced the title of rebel +and insurgent against me; and although I was unworthy, I was the +only one in whom your royal name was conserved which since it was +becoming utterly despised in these islands, it appeared absolutely +necessary to me, because of the vassalage which I owe to your Majesty, +to defend your name, although opposed by so many dangers to my life, +surrounded by traitors and assassins, who came from Manila to attack +my person, which without a soldier or the slightest war equipment, +during the first six months it was conserved, I believe, by divine +Providence alone for defending a cause so just as the side of your +Majesty. [180] On the day when they captured the fort, the enemy had +more friends in it than your Majesty, but much of it was in imitation +of a prelate who had just been governor, whose persuasions and threats +were alone directed to surrendering everything to the English. + +Even if I had understood the law badly, and I had no right by it to be +the governing Audiencia, it was sufficient to have hoisted your royal +standard, so that every loyal vassal might follow it, and with greater +reason, those of character, distinguished and honored by your Majesty. + +I received a letter from the governor of Zamboanga, Don Ygnacio +Andrade, which an English captain left him for the reverend archbishop, +written in the port of San Jorge, June 7, 1762, and signed by Jorge +Pigot, Governor of Madrast. By its expressions one can see the close +and previous correspondence which the reverend archbishop had with +the English. It must be noted that the said captain, Darrimple [i.e., +Dalrymple] whom it cites later as having sounded all these islands, +of which repeated advices were given to the reverend archbishop, +came to cast anchor in this bay, in the year 61, without allowing +aboard his vessel the guard which the fort sent to him. And instead +of securing him, he showed him many courtesies. That captain dined +at the palace, examined all the walls, its strength, the beach, even +the powder factory, sounded the entire bay, and information having +been given to the fort of this innovation, by a sentinel, yet he was +allowed to go out freely when he pleased. For those special favors, +the said governor of Madrás gives him [i.e., the archbishop] many +thanks, and although it is not expressed in the letters, the head of +the staff which he sends him. The said governor of Zamboanga sent it +as a gift from the English to the reverend archbishop, who did not +care to have his name mixed up in a matter so delicate. + +Lastly, I add for the more complete conviction of your reverend +archbishop, the fact that he refused to send the seal to this your +royal Audiencia, which existed as long as it cared in the barrio of +Santa Cruz; and that rice growers lived outside the walls of this +city, where trade and commerce with the provinces was both free and +continuous, and whence I got the one hundred thousand pesos of said +effects, and most of the war supplies which were the greatest danger, +but not the royal seal. + +May God preserve the Catholic royal person of your Majesty for the +protection of these fields of Christendom. Manila, July 23, 764. [181] + + +Don Simon de Anda y Salazar + + + + + + + + +LETTER FROM VELA TO GONZALEZ + + +My brother, Antonio Gonzalez: + + +The letter which you wrote from Madrid arrived together with that +of this place, but no other has arrived. By the same boat also came +[news of] the peace, whereupon the English again delivered the place +to our governor. [182] It was almost bare of cannon, as the English +had taken them. For eighteen months were we under the rule of the +heretic, with sufferings greater than can be imagined there. They +acted toward us worse than do the victorious Turks toward those whom +they conquer. However, Manila well deserved it, not indeed, because of +its total lack of all Christian procedure, but singularly because of +its cursed neglect of politics, as if the whole world had to respect +and fear us because of our boasting that we are Spaniards. + +Manila is a place, which, by its fortification, by its swampy site, +by its location surrounded by a river larger than the Tajo at Toledo, +and by a low sea, and because the only time at which it can be attacked +is at the time of the fierce winds and heavy and almost continuous +rains--it is, I say--for all these reasons, almost invincible, with +less than a medium defense of true militia. For no power can place +here fifteen or twenty thousand well drilled men. All that would be +necessary, in order to oppose a moderate defense by one thousand or +one thousand five hundred well-drilled men, established in Manila, +and aided by the inhabitants and volunteer Indians. But on the +present occasion, when the sole sinews of the English were about one +thousand five hundred Europeans, and the rest [of their men] about five +thousand, whom they said were ragamuffins from Asia, with the carriages +and horses of Manila driven along its beach, the English could not +have effected a landing. But our archiepiscopal government, counseled +by worthless hearts and by traitors, allowed the English to disembark +without opposition. The fifteen ships cannonaded to no purpose; and +because a cannon caused the greatest ship to retire, order was given +not to fire from the fort without orders, and that it was to be used +for the attack by land. Some commanded, others countermanded, because +they asserted that they would anger the English more. A reënforcement +of drilled Indians came, but they were not allowed to make a sally, +for the archbishop-governor said that it was better to seize the enemy +without grievously vexing him. In a sally, the Indians reached quite +to the artillery abandoned by the English. The enemy rallied, and the +Indians not having any disciplined reënforcement, fell back. Four days +of heavy rains, and boisterous winds, which God sent, and by which +one ship was driven ashore, and the others endeavored only to look +out for themselves, gained nothing for the obstruction of the English, +neither toward the sea, nor toward [land]. Their powder was used up, +and they dead with hunger and with cold, could not resist. It was +thus that the traitors arranged it with the worthy archbishop, who +would listen to no one but to those who had the boldness to introduce +English officers who had been invited to dine, into Manila. There +it was agreed that the assault was to be made October 5, and that +all would be defenseless and open. So it happened. At seven or eight +o'clock, it was ordered that the garrison of the attacked bastion and +of its lateral, should retire to breakfast. Some loyal men refused, +as they were fearful of the outcome. Thereupon, the English attacked +the bastion, which did not even have any breach, but some holes +which [occur] in the soft stone of this region. And climbing from +hole to hole, and those from below aiding those who were climbing, +they mounted the bastion. The lateral, although it did not have more +than three men, fired a cannon contrary to orders, and others also +captured the highest officer of the attack. It was enough to make all +the rest of the English retire; but encouraged by seeing their men +in the attacked bastion, and that the lateral was now firing no more, +for the three alone could not manage their cannons, the crowd mounted +the bastion, and then a traitor guided them. There was no reserve in +the fort for such a blow. They reached the square of the palace, where +only the Indians resisted them. But they yielded to the instances of +some Spaniards who saw that resistance was already dangerous. The +archbishop-governor left the citadel where he could have defended +himself very easily: and he could even have easily recovered the +fort and chapter house; but neither one nor the others did that. The +citadel was to be surrendered, as well as Cavite, but our ship which +was coming was to be left alone, if they had not already captured it +before the fifth of October. A few days after, all the islands were +likewise to be delivered up, and four millions [of pesos]. + +Auditor Anda departed one day before with authority from the governor +and Audiencia, to maintain royal jurisdiction in the islands. He did +so as by a miracle, having retired to Pampanga. The English wished +to first conquer Pasig, which was guarded by Indians. They attained +their end after a short bombardment, and opened a passage to the +provisions of Laguna. They thought it best also to go to Pampanga +to destroy Señor Anda, but having been attacked about one legua or +so from Manila by Señor Anda's men, they were completely routed, +and left many slain. The survivors fled to Manila as best they could, +notwithstanding that a third part of our men, deceived by the traitors +of Manila, did not attack, contrary to the order of Señor Anda. The +English and their allies, our traitors, seeing that it was difficult +by force, devoted their energies to trickery. First, they tried to +induce the Chinese to kill Señor Anda, as he was now cried by heralds +as a traitor to the king and a reward of two or four thousand pesos +promised to whomever should kill and deliver him up. The Chinese had +agreed upon the fitting night to kill him and all the Spaniards of his +faction. A few days before, having some suspicion, he seized a letter +from a Chinese written in Chinese characters to another Chinese of +Manila. He summoned a Chinese mestizo to interpret it. But either for +malice or through ignorance, the latter said whatever came into his +head. Thereupon, he made use of a Dominican Chinese, who declared the +treason of the letter. Days before the arrival of this declaration, +everything was already known, because a Chinese fired a blunderbuss at +Señor Anda which only damaged his coat. Thereupon, he seized as many +Chinese as he could with his small troop of Spaniards and Indians, and +after taking their depositions had them hanged. There were more than +two hundred [of them]. Many others who escaped informed the English +and Chinese of Manila, and the latter petitioned the English to kill +all the Spaniards of Manila, while they would do the same with those +outside, without excepting the ecclesiastics. The English would not +consent, but determined to attack Pampanga, encouraged more by the +treason of the Indians of Laguna who treacherously killed their alcalde +and other Spaniards, and set another ambush for those who escaped on +the following day, though the latter also escaped that. The cause for +this attempt was that the alcalde punished the captain of a village +because he had invited all the province to welcome the English with +a hundred maidens so that they might have their aid in killing all +the Spaniards. The hardships that the Spaniards, who fled from the +English, suffered in all the villages of Laguna, are unspeakable. + +With these results the English were emboldened to besiege Bulacan, in +order to open a road to Pampanga. Aided by the Sangleys, and much more +by the Spanish traitors of Manila, who gave them the method of being +able to attain it, and secretly perverted many chiefs of the village, +the English set out on the roads shown them by the traitors. Although +it cost them many people, they seized the church, for the Spaniards +ran short of powder, as the Indians, induced by the Spaniards of +Manila, had hidden it. But the loyal Spaniards of Bulacan, by means +of stratagem and trickery, held the English besieged in the same +church. Three times did the latter receive reënforcements of supplies +and men from Manila, but they were never able to pass. Finally, those +who were left returned to Manila with great loss. And not even one +would have returned had it not been that continually, because of the +treachery of the Indians, they found the few Spaniards without powder. + +The English tried, finally, to drive out the rest, so that they could +seize the silver of our ship, and attacked our advance troop with +great secrecy. They reached the troop at dawn. The fire was heavy, and +caused the English to retire completely routed; and had we not lacked +carriages to our cannons, not a single Englishman would have returned +to Manila, where they arrived scattered, and with many of the chief +officers wounded. Our killed did not reach the number of ten, while +theirs, counting the Chinese, exceeded one thousand. Next night they +endeavored to prevent our troops from taking the bells of Quiapo for +cannons, and without succeeding against only fifteen Spaniards, they +lost more than fifty English and more than two hundred Chinese. They +attempted to enter Pampanga by sea with one ship and small boats, +but they left many dead on the beach and some of their boats, while +the ship and those who could get back to it fled to Cavite. In fine, +we have found them cowardly; and had they not been aided by traitors +and Chinese they would not have captured Manila, nor after capturing +it could they have retained it two months. The losses which have been +incurred because of them exceed four millions. Father Joaquin Mezquida +and Father Patricio del Barrio are going [to Spain] as procurators, +and they can tell much, although not all. + +Father Mezquida is taking one hundred pesos so that my brother, +your uncle, Manuel, may divide them equally among your mother, my +sister Ana, my brother Lucas, and my sister Juana; the children also +of my brother Joseph sharing equally--not each one a part, but one +part among them all. I do not know whether this will reach the ship, +and I am making the greatest efforts in writing, for I am secretary +to the provincial Pazuengos whom you knew there. + +My brother will tell my brother Manuel that I wrote him quite at length +by the ship captured by the English, thanking him for the aid which +he extended to Ana's two children; and that in regard to the other +matter between him and his wife, it is better for him to do it alone, +and it will be better for his nephews, and that he should forget +the wrongs that come to his mind. Tell him also to send me by Father +Patricio two pairs of gray worsted stockings because my legs get cold, +some pairs of scissors of good temper, and some boxwood combs. I tell +you this in case I can not write it to him. And since my [brother] +lives in Madrid, let him get from the fathers the Mercurios [183] +and interesting papers that are published and send them to me. Little +by little, my brother can get many of them, for after some months, +people do not care for them, and do not object to giving them. + +Tell your mother, when you see her, to pray God for me often, and that +I hope that my desires of seeing her in heaven soon will be answered, +for now my health is not what it was before. Manila, July 24, 1764. My +brother's humble servant, + + +Baltasar Vela (rubric) + + +[Addressed: "To Brother Antonio Gonzalez, of the Society of Jesus, +and if he be dead, to his superior. Madrid."] + + + + + + + + +SYNOPSIS OF COMMUNICATIONS BY ANDA TO CARLOS III + +Substantial extract of the result and purpose of forty-six +representations made to his Majesty by Don Simon de Anda Salazar, +informing him of what he has done as Audiencia, governor, and +captain-general of Filipinas during all the time that the English +occupied the city of Manila and its port of Cavite, under terms of +the capitulation which was made between the English general and the +reverend archbishop who was governing those islands at that time. + + +All the representations are dated June and July, of last year +1764. Among them some relate that the archbishop-governor and the +other auditors of that Audiencia having been made prisoners of war +in Manila, Don Simon not having been included among them because of +being in the village of Bulacan at that time, attending to the general +inspection of all the provinces of the district of that Audiencia, +in accordance with the order and prescription of law clxxx of título +xv, book ii of the laws of the Yndias, by which it is ordered that if +the auditors of the Audiencia are absent and only one of them remain, +the Audiencia is to be conserved and continued in him as said governor +and captain-general, in accordance with other determining laws. + +Under this character, he proceeded immediately to enact measures +according as his spirit dictated to him, both for the military, +and in order to restrict the English to the vicinity of Manila, +causing himself to be obeyed, assembling troops, furnishing arms, +getting ammunition, and doing in this line whatever he could, the most +experienced and practical general making sallies, holding functions, +remaining glorious in his expeditions, and the enemy conquered and +intimidated. + +In regard to what concerns the representation of the Audiencia, he +exercised all the jurisdiction which belonged to it, administering +justice to the parties at law, punishing criminals, and fulminating +causes against those under suspicion of disloyalty. + +As governor he attended to all economic matters. In order that +provisions might not fail, or be sold at a dearer price than they +had before the siege of Manila in those provinces, for that purpose +he made regulations, published edicts, imposing severe penalties +on those who transgressed them. By this method he obtained the end +which he desired. He also succeeded in getting the royal official +treasurer who had removed the treasury from Manila as soon as the +squadron of the enemy entered that bay, to transfer it from the +province of Laguna to that of Bulacan, where the above-mentioned +Don Simon was stationed in order that he might have some means to +meet the needs that might arise. He forbade anyone to dare to go +to the city of Manila, or under any pretext, to carry food, or arms +[thither]. Neither was permission given to give entrance, lodging, +aid, or help to the English. Those vassals obeyed that as well as the +calced religious of St. Augustine, who had the province of Bulacan +in charge. The Augustinians attended the several meetings which he +called, all of them showing love and zeal for the service of their +king and sovereign, and a blind obedience to Don Simon de Anda, whom +they recognized as Audiencia, governor, and captain-general. They +succeeded in preventing the blotting out of the name of his Majesty +from those provinces, and observed a steadfast obedience to him. [184] + +There result also the various measures which he enacted in order to +assure the patache "Filipino" and its wealth, which came from Acapulco +and had arrived at the province of Leite, and which was thought to be +exposed to surprise and capture by the enemy. Those attempts succeeded +so happily that they were landed and taken overland to the province +of Pampanga. + +The treasure carried by said patache belonging to his Majesty, the +ecclesiastical estate, and the trade of those islands, reached the sum +of two million two hundred and fifty-three thousand one hundred and +eleven pesos. To that sum was added fifty-six thousand pesos which +were collected from various private persons, in obedience to the +order despatched for that purpose. And with previous proof that they, +the interested persons, were faithful vassals, and by virtue of the +reports of two arbitrators of the commerce, he delivered them some sums +so that they could support themselves. He also caused the wine casks, +chests, and other articles of volume, which the said patache carried to +be kept until he placed all in safety with the exception of the cargo +of a champan which was lost in the province of Batangas. Among those +effects was the stamped [i.e., official] paper. As soon as Manila +was surrendered and the English dislodged, Don Simon placed in the +hands of his successor, Don Francisco de la Torre, the testimony of +the acts which he had drawn up in this particular for its convoy, +and asserts that from the saving of the wealth of said patache has +resulted the conservation of the islands, and that the English did +not leave them completely desolate, since without this aid, the +subsistence of the state would have been impossible. + +He also gives information that the English declared him a rebel +and offered a reward for his head, having made two embassies to him +through Father Bernardo Pazuengos, provincial of the Society of Jesus, +and Fray Pedro Luis de Sierra, of the Order of Preachers. The first +one having gone without any credentials or authorization, but only +as referring to the British governor, and having refused to make a +deposition before a notary who might attest it, saying that he was +to treat alone and in secret with Don Simon in regard to the matter +for which he went, therefore audience was refused him, and he was +despatched with a warning. + +At the second embassy, inasmuch as letters were taken from the +archbishop and from the auditor Don Francisco Enrriquez de Villacorta +and from the above-mentioned father provincial in which they intimated +to him that they would admit means of peace, in order to free the said +auditor from the sentence of death, passed upon him by the council of +war of the British nation, because some letters which he had written +had been intercepted, he would not consent to it, and despatched +the religious and ordered edicts to be published in opposition to +theirs, offering ten thousand pesos to whomever would deliver alive +or dead each one who had signed the edict [against him]. Finally, +there was a suspension of hostilities until the evacuation of the +fort. During this interim, the province of Ylocos revolted and +rendered homage to the king of Gran Bretaña. At its head was Diego +Silan, a Pangasinan Indian, a plebeian, who, according to public +report, had been a coachman in Manila. He succeeded in getting the +English to appoint him alcalde-mayor for life of that jurisdiction, +and he accomplished many atrocities and acts of sacrilege. They +seized the alcalde-mayor and his family; took possession of the arms +and effects belonging to his Majesty; and the recognition of paying +him tribute and of assisting with the polos and personal services; +obliged the reverend bishop, Don Fray Bernardo Ustariz, to retire and +take to flight, because he tried to reduce them to reason; committed +many thefts and extortions in the estates; and burned many houses, +proceeding with inhuman cruelty. An expedition was made against them, +in which they were almost defeated, but since the loyal people of +Ylocos were cowardly, and as they were not accustomed to fight, the +tyrant was allowed to reform his forces and to continue with greater +violence to further his prowess and to increase his troops. + +Having been informed of such fatal occurrences, and treating for +the common relief, he gave commission to said bishop and to the +vicar-provincial of that province to pacify it. He communicated to them +all his own powers, and wrote various letters to the villages which +remained loyal, exhorting them to continue so. But not having been +able to obtain any results by this method, he drew up a cause, and +gave it in review to the fiscal. The latter petitioned that the most +severe punishments be meted out to Diego Silang and the insurgents. As +a result he ordered that a peremptory order of imprisonment and an +edict of citation be issued, entrusting the measure of its publication +to Fray Francisco Antonio Maldonado, an Augustinian religious, +and promising a reward to whomever would communicate it to Diego +Silang, and a greater one if he should obtain his reply. Don Diego +Aldais, a Spanish mestizo, moved by his good zeal, determined to do +this. He passing through the village of Santa Lucia, was seized by the +partisans of the traitor and his letters intercepted. They deprived +the religious ministers of the right to communicate [with one another] +and imprisoned their diocesan prelate. By various letters which he +received, he discovered the alliance which the Ilocans had made with +the Pangasinans, [185] Sangleys, and the English enemy, to whom the +province had been delivered, the go-between in so execrable an outrage +being Don Santiago Orendain, as was proved also by a rough draft +of another letter which he made and sent to Diego Silang, which was +intercepted in his state by Don Manuel Alvarez and presented to him +[i.e., to Anda]. + +Informed that the Ilocan Indians were committing disorders in this +state, some following steadfastly the party of his Majesty, and +others that of Diego Silang, [186] he determined with the advice of +experienced persons, to appoint a chief justice and a master-of-camp as +generalisimo, a sargento-mayor of the Catholic villages, and another +master-of-camp and a sargento-mayor in the name of the Monteses +infidels. He despatched them their titles in the name of his Majesty, +granting them the fitting powers for the pacification. That provision +resulted in happy successes, the most happy being that Don Miguel Vicos +killed Diego Silang, at the very time that said tyrant had resolved +to kill the reverend bishop and other religious ministers whom he had +seized. Therefore, that province began to settle down until it became +quiet and restored to the obedience of his Majesty, said prelate having +promised (and Don Simon confirmed it in his Majesty's name) a general +pardon to the natives of that province and exemption from tribute +during the whole time of the war on the necessary condition that they +furnish their ministers of the doctrine with the necessary stipends +for their support. He declared as faithful and noble the villages of +Santa Catalina, Vigan, Bantay, and San Vicente, as they were the ones +which chiefly took part in the enterprise, and opposed the mutiny; and +he gave them the arms which were taken from the leader of the sedition. + +He also gives information of another insurrection which was stirred up +in the province of Pangasinan, and which originated in the village of +Binalatongan, which was under the spiritual charge of the religious of +St. Dominic. Those natives, also instigated by the English, taking +as their leader Juan de la Cruz Palaris, an unworthy man, who had +also been a coachman in Manila in the employ of Auditor Don Francisco +Enrriquez de Villacorta, revolted, under the pretext of various unjust, +extravagant, and malicious demands: such as that the sum of money which +they had paid on the account of their tributes was to be restored, +since they could not have any trade with Manila, as the English were +in power there, and if the latter were to make them pay tribute, +they would be paying a double tribute; that four men, whom they +gave as a guard of the prisoners of the prison were to be relieved +from the polos; that the dignity of cacique was to be taken from two +heads of barangay; that the boys schoolmaster was to be changed as +he was a flatterer; that the badge of general master-of-camp of that +province was not to be given outside the village of Binalatongan; +that the alcalde, the father ministers, and their convents were +to be removed if they did not aid them in the attainment of their +attempt, and they would build new churches and would establish new +fathers. Finally they petitioned that no one who did not originate +from his village should hold the staff of office in the tribunal. + +This insurrection, after various incidents in which it was necessary +to give the fitting authorizations to various religious, and appoint +Don Juan Antonio Panelo, a person of great merit and conduct as his +lieutenant, in order that they might pacify and reduce that province, +and that some Spaniards might accompany the latter, giving them the +necessary instructions; yet they could do nothing, since, fearful of +the death which the insurgents wished to inflict on them, they fled +the province. Consequently, he gave commission to other religious; +prepared soldiers so that they might go to reduce the province, under +command of Don Fernando Arayat. The latter's troop departed on the +expedition, and the Pampangos advancing on their march, took position +in front of the enemy. Having sent an embassy to them, so that they +might submit, they answered that they did not wish it, since, if his +Majesty had muskets, they had cannons and muskets. Notwithstanding +that they had them, the commandant, having summoned them in writing, +and inviting them to make peace, and seeing the contempt that they +showed of his proposition, was compelled to make war upon them, +attacking them in the trenches which they had made with thirty-four +muskets and five hundred natives, counting Pampangos and Cagayans, +after summoning them to peace five times. They replied to his summons +from the trench that they had flung their banner to the breeze, +with a shot from a cannon of the caliber of four, and two shots +from falconets. Thereupon, Don Pedro Hernani, lieutenant of Spanish +infantry, with one sergeant, one corporal, and twenty soldiers, began +to cross the river in pursuit of the Cagayans, leaving Alférez Don Jose +Solorzano as a reserve. Don Pedro Hernani invested the trenches with +so great courage, that he succeeded in taking the banner from them, +although he suffered the misfortune of being run through the breast +with a lance and fell dead. But Don Pedro Fagle substituted him, and +picked up the flag, which he delivered to his commandant. The latter +afterward presented it to Don Simon de Anda. It was two varas long +and a trifle more narrow. At each corner it had a two-headed eagle, +and in the center an escutcheon with its border, and within it the +arms of the Order of St. Dominic. They also wounded a Spanish soldier +with a poisoned arrow from which he died raving. Since the number of +the enemy was vast, their position advantageous, and the river which +they had in front, not being able [to be crossed] as it had swollen, +obliged them to retire. But desiring to avoid all confusion of blood, +and manifesting to them the love of his Majesty for his vassals, he +[i.e., the Spanish commander] forbore to attack them again, reiterating +that he would act mildly, entrusting the matter to another Dominican +religious and the practical business to the master-of-camp Manalartay. + +Finally, the bishop of Nueva Segovia, Don Fray Bernardo Ustariz, +having taken upon himself the obligation of pacifying them, set +about various measures and succeeded in reducing them. A few days +afterward they sent a deputation to Don Simon, asking mercy, bearing +recommendations from the abovesaid bishop, and manifesting their +repentance. They recognized his Majesty as their only sovereign and +asked for an alcalde-mayor to govern them. He condescended to this, +pardoning them with warning that he would proceed against them in +case they repeated their error. Juan Palaris and Domingo Magalog, +his brother, were included in the pardon. He ordered Don Joaquin +Gamboa to be restored to his office as alcalde-mayor, but the latter +resigned. Consequently, the office of alcalde-mayor was given to Don +Jose Acevedo. Various measures were taken so that the families who +had retired to Pampanga and fled the insurrection, might be restored +to Pangasinan. + +He also recommends the religious orders for the good services which +they have rendered, especially that of the calced Augustinians, who +have suffered total ruin, as have those who have most shown their +love and fidelity during the invasion of the English. + +He also manifests the distrust which he recognized in some religious +of St. John of God, as they had opposed a government measure conducive +to the royal service. But since this was a prohibition to taking from +an estate, which they had, food for their hospital of Manila, it is +to be noted that this is a complaint or accusation more befitting +an indiscreet zeal, namely, of the charity with which the religious +must have worked, in order that their sick might not perish, without +one being able for this reason to attribute it to disloyalty. + +Lastly, he gives account of the measures which he took in order to +continue the aid which had been established on his Majesty's account +in honor of Fernando I, king of Joló. He states that, at the beginning +of the expedition, the king showed himself loyal to his Majesty, and +recognized Don Simon as Audiencia, and governor, asking him to assign +him to those provinces or to send him to his country, whence he would +send him the aid, which he asked of him. Having advised him that he +would transfer him to Pampanga, he promptly arranged his voyage, and +having arrived at the village of Pasig, he was overtaken by an accident +which impeded him for six days. During that interim, the enemy made him +a prisoner. The English, taking advantage of the occasion, sent him +to Joló. Afterward when the English evacuated Manila, they took the +prince Ysrael and all those of his kingdom. It was presumed that the +English had made some agreement with him, so that they might establish +themselves in Joló. That would be to the great prejudice of the Visayan +provinces and their trade both because of the English and the Moros. + +In a separate measure, both Don Simon de Anda, in his representations, +and the royal lieutenant, Don Francisco de la Torre, governor ad +interim of Filipinas, discuss the receipt of a royal decree, despatched +July 18, 1762, by which a fine of two thousand pesos was declared +against the auditor Don Francisco de Villacorta, and the fiscal, +Don Francisco Leandro de Viana, because of the irregularity of the +process which they prosecuted against Doctor Don Santiago Orendain, +which they have not made manifest because of having produced various +exceptions which appear from the records which he remits. In regard to +this affair, he has not wished to make any innovation until his Majesty +decide as to the matter what he considers just. He encloses a report +of the royal officials in favor of the conduct of the above-mentioned +fiscal Viana. + +He also reports with records, the summary investigation of the crime +of disloyalty, which was incurred by Doctor Don Santiago Orendain as +being partial to and director of the British government. Don Simon +delivered that matter to his successor, so that he might continue +it. This man and his family went with the English when they evacuated +the fort of Manila, to the city of Madras. + +The royal lieutenant also discusses, when advising of the receipt of +a royal decree, dated July 23, 762, the question of not forbidding +Sangley converts from going to the house of the catechumens, and gives +information of the league which the Christian Sangleys made with the +English, and the atrocities which they committed. He publicly ordered +their rites, and concluded with petitioning the total expulsion of +the Sangleys who have kept the title of Christian, as was done with +the infidels; in which Don Simon and the ecclesiastical estate also +coöperate with convincing and practical reasons. + +From all the above, it results from this extract that measures could +have been taken in regard to only the two matters: one in regard to +the absolute expulsion of the Christian Sangleys from those islands; +and the other ordering that a rule be given as to what ought to be +done in the future in a like case, when one single minister remains as +governor as happened to Don Simon, and restitution [of the government] +having been made, if the governor has acted with ignominy, whether +the staff of office is or is not to be given to him by the minister +who has held the command. These two measures look toward the future; +for what was done by Don Simon is approved by his Majesty and whatever +said Don Simon has done ought to be approved--the posts which he has +given, the expenses which he has incurred, and which he has made on +the account of the royal treasury. In a word he has become worthy, +not only of the reward which he has now obtained from the royal +magnificence, but also of eternal memory. + + + + + + + + +DRAPER'S DEFENSE + + +A PLAIN NARRATIVE [187] + +The Conquest of Manila, Cavita, and the whole Phillipine Islands, +having been of late the Topic of Conversation, from the Crown +of Spain's Refusal to pay the Bills drawn by its Archbishop and +Captain-General, in Consequence of the Capitulation; [188] and having +Reason to apprehend, that the Public are as ignorant of the Nature and +Importance of that Acquisition, as they seem to be unacquainted with +the Particulars relative to the Capitulation, and its Consequences; +I think it a Duty incumbent on me to set the material Transactions +of that Expedition in a proper Point of View, as well as in Justice +to my own Conduct and Character, as to the Officers and Men serving +under me: and for the particular Information of the Representatives +of the Nation, who have condescended to think our Services deserving +their public Approbation of our Conduct, in the particular Honour of +their Thanks conveyed to us by their Speaker. + +Manila is the Metropolis of the Phillipine Islands, situated in a +large Bay on the Island of Luconia, in the Latitude 14, 40 North, +Longitude 118 East, from London, in Possession of the Spaniards, +and maintained by the Crown of Spain, at the Request of the Church +for propagating the Christian Faith among the Indians, for which +they have a large annual Allowance from Mexico, for the Maintenance +of their public Officers and Clergy, and for the support of their +Convents: They are also indulged with Ships, built and navigated +at the King's Expence, to bring the said Allowance in Money: +These Ships go laden with Merchandize belonging to the Inhabitants +(a still further Indulgence allowed them) from Manila to Acapulca, +and return with Money: The King's is registered; and the Remainder +(about as much more) a smuggling Trade, and connived at. + +This trade is so very prejudicial to Old Spain, the Cargoes they send +being China Silks, India Cottons, Spices, &c., for the Use of the +People in America, that the Cadiz and Bayone Companies have frequently +presented the strongest Memorials and Remonstrances to the King, +setting forth the Damage sustained by it, but without any Success, +the Church always getting the better of them. + +In Consequence of Orders from Europe to attack Manila on the War +with Spain, the Squadron and Troops sailed from Madrass the First of +August, 1762, and arrived in the Bay of Manila the 24th of September +following; and after summoning the Town to surrender, and receiving +for Answer their Resolution to defend it, the Troops were immediately +landed, and began the Siege. A breach being made the 6th of October, +we stormed and took the City, on which the principal Inhabitants +retired into the Citadel, but sensible they could not hold it long, +sent out a Flag of Truce, desiring to capitulate. The Terms offered +were, on paying "Four Millions of Dollars, they were to have their +Churches, Convents, Palaces, and other public Buildings, with the Town +preserved, the Plundering stopped, with the free exercise of their +Religion, and other Liberties; otherwise to be Prisoners of War, +and put on Board the Squadron, and sent to the Coast of India as such." + +These Terms they accepted; and whilst the Articles were settling, +they pleaded their Inability to raise immediately the Sum demanded, +unless we would admit the Phillipina (which was arrived ¡n the Port of +Pallapa, on the Island of Semar from Acapulca) into the Capitulation, +and the Vice Roy to send Letters to the General that commanded her, +to deliver her up to our Ships, which had been sent after her; to which +we assented, on Condition that the said Phillipina was actually in the +Port of Pallapa, and delivered up to our Ships in Consequence of the +said Letter. This is the only Ship ever admitted into the Capitulation +(and that Conditionally) and which, instead of being delivered up, or +ordered to proceed to Manila, agreeable to the promised Letter of the +Vice Roy, was, by other Letters, privately sent unknown to us, directed +not to comply with the Vice Roy's Letter, but to land the Money on +the Island where they were, and secure it in the best Manner they +could until they should receive further Directions from Manila. [189] + +All things being thus agreed upon, the plundering the Town was +immediately Stopped [190] and the City restored to Order, an +Account taken of the Ordnance and military Stores, and the Garrison +established, which took up the whole of the Troops of the Expedition; +and the Place (in Obedience to his Majesty's Instructions) delivered +up to the East India Company's Agent for their Use and Benefit, until +his further Pleasure should be known. During these Transactions +the Treasure remaining in the Town (a great deal being conveyed +out during the Siege) was collected together, and the principal +Inhabitants voluntarily taxed themselves to pay the Remainder as +far as two Millions; and if the Phillipina was not to be got at, we +were to take Bills on the King of Spain for the other two Millions, +which the Captain General, or Viceroy, (who was also Archbishop) +declared he had Authority to draw, and would be duly honoured. + +As soon as the Place was in Possession of the East India Company, the +Spaniards perceived the King's Officers had no further Power over them, +and therefore stopped any further Collections toward the Payment; and +from the Excess of Lenity hitherto shown them, soon grew insolent, +broke every Part of the Capitulation by retiring into the Country +and joining Anda, one of the Royal Audience, who had taken up Arms, +and proclaimed himself Captain General, while their Priests and Friars +publicly exhorted Rebellion, and preached it meritorious to take up +Arms and destroy us. + +As several of the principal Men of the Place were likewise concerned +with him, the Captors were justly apprehensive that little or nothing +more was to be got by fair Means, and were willing to secure what +was still in their Power; and therefore ordered their Agents to +bring into the City what Merchandize was belonging to the said Men +in the Suburbs, as a Security till they made good their Ransom. But +were greatly surprized to find the East India Company's Governor +had placed Guards, and would not suffer the Agents to remove any +one Thing, by which the Captors lost upwards of 200,000 Dollars. The +Captors therefore to secure what little yet remained in their Power, +gave Directions to seize, and dispose of a Ship, named the Santo Nino, +[191] that lay in the Port of Cavita at the Time of the Town being +taken, and placed her Produce to the Account of the four Million +(altho' she was not mentioned or included in the Capitulation). This +was the only Ship taken in the Port, and sold for only 16,000 Dollars, +and which the Spaniards have since artfully and jesuitically endeavored +to propagate to be the Santissima Trinidad; tis therefore in this +Place necessary to make known, that the Santissima Trinidad sailed +from Manila on the 1st of August, which was upwards of seven Weeks +before the Squadron arrived there, and had proceeded several hundred +Leagues on her Voyage to Acapulca; when meeting with a Storm she +was dismasted, and endeavouring to put back to refit was met with +off the Island of Capul by two of our Ships, the Panther and Argo +(the two Ships that were detached after the Phillipina) and after an +Engagement taken by them, above two hundred Miles from the Port of +Manila, and which Ships knew nothing at that Time of the Surrender +or Capitulation of Manila. These two Ships that were sent after the +Phillipina (in Consequence of Intelligence obtained by a Gally we +took in the Bay soon after our Arrival) had got as far as the Island +of Capul, in their Way to Palapa, when they met with the Trinidad, +and she being much disabled, and having a great Number of Men on +Board, they were obliged to return to the Bay of Manila with her; +on which, as soon as possible, two Frigates were dispatched again +after the Phillipina, but before they could reach the Streights of +St. Bernardino, the North-East Monsoon was set in, and the Weather +too stormy to pass the Streights, and after ten Weeks fruitlessly +attempting it, were obliged to return. + +The Squadron being obliged (by Instructions on that Head) to return +to the Coast of India for the Protection of the East India Company's +Settlements, before the North-East Monsoon was expired, sailed from +the Bay of Manila the beginning of March, leaving orders with the +Commanding Officer of the Ships left for the Protection of the Place, +so soon as the South-West Monsoon prevailed, to proceed to Palapa, +in order to take Possession of the Phillipina, who, on his Arrival, +found only the Ship, the Treasure having been carried in small Vessels +to the Island of Luconia by Orders from the Inhabitants of Manila, +who had all this Time amused us with the Promise of the Money of +this Ship for Payment, and even sent Men as Hostages [192] in our +Ships to get it, notwithstanding they themselves well knew it was +removed from that Place. Through the whole of the above Transactions, +the Spaniards by Evasions avoided complying with the Capitulation +in every one Respect, except in the bringing in the Money from +the Misericordia and Ordentercara, which was out of their Power +to secrete. They basely and ungratefully took up Arms against us, +after having their Lives given them. They preached publicly in their +Churches Rebellion, and meritorious to destroy us. + +And these people have still furthermore the Impudence to charge us +with an Infringment of the Capitulation, and the Effrontery to claim +the Santissima Trinidad, which was taken above 200 Miles from Manila +by two of his Majesty's Ships, who knew nothing of the Surrender of the +Place, nor was in any Shape mentioned or included in the Capitulation, +having sailed on her Voyage seven Weeks previous to our Arrival, +as may be seen by the Capitulation annexed hereto. + +It is true they have given Bills on the King their Master for Part of +the Ransom, which he does not acknowledge they had a Right to draw, +and therefore refuses Payment of. But surely I may with Equity be +permitted to add, that as he allows them a very large Sum annually +for their Support, and has again put the Place into their Possession, +is he not bound in Honour and strict Justice to oblige his Subjects +to make good their solemn Covenant and Capitulation, having the Means +so fully in his Power? + + +The Account of Ransom stands correctly thus: + + + dollars r. d. dollars r. d. +Ransom agreeable to Capitulation 4,000,000 0 0 +Received from the public +Funds and Collections 515,802 3 10 +Plunder taken from +the Seamen and Soldiers 26,623 0 0 542,425 3 10 + --------------- +Remains due to the Captors 3,457 574 4 2 + + +One third of which is the Proportion belonging to the East India +Company. + +The King's Instructions were, if we succeeded in the Conquest of +Manila, to deliver up the Fortifications, with the Cannon, Stores and +Ammunition, to the East India Company, until his Majesty's Pleasure +should be signified with Regard to the future Dispositions of the +said Conquests, &c. + +Upon the Peace, when the Place was delivered up to the Spaniards, +the East India Company applied to the Secretary of State for Leave to +carry the Artillery and Stores to Madrass, but received for Answer, +That they must remain for the Defence of the Place; but were afterward +told, That if the Spaniards would give Security for the Payment of +the Value of them, they were to be left; if they would not, the East +India Company might remove them to Madrass. This last Answer did not +arrive in India till after Orders had been sent to deliver it up, +and the Season too late to send that Year. [193] + +[Here follow the "Conditions" and "Proposals," q.v., ante, pp. 75-80.] + +[At the end of the copy of this book from which we publish is written +by hand: "with Admiral Cornish's Compliments."] + + + + + + + + +COLONEL DRAPER'S ANSWER TO THE SPANISH ARGUMENTS + + +To the Earl of Halifax, His Majesty's Principal Secretary of State +For the Southern Department. [194] + + +My Lord, + + +Armed with that Boldness which Innocence inspires, and the +Consciousness of having done my Duty, both as an Officer, and a Man +of Honour and Humanity; I presume again to lay before your Lordship +my Answer to the Spanish Ambassador's Memorial. + +This Reply is something more copious than the former, which I had +the Honour of presenting to your Lordship in March last: The new +Arguments that have been urged to evade Payment, requiring fresh +Reasons to endeavour to enforce it. + +I was in great Hopes, that the good Faith, Honour, and Punctuality of +the Spanish Nation, would have made this Publication unnecessary. But +finding, that they have absolutely refused Payment of the Ransom Bills, +drawn upon their Treasury by the Governor of Manila, and do now claim +the Restitution of the Galeon, I am constrained, for the Sake of +those brave Men, to whom I am obliged and indebted for my Success, +to assert their Rights, in the best Manner I am able. + +Many of them, my Lord, from the too usual and sanguine Hopes of their +Profession, have already anticipated their supposed Profits, and may +live to repent their fatal Success in a Jail; unless the powerful +Intercession of the Government will rescue them from impending Misery +or Destruction. They vainly look up to me for that Protection, which +in their Names, I again request from your Lordship's good Offices. + +I must add, that the calumnious and envenomed Attack upon my own +Character, demands the most public Justification: Being described +both at Home and Abroad, as a Man void of all Faith, Principle, or +common Honesty; and so, indeed, I should be most deservedly thought, +were I guilty even of the smallest Part of what the Spanish Memorial +accuses me. A Dey of Tunis, or Algiers, would blush to make use of so +black an Instrument of Perfidy and Piracy. I owe, therefore, this open +Vindication of my Conduct, both to my Sovereign, and to my Country, +whose Representatives were pleased to honour me with their public +Thanks, the greatest of all Rewards, and indeed, the only one I have +received for my late Services.--Sed mihi facti fama sat est. [195] + +My Silence, perhaps, may be misconstrued; it may be suspected that +I have sacrificed the deluded Partners of my Expedition, to private +and base Considerations; (for something of a dark and private Treaty +has been whispered about) but, I thank Heaven! my Behaviour has been +such as will bear the Light of Day; and the all-searching Eye of Truth. + +The Spaniards have assigned my Breach of Faith in the Capitulation, +as one Reason for their Refusal of Payment: I cannot, therefore, +servilely stoop, or submit to the heavy Load of Guilt, with which they +have endeavoured to overwhelm me. But perhaps, a Second Gondemar [196] +is arrived amongst us: Yet the Happiness of the Times, we have the +good Fortune to live in, forbids me to carry the Allusion any farther; +nor have I the Vanity to compare myself to the great Raleigh, even +in Miniature; a very unjust and vindictive Accusation, forms the only +Part of the Parallel betwixt us. But as the execrable Days of James the +First can never be renewed under the Reign of our most just, good, and +gracious Sovereign, I will not harbour the least Suspicion that I shall +resemble that illustrious Man in his Misfortune; or remain unprotected, +or be sacrificed for my poor Endeavours to serve my King and Country; +to whose Judgments I most dutifully and humbly submit my Cause. + +I have the Honour to be, my Lord, With great Respect and Esteem, +Your most obedient, humble Servant, + + + William Draper + + + + +The Spanish Arguments for refusing Payment. [197] + +The English Generals who made themselves Masters of Manila proposed, +on the [198] Fifth of October, 1762, a Capitulation to the Archbishop, +who acted as Governor; by which they promised to preserve the City from +Pillage, if the Governor and principal Magistrates would consent to, +and sign the Articles of, the said Capitulation; which they were forced +to do, being threatened to be put to the Sword, in Case of Refusal. + +Notwithstanding this shameful Capitulation, extorted and signed by +the Means of Violence and Rigor, General Draper ordered or suffered +the City to be sacked and pillaged, for forty Hours, by Four Thousand +English, who plundered it of more than a Million of Dollars. [199] + +Therefore the said Capitulation ought to be void, because it was +signed by force; and because General Draper first violated and broke +the Capitulation, by permitting the City to be pillaged. Consequently, +that Capitulation only, which was proposed by the Governor, accepted +of, and signed by Admiral Cornish and General Draper, upon the seventh +of October, ought to be considered and respected in this Affair. + +The First Article of which grants to the Inhabitants of Manila, the +peaceable and quiet Possession of all their Effects; the Fourth and +Sixth grant them the Liberty of Commerce, under the Protection of +his Britannic Majesty. + + + + +Refutation + +It is a known and universal Rule of War amongst the most civilized +Nations, that Places taken by Storm, without any Capitulation, are +subject to all the Miseries that the Conquerors may chuse to inflict. + +Manila, my Lord, was in this horrid Situation; of Consequence the +Lives of the Inhabitants, with all belonging to them, were entirely +at our Mercy. But Christianity, Humanity, the Dignity of our Nation, +and our own Feelings as Men, induced us not to exert the utmost Rigours +of the Profession, against those wretched Suppliants; although my own +Secretary, Lieutenant Fryar, had been murdered, as he was carrying a +Flag of Truce to the Town. The Admiral and I told the Archbishop and +principal Magistrates, that we were desirous to save so fine a City +from Destruction, ordered them to withdraw, consult, and propose such +Terms of Compensation as might satisfy the Fleet and Army, and exempt +them from Pillage, and its fatal Consequences. + +The Proposals they gave in, were the very same, which the Spaniards +most artfully call a Second Capitulation; and were afterwards agreed +to, and confirmed by us (with a few Restrictions) but at that time +were so unsuitable to their desperate Situation, that we rejected them +as unsatisfactory and inadmissible. As Conquerors, we took the Pen, +and dictated those Terms of the Ransom which the Spaniards thought +proper to submit to; for they had the Alternative, either to be passive +under the Horrors of a Pillage, or compound for their Preservation; +they accepted the latter. + +The Objection and Pretence of Force and Violence may be made use of +to evade any military Agreements whatsoever, where the two Parties +do not treat upon an Equality; for who, in War, will submit to an +inconvenient and prejudicial Compact, unless from Force? But have +the Spaniards forgot their own Histories? Or will they not remember +the just Indignation expressed against Francis the First, who pleaded +the like Subterfuge of Force and Violence, to evade the Treaty made +after the Battle of Pavia, and his Captivity? + +Should such elusive Doctrines prevail, it will be impossible, +hereafter, for the Vanquished to obtain any Quarter or Terms +whatsoever: The War will be carried on usque ad internecionem; [200] +and if a Sovereign shall refuse to confirm the Conditions stipulated +by his Subjects, who are in such critical Situations, the Consequences +are too horrid to mention. + +By the same fallacious Sophistry, a State may object to the Payment +of the Ransoms of Ships taken at Sea, and to Contributions levied +in a Country which is the Seat of War. But it is always allowed, +that in such Cases, a Part must be sacrificed to save the Whole; +and surely, when by the Laws of War, we were entitled to the Whole, +it was a great Degree of Moderation to be contented with a Part. + +The Destruction that we could have occasioned, would have trebled +the Loss they suffer by the Payment of the Ransom. The rich Churches +and Convents, the King of Spain's own Palace, with its superb and +costly Furniture, the magnificent Buildings of every Sort, the +Fortifications, Docks, Magazines, Founderies, Cannon, and in short +the Whole might have been entirely ruined, the Spanish Empire in Asia +subverted, and the Fruits of their religious Mission lost for ever, +[201] together with the Lives of many Thousand Inhabitants, who were +spared by our Humanity. As a suitable and grateful Return for this +Lenity, the Spanish Memorial affirms, that after the Capitulation +was signed, General Draper ordered or permitted, the City to be +sacked and pillaged forty Hours together, by Four Thousand English, +who plundered it of more than a Million of Dollars. + +As my own Character, both as an Officer, and a Man of Honour, is so +wickedly attacked by this unjust Accusation, I must beg Leave to state +the whole Affair, in its true Light; and do appeal for its Veracity +to the Testimonies of every Officer and Soldier, who served in the +Expedition, and to all of the Marine Department. + +We entered Manila by Storm, on the 6th of October 1762, with an Handful +of Troops, whose Total amounted to little more than Two Thousand; +a motley Composition of Seamen, Soldiers, Seapoys, Cafres, Lascars, +Topasees, French and German Deserters. [202] + +Many of the Houses had been abandoned by the frightened Inhabitants, +and were burst open by the Violence of Shot, or Explosion of +Shells. Some of these were entered and pillaged. But all military +Men know, how difficult it is to restrain the Impetuosity of Troops +in the first Fury of an Assault, especially when composed of such a +Variety and Confusion of People, who differed as much in Sentiments +and Language, as in Dress and Complexion. + +Several Hours elapsed, before the principal Magistrates could be +brought to a Conference; during that Interval, the Inhabitants were +undoubtedly great Sufferers. But, my Lord, this Violence was antecedent +to our Settling the Terms of the Capitulation, and by the Laws of War, +the Place, with all it's Contents, became the unquestionable Property +of the Captors, until a sufficient Equivalent was given in Lieu of +it. That several Robberies were committed, after the Capitulation +was signed, is not to be denied; for Avarice, Want, and Rapacity, +are ever insatiable: But that the Place was pillaged for Forty Hours, +and that Pillage authorized and permitted by me, is a most false +and infamous Assertion. The People of Manila, my Lord, have imposed +upon their Court, by a Representation of Facts, which never existed; +and to make such a groundless Charge the Reason for setting aside, +and evading a solemn Capitulation, is a Proceeding unheard of until +now, and as void of Decency, as Common Sense. + +The following Extracts from the Publick Orders, given out the very Day +we entered the Town, will sufficiently convince your Lordship, of my +constant Attention to the Preservation of those ungrateful People; +who have almost taught me to believe, that Humanity and Compassion +are Crimes. + + +Extracts + + + October 6th, Manila. + + +"The utmost Order and Regularity to be observed. + +"All Persons guilty of Robberies, or Plundering the Churches and +Houses, will be hanged without Mercy. + +"The Guards to send frequent Patroles both Day and Night, to prevent +all Disorders. + +"The Drummers to beat to Arms, the Officers to assemble with their Men, +and call the Rolls. + +"The Adjutants to go around the Town, and take an exact Account of +the Safe-guards, posted for the Protection of the Convents, Churches, +and Houses. + + + October 7th. + + +"All the Inhabitants of Manila are to be looked upon and treated as His +Britannick Majesty's Subjects: They having agreed to pay Four Millions +of Dollars, for the Ransom and Preservation of their City and Effects. + +"The Criminals executed for Robbery and Sacrilege, to be buried at +Sunset." [203] + +I hope the foregoing Extracts, are sufficient to vindicate my +Character. Moreover, the strictest Search was made on board the +Squadron by the Admiral's Orders, and amongst the Troops, to recover +what had been stolen and secreted; and all the Money, Plate, and +Jewels, so recovered, were put into the Treasury, and allowed, and +accepted of as Part of the Ransom. + +Now let us examine the Foundation of the Spanish Pretensions. In +the first Place, they have misstated the Propositions, and made our +Proposals antecedent to theirs, which is impossible. For how could +our Fourth Proposition take Notice of, and consent to theirs, unless +from a previous Knowledge and Perusal of what they had to offer? And +indeed, the whole force of the Spanish Arguments, depends entirely +upon the Second Capitulation, as they are pleased to term it: But the +Liberty of Commerce, and all the other Privileges which they there +insist upon, were granted conditionally, upon their Compliance with +the Fourth Article of our Propositions. It expressly declares, that +the Proposals contained in the Paper, delivered on the Part of his +Excellency the Governor and his Council, will be listened to, and +confirmed to them, upon their Payment of Four Millions of Dollars; +the Half to be paid immediately, the other Half to be paid in a Time +agreed upon; and Hostages [204] and Security given for that Purpose. It +is therefore most evident, that they had not the least Shadow of Right +to any Privileges, until this Article was most punctually fulfilled. + +How it has been fulfilled, has been but too clearly manifested, by +the Court of Spain's Refusal to pay the Two Millions of Dollars, for +which we trusted to the Honour and Punctuality of that Nation. Until +that Sum is paid, it is impossible even to name the Galeon. + + +Postscript + +It is now pretended that the Spanish Governor exceeded his Powers, +that he had no Authority to draw Bills, of such a Nature, upon his +Court: But will not unforseen Events, demand unforseen Expedients? In +Europe, where the Distance will allow of it, it is undoubtedly the +Duty of every Governor or Commander, to consult his Sovereign (if +an Opportunity offers) before he presumes to give his Consent to, or +ratify any Agreement that may be prejudicial or dishonourable to his +Crown. But can such Formalities be required or observed at the Distance +of half the Globe? The Persons entrusted with such remote Commands, +must be left to their own Discretion; to the Fertility or Barrenness +of their own Invention and Resources. A State may undoubtedly punish +the Man who is found to have betrayed its Dignity or Interests; but +at all Events, it must abide by his Decisions, how prejudicial soever. + +We find in History, that the Romans, have sometimes delivered up +to the Enemy such of their Generals, who had made a shameful or +disadvantageous Peace, without the Consent or Approbation of the +Senate: But that Practice has been universally condemned upon the +truest Reasons; because the Delivery of an Individual could never +be adequate to the Advantages they might acquire by the breaking +of a bad Treaty; or compensate their Enemies for the Opportunities +and Advantages they might give up, or lose, upon the Faith of such +an Agreement. + +I flatter myself that the Spaniards will not copy that great Nation +in its Defects, but imitate its Virtues. + +It is also asserted, that the Ransom Bills were given and accepted +only to preserve the private Property of the Inhabitants; But I do +most solemnly aver, my Lord, that the Ransom was general, as well as +particular. Can Six Hundred Pieces of Brass and Iron Ordnance? can +the Fortifications of the Citadel and Town of Manila, with those +of the Citadel and Port of Cavite, the publick and royal Magazines, +Store-houses, Docks, &c. be called private Property? They belonged, +most undoubtedly, to his Catholic Majesty, and by the stern Rules of +our Profession, might have been destroyed, had the Admiral and I been +disposed to have carried on the War with that Barbarity, of which other +Nations have more than once set us the Example: But we considered +rather how Englishmen should act, than what our Enemies might have +suffered. But let us, for a Moment, admit that the Bills were drawn +for the sake of preserving private Property only: Even in that Case +the Spaniards are bound in Honour to oblige the People of Manila +to pay the Money; and they are now very able to discharge the Debt, +since they have received all the Treasure of the Philippina Galeon. + +Our Court has shewed them a most bright and laudable Example, +by taking Care that all the Ransom Bills, due even to the Enemy's +Privateers, should be most punctually paid, since the Conclusion of +the Peace. Surely such upright Proceedings on our Side will infuse +the same religious Observance of good Faith in all concerned in this +Business. Otherwise we must say with Grotius, ab Injustitiâ excusari +nequeunt, qui, cum pacta improbent, tamen retinent, quæ, sine pactis +non haberent. "They cannot avoid the Imputation of Injustice, who +disapprove of Treaties, and yet keep Possession of what they could +not have been possessed of, but by the Means of those Treaties." + +We have an indisputable Right to Manila, and all its Dependencies, +if the Ransom Bills are not faithfully paid. + +I do therefore, my Lord, in the Names of all concerned (the Navy, +Army, and East India Company) implore the Assistance and Protection +of the Government, and its effectual good Offices, to maintain our +most just Rights, and recover the Part of the Ransom as yet unpaid. + +[Here follow the "Proposals" and "Conditions," q.v., ante, pp. 75-80.] + + + + + + + + +LETTER FROM CARRION TO RUEDA + + +Jesus + + Pax Christi, etc. + + +After our misfortunes which happened at the capture of Manila by the +English, we are breathing a bit. Hardships have not been lacking here +since then, but they have been accompanied by relief. + +Last year it was God's will to bring us safely the ship "Santa +Rosa" with peace signed and a new governor ad interim for these +islands. [205] As no other boat was left, the said "Santa Rosa" +was fitted up and now it has returned to us, bringing us the +regularly-appointed governor Don Francisco Raon. This is the beginning +of the recuperation of these islands. + +For the rest, one could have feared the total ruin of these domains, +according to the unbridled manner in which the Moros were killing and +capturing through the Bisayas. The governor ad interim has placed +Manila in a state of the best defense against European powers, +and has opened about it a very wide ditch and made some very high +intrenchments. If eight thousand Europeans were necessary to capture +it before now fourteen or sixteen thousand will be necessary. + +There is no doubt but that the present governor will perfect these +works, and that he will more eagerly check the boldness of the +Morillos. [206] That being done, the trade of Bisayas will again +flourish, which is almost necessary for the conservation of this +capital. + +God has placed a very heavy hand upon our friends the English in +their retirement. It is enough to say that seven of their fourteen +ships have been lost, and one-half the men whom they brought here, +who numbered in all about eight thousand. Of a truth their hopes saw +a sorry fulfilment. Cruel Micenas, fugitibo Eneas, etc. + +Concerning the unhappy condition of the missions of the empire of +China, your Reverence will already have had accurate information +through the Portuguese fathers who were ordered to be taken to +Europa by their not king--"I am not king," as he said at the time +of the earthquakes, and as he has caused us to see afterward in our +misfortunes. [207] What has become of Father Master Manuel Guevara, +who was confused with the Portuguese? Has he died or has he been +restored to our province of Toledo? If he is living, a thousand +greetings [to him]. + +We have had the latest news from two Portuguese fathers (who had +come here previously from the provinces, and who on that account did +not fall into the clutches of the sparrow-hawk), which is reduced to +saying that about thirty fathers are left in that empire--about ten +or eleven in the court of Pequin, and the others scattered through +its vast provinces. Those of the court are living openly with the +license of the emperor and the rest are keeping hid. But all lack +the aid which formerly was sent to them from Goa. May God aid them +and give them strength to leave the shore after so fierce a storm, +and withdraw us all from the other storm which is lashing all the +vast body of the Society. [208] San Pedro Macati, July 8, 1765. + +Your Reverence's humble servant, + + + Eugenio Carrion (rubric) + + +I beg your Reverence to communicate this letter to the reverend father +Orea, as one of those small morsels which was supplied to him when +he was our beadle in the school of Murcia. + +[Addressed: "My Father Joseph de Rueda."] + + + + + + + + +LETTER FROM PAZUENGOS TO MESQUIDA + + +Jesus + + Pax Christi. + + +I am writing this letter, in doubt as to the arrival of your Reverence, +and with hopes of the arrival here of the ship "Santa Rosa" and with +desires of the coming of a governor to free us from the abominations in +which we are. Don Francisco Xavier [de la] Torre is the most detestable +robber ever seen in the East or West Indias, a man without shame or +trace of Christianity. All this might be tolerated if he took any +care of the defense of the Indians; but he has wholly abandoned the +fields of Christendom, saying that a cornucopia of the islands is +given to him, and that the king our sovereign will abandon them, +or transfer them to the French. Thereupon, he has given himself +over to a libertine life, so far as his morals are concerned. He +looks after nothing else than selling the offices dear, and robbing +king and vassals. He obtains it all with abun[dant] [209] stipends, +but does not pay them, but feigns very well that he issues vouchers +for them. But [what?] will your Reverence say on learning that he +has bondsmen who give him opinions, ... testimonies contrary to +all justice and truth? We have a bishop ...; and for that reason I +have already sent four [students] so that they may be ordained [at] +Zebu. I am sure that it will be necessary to send all the others, who +have finished and who are studying. He has hoisted the flag against the +religious orders with all his might, and I am sure that all the orders +will write this year, resigning their ministries into the hands of his +Majesty. [210] The Society and the Dominicans are determined to do it, +for the auditors and some of the city have resolved to censure and +dishonor them. The Frenchman Solano, formerly a barber and wig-maker is +alcalde-in-ordinary of Manila, and today a regidor of this city. Who +would believe that such a ... thing could be? This vile man, incited +by the governor, by the auditor, ... and by the fiscal of his Majesty, +had the insolence to get out on the highway of Meyha with two thousand +workmen and widen it by more than two varas. Although he knew that +it was ecclesiastical property, he answered that the last thing that +leaves the body is the soul. What can such governors, [such] auditors, +and such alcaldes occasion, if not the ruin of the community? + +Not less ruined are the Bisayas, as they are without stipends, +and cannot be helped from here, since they have no boats which can +resist the Moros, for the governor has not made a grain of powder +nor a single boat, although it is a fact that he has cost the king +almost a million pesos. The fathers are compelled to go almost +naked, and they have had to make shoes out of the parchment of their +books. They have been assisted as much as possible, and already +those missions owe thirty thousand pesos to the province. Of the +ten churches built of stone and mortar, and a like number of houses +in the residence of Hilongos, only two are left, and all the rest +are ruined and burned by the Moros. Your Reverence may conjecture +almost the same thing of other less defensible villages. All [the +inhabitants of] the two villages which were formed under the charge +of Samboangan are dead or captives, and I am sure that the missions +of the Recollects have suffered greater ruin, proportione servata; +for I am told that the entire jurisdiction of Caraga is reduced to one +thousand tributes. Since your Reverence left, one-half the Indians of +Bisayas have been captured or killed. May God bring us a governor, +may God bring us some auditors, who shall recognize and appreciate +the defense of the Catholic religion and of the poor Indians! + +The estates of Calatagán and Looc, burned and sacked by the Moros; the +estates of Meysilo and La Piedad, burned and sacked by the Christians; +that of San Pedro Tunasan, sacked by the Indians, commanded by six +Franciscan friars; Lian and Nasugbú delivered to the Joloan [? Jelaco +in transcript] king by treaty; that of Naic abandoned to the robbers; +San Pedro Macati burned by the English, with the exception of the +house and church! Those which have suffered less are Marquina, Payatas, +and Calamba, although they have suffered considerably. + +Don Manuel Fernandez Thoribio has been appointed governor of +Samboangan, and has secret instructions to ascertain what estates +and what manner of livelihood the Jesuits have. In general, all +the alcaldes who have been sent out carry instructions against +the regulars. The fact is that stipends are not to be paid to the +ministers, and no alms or aid is to be given to carry on the missions. + +Since my arrival, neither from the royal treasury of Mexico, nor +from these [in Manila], has the least stipend [been given] to the +four subjects in Samboangan ... treasury, by royal decree, that they +be paid here, and from those of here, for ... in order to pay from +the treasury of Mexico. Consider, your Reverence, what must be the +condition of this po[or] province. + +There is another war declared, in which Señor Galban has unfurled +the banner against [the] pious [funds]. He declares that the pious +funds are the ruin of [trade] and of the islands; as if the trade +of the islands had any other foundation. I, ... procurator, have +come to the opinion that God is abandoning this His kingdom; ... I +doubt that on other occasions, there may have been greater or equal +mi[sfortunes], but surely, the ministers of the king, our sovereign, +must have had more application and better intentions. It might be +that Señor Cegado has them, since he is ... it. They pass no measure +that is not intended for the ruin, and tell ... the liberty in which +they live, would be to paint a detesta[ble] and scandalous community. + +Against us in particular, is aroused a very perplexing storm, +... the case, that in the college of Manila, a [mis]sion was held +during Lent. On the next to the last day, Father Puch explained the +seventh command[ment] and named the kinds of robbers that existed. He +named alcaldes-[mayor?] of provinces, adding what St. Xavier said of +these at seeing ... that they received the decree deleantur de libro +viventium. [211] On the ... day, while I was resting, I received a +bloodthirsty denunciation from Señor Galban, which I [sho]wed to Father +Puch, who explained on Sunday afternoon in great-detail what I have +mentioned, and what he ought to say. But on the third day, I received a +royal provision passed by an extraordinary meeting of the assembly, in +[which] they told [me] to censure Father Puch who was to be ordered to +give sat[isfaction] to the royal assembly, and to the public for the +excesses committed upon the alcaldes-mayor. The last two days of the +mission, I formed their ... assessorship at the university of Santo +Thomas, and at four of the ... all acquitted, and I with them, Father +Puch. Thereupon, I presented myself before the royal assembly on the +twenty-seventh [of] March, and they have been silent until now. They +gave the matter for review to the fiscal, who presented himself in +person on the seventeenth of May with a fiscal review, in which he +censures and reproves my conduct, and reproves and censures that +of Father Puch. He censures all the religious orders, for, he says, +we are all united in incriminating the alcaldes-mayor; that there is +no obedience to the king in the islands; that the religious are the +masters of the islands, despotic, tyrannical, cruel. He requests the +royal assembly to reproduce before the king our sovereign, the memorial +of Palafox against the religious, and that secular priests be assigned +to the ministries; and that although the provision taken in the royal +assembly ought to be urged on me, and although another ought to be +despatched against the Dominicans, already the conspiracy of all the +religious is known, and that the royal assembly will obtain nothing +more than disrespect, disobedience, and insults, and that it will be +best to inform the king, our sovereign, of everything, passing by my +petition of testimony made in triplicate in order that I might have +recourse to his Majesty. I have seen nothing, and have been informed +of nothing. Thereupon, I sought my remedy, and have recourse with +three testimonies to the king, our sovereign. I greatly fear, however, +that the matter will be neglected in Madrid, and the connivance of +our procurators; but for this I also ask the remedy farther on. + +A boat was built in Pangasinan in order that it might be sent to +Nueva España. It was launched in the middle of May in a river, but +it could not get out because of the bar. Means are being discussed, +hopes abound, but it is now considered impossible for a voyage to +be made this year. The "Santa Rosa" was expected at the end of May, +but we are sure that there will be no voyage unless one of the ships +from the mainland is bought. If the "Santa Rosa" brings no money we +must all go to live in Visayas and Tagalos. To this point have I come, +today, June 17. If there is anything to add later, I will add it in +a separate paragraph, or in another letter. + +The "Santa Rosa" arrived July 3, with the new governor. The "Santa +Rosa" is being prepared for its return trip to México, for the ship +of Azevedo has not arrived, and is not expected, although it left +the bar on the third of this said month. The boat of Misamis is +being equipped for México. I do not consider it necessary to give +instructions to your Reverence, for I expect that without them, +you will perform the duties of your post fully, and our friendship. + +Santa Cruz, July 20, 1765. + +Your Reverence's most affectionate servant, + + + Bernardo Pazuengos (rubric) + + +[Addressed: "My Father Procurator-General, Joaquin Mesquida."] + + + + + + + + +REFERENCES + + +Accounts of the capture and occupancy of Manila, and contemporaneous +events, will be found in the following: + +1. Vivar, Pedro del, O.S.A.--Relación de los alzamientos de la ciudad +de Vigan, cabecera de la provincia de Ilocos, en los años de 1762 y +1763. Composed in 1764; published as part of vol. iv, of Biblioteca +Histórica Filipina. An account of the insurrections of Diego Silán +and Nicolás Cariño. + +2. Castro, Agustin Maria de, O.S.A.--Reseña sobre la guerra de los +ingleses ca. 1765. MS. in Augustinian archives, Manila; and a copy +of which is owned by Eduardo Navarro, O.S.A., at Valladolid. Cited +by Montero y Vidal, and by Pérez (Catálogo). + +3. Le Gentil de la Galaisière, Guillaume Joseph Hyacinthe Jean +Baptiste.--Voyage dons les mers de l'Inde (Paris, 1779-1781), ii, +chapter ii, articles xvii and xviii, pp. 230-275. This book contains +the Journal of Archbishop Rojo concerning the siege. Le Gentil +criticises the method of the British operations; and influenced by +his friendship for Rojo's nephew passes a severe criticism on Anda, +which has caused him in turn to be criticised by the Spaniards. + +4. Malo de Luque, Eduardo (pseudonym of Duke of Almodovar).--Historia +política de los establecimientos ultramarinos de las naciones europeas +(Madrid, 1784-1790), v, chaps. ix, and x, pp. 234-310. Contains many of +the original documents and letters connected with the conquest period. + +5. Martinez de Zúñiga, Joaquin, O.S.A.--Historia de las Islas +Philipinas (Sampaloc, 1803), chaps. xxxiii-xxxvii, pp. 601-687. Treats +of siege, capture, insurrections, operations of Anda, and the peace. + +6. Mas, Sinibaldo de.--Informe sobre el estado de las islas Filipinas +(Madrid, 1843), i, no. 2. Uses preceding authorities largely. + +7. Buzeta, Manuel, O.S.A., and Bravo, Felipe, O.S.A.--Diccionario +(Madrid, 1850), ii, pp. 289-291. A very short and unsatisfactory +account. + +8. Ferrando, Juan, O.P.--Historia de los PP. Dominicos en las islas +Filipinas (Madrid, 1871), iv, chaps. viii-x, pp. 611-742; v, chap. i, +pp. 1-25. Contains Dominican history and general account of the +conquest, etc. + +9. Montero y Vidal, José.--Historia general de Filipinas, ii, +chaps. i-iii, and part of iv, pp. 7-119; and portion of appendix, where +he gives various documents of conquest period. Uses foregoing freely. + +10. Jordan de Urries, Pedro, marqués de Ayerbe.--Sitio y conquista +de Manila por los Ingleses en 1762 (Zaragoza, 1897). Based on +ordinary authorities, and especially on an unpublished MS. written +by Alfonso Rodríguez de Ovalle, to the marqués de Cruillas, ancestor +of the marqués de Ayerbe, which is conserved in the library of the +latter. Ovalle sailed on the "Santa Rosa" with royal despatches +notifying the city of Manila of the treaty of peace between Spain +and England. While in the Philippines, he wrote a minute journal, +accompanying it with plans and statistics, of the late events in +Manila and the provinces. The dates of this journal are September 13, +1762-March 13, 1764. + +11. Diez Aguado, Manuel, O.S.A.--Biografia del P. Agustín Ma. de +Castro, Agustino (Barcelona, 1902). This contains a short account +of the siege and capture of Manila. It is drawn in large part from +Augustinian sources. The author has had the benefit also of manuscript +material possessed by Augustinian friars in his convent at Valladolid, +some of which manuscripts were written by Castro. [212] + +12. War Department.--Annual Report, 1903 (Washington, 1903), +iii, appendix ix, pp. 435-454. Part i, Historical sketch of the +walls of Manila, compiled and written under direction of various +U. S. military officers. Part ii, translation of chapter ii, +of no. 10, by Capt. A. C. Macomb, 5th U. S. Cavalry; rather free +translation. Contains many half-tone reproductions of Manila walls +and fortifications. + +13. MSS. in the Archivo general de España, at Simancas; estado +6958.--Concerning the capture, sack, capitulation, and surrender +of Manila, the propositions of the English, its recovery, etc.; +1762-1765. This contains also the documents regarding the capture of +the "Santissima Trinidad." This legajo contains much correspondence +from the Spanish minister in England; and a number of letters written +in English. Legajo 6954 is dated "London, 23 de Sept. 1763;" and +treats of the restitution of the Philippines. + + + + + + + + +BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA + + +The following documents are obtained from the original MSS. in the +British Museum: + +1. Plan of an expedition.--Jure Empt. 19, 298; Plut. CLII. E. + +2. Letter to Lord Anson.--Hardwicke papers; Vol. DL. Navy papers, +1693-1779; Add. 35, 898; fol. 278, 279. + +3. Letters to Earl of Egremont (letter of Nov. 1).--East India military +letters; Add. 5939; fol. 80 verso--82 verso. + +The following are taken from Scots Magazine for 1763; from a copy +belonging to the library of the Wisconsin Historical Society: + +4. Letters to Clevland.--Pp. 232-235. + +5. Letters to Earl of Egremont (letter of Nov. 2).--Pp. 225-227; the +third set of "Proposals" are taken from Draper's A plain narrative +(pp. 27-30). + +6. Draper's Journal.--Pp. 227-232. + +One document is from Le Gentil's Voyage, from a copy belonging to +the library of the Wisconsin Historical Society: + +7. Rojo's Journal.--ii, pp. 232-235, 236, 237-239, 241, 242, 243-247, +248-252, 255-259. + +The following are from MSS. in the Ayer Collection: + +8. Anda and the English invasion.--From MS. (copy of 1765), entitled +"Documents for the history of the invasion and war with the English +in Filipinas, 1762-1764." + +9. Rojo's narrative.--From original MS., entitled "Operations in +Manila." + +10. Synopsis of letter to Cárlos III.--From Ventura del Arco +transcripts, iv, pp. 641-649. + +11. Letter to Cárlos III.--From Ventura del Arco transcripts, iv, +pp. 597-620. + +12. Synopsis of communications to Cárlos III.--From Ventura del Arco +transcripts, iv, pp. 621-640. + +The following are from the original MSS. in the Archivo general de +Simancas, all bearing pressmark "Secretaría de Gracia y Justicia; +leg. 691." + +13. Letter to Gonzalez. + +14. Letter to Rueda. + +15. Letter to Mesquida. + +One is from two small bound pamphlets belonging to the Ayer Collection: + +16. Draper's defense.--I. A plain narrative (London, +1764?). II. Colonel's Draper's answer to the Spanish arguments +(London, 1764). + +17. References.--Editorial compilation of titles. + + + + + + + + +NOTES + + +[1] This paragraph was canceled by its author. A sidenote reference +at this point is to San Antonio's Cronicas de ... San Gregorio. + +[2] Probably the island of Busuañga, the largest of the Calamianes +Group; spoken of previously as Buvugan. + +[3] A sidenote reference at this point is to Colin's Labor evangelica, +and San Antonio's Cronicas. + +[4] The Manila galleon captured by Anson, whose real name was +"Nuestra Señora de Cabadonga." See the account of its capture in +Kerr's Hist. and Coll. of Voyages, xi, pp. 489-501. + +[5] Opposite this point is a sidenote reference to Colin, apparently +to his Labor evangelica. + +[6] i.e., The island of Siquijor. Ylog is probably for Ilong, and Sily, +for Silay. + +[7] i.e., Magendanao, or Mindanao. + +[8] See VOL. XLIII, appendix, and notes. + +[9] It is known that Draper when in Canton suggested the conquest +of the Philippines (see note 12, post), and was ordered to outline +his plan fully. That fact suggests that the present document is the +fuller outline, and hence that Draper is its author. + +[10] Facts regarding Samuel Cornish are few. In 1743, when captain of +the fifty-gun ship "Guernsey," he destroyed a Spanish privateer of +twenty-two guns, which had taken shelter under an eight-gun battery +near Cape de Gatt. He also performed numerous other services of +the same kind, and took and destroyed a fleet of zebecks laden with +provisions. In 1756 he was captain of the "Stirling Castle," a vessel +carrying 480 men, most of them the refuse of jails and the scum of +the streets. In 1759 he was sent with reënforcements to the East +Indies, in the "Lenox," Captain Robert Jocelyn commanding, where he +was reënforced in 1760 with five ships. He was at the reduction of +Pondicherry in 1760, and at the reduction of Mahe in 1761. Thence +he went to Bombay to refit, and went to meet Commodore Keppel for +the attack of Bourbon and Mauritius, although these orders were +later changed. His promotions are as follows: captain, 1742; rear +admiral (white), 1759, (red), 1761; rear admiral (blue), 1762, (red), +1770. He was made a baronet in 1766. His death occurred October 30, +1770. See Allen's Battles of British navy (London, 1878), i, pp. 147, +148; Clowes's Royal Navy (Boston and London, 1898), iii, pp. 23, 196, +240, 565. + +[11] The war with Spain came partly as a consequence of the so-called +"Family compact" signed between France, Spain, Naples, and Parma, +at Versailles, August 25, 1761. England declared war against Spain, +January 2, 1762. The diplomatic history of this period is especially +tortuous. + +[12] Sir William Draper was the son of a collector of customs of +Bristol, where he was born in 1721. He received his education at +Eton and King's College, Cambridge. Entering the military service, +he went to the East Indies, where he entered the services of the East +India Company, attaining the rank of colonel in 1760. In 1761 he was +promoted to the rank of brigadier-general for the expedition to Belle +Isle. When in Canton, China, whither he went for his health after +the defense of Madras in 1759, he took occasion to study conditions +in the Philippines, and learned that the Spaniards had no fear of +attack since they were so far from Europe. He communicated plans to +Lord Anson and Lord Egremont for their conquest at the first rumors +of war with Spain, and was ordered to outline his plan fully. The +colors taken at the storming of Manila were given by him to King's +College, where they were hung in the chapel. When the 79th regiment +was reduced he was given command of the 16th regiment of foot, but +resigned that post. His health rendered it necessary for him to retire +to South Carolina, in 1769, and while in America he made a tour of +the colonies. In 1769 he married the daughter of Chief-Justice Lancey +of New York, by whom he had one daughter. He had reached the rank of +lieutenant-general in 1779 when he was appointed governor-general of +Minorca, which office he held until the surrender of that island. His +death occurred January 8, 1787, while in retirement at Bath. See New +and general biographical dictionary (London, 1798), v, pp. 146, 147; +Chalmers's Biographical dictionary (London, 1813), xii, pp. 316-318; +Rose's New general biographical dictionary (London, 1848), vii, +pp. 138, 139; and Campbell's Lives of British Admirals (London, 1817), +v, pp. 175, 176. + +[13] The churches taken by the English and used as forts before the +assault were afterward demolished by them in order that the Spaniards +might not make use of them for like purpose against them (Montero y +Vidal's Historia, ii, p. 15, note 1). + +[14] Had our men taken thought to prevent the disembarking, perhaps +they could have driven the enemy back, for they disembarked on a +day when the waves were high and when there was a heavy surf, which +overturned a lancha carrying a cannon of the caliber of eighteen. All +its men fell into the water, and its equipment was rendered almost +useless. Their men left the other lanchas with the water up to their +breasts carrying their muskets and cartridge-boxes on their heads. Amid +this discomfort, two hundred men reached the beach. They immediately +formed ranks and allowed the others to disembark more quietly. See +Martinez de Zúñiga's Historia, pp. 604, 605. + +[15] i.e., The small island of Cahayagan, at the west entrance to +port of Palápog, north of Samar Island. + +[16] The "Panther" carried sixty-four guns, and the "Argo" thirty. See +Montero y Vidal, ii, p. 15. + +[17] During the gale, the chief boat of the English, which was +trying to disembark troops on the beach at Tondo, was obliged to +give up the attempt because of the fire that was directed from the +fort of Santiago. This ship would have been surely lost, had not +the archbishop, confused and lacking good advice, ordered a complete +cessation of firing from the citadel. See Montero y Vidal, ii. p. 23. + +[18] This officer, later a subordinate admiral, was in 1782 in command +of the "Royal George," a three-decker of 108 guns, generally extolled +as the finest ship in the British navy. While preparing for the relief +expedition to Gibraltar under Admiral Howe, and while the vessel was +heeled over for some trifling repairs, a sudden squall caught it, +filling it with water, so that it sank with all on board, scarcely +a person being saved. The wreck long obstructed the anchorage at +Spithead. See Yonge's History of British navy, i, pp. 392, 393. + +[19] This letter is published in the following eighteenth-century +magazines: London Gazette of April 16-19, 1763, from which this letter, +as well the other letters published by them, were taken by the other +magazines; London Chronicle, xiii, no. 986, April 19-21, 1763, pp. 379, +380; Gentleman's Magazine, xxiii, pp. 177-179; London Magazine, xxxii, +pp. 219-221; Dublin Magazine, 1763, pp. 255-257; Universal Magazine, +1763, pp. 206-208; and vol. ii of The Field of Mars, 1781. + +[20] i.e., The Naranjos Group lying in the strait of San Bernardino, +south of Sorsogon, and consisting of six small islands: San Andres, +Medio, Escarpada, Aguada, Dársena, and Rasa. + +[21] Its artillery was in the hold, and it only carried above hatches, +five cannons of the caliber of eight, and four of the caliber of +four. Notwithstanding this surprise, the unfortunate condition of +the vessel, and the formidable force of the English, its commander, +who was a Gallego, and the other Spaniards who were aboard it, as if +they knew what had happened in Manila, and were of a mind to vindicate +the luster of their fatherland, there at stake, fought desperately, +and received 1,700 balls of the caliber of 18 and 24. Thirty-five +of the English were killed and eighteen Spaniards in addition to the +wounded. The ship after being captured was towed to Cavite, where it +arrived November 12, 1762. The silks, spices, gold dust, and other +effects that it contained, were worth 2,000,000 pesos fuertes. See +Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 16, 17, note 2. + +"The Holy Trinity ['Santisima Trinidad'], a rich galleon, taken at the +Manilas by Adm. Cornish, arrived in Plymouth Road, June 9, commanded +by Lieut. Mainwaring Wilding." (Scots Magazine, 1764, xxvi, p. 348.) + +"The Santissima Trinidad, the galleon which was taken in her voyage +to Acapulco during the siege of Manila, is now advertised for sale at +Plymouth. This ship is one of the largest ever seen in Britain. She +is upwards of 2000 tons burthen; the gun-deck measures 167 feet 6 +inches; the breadth, 50 feet 6 inches; the depth of the hold from +the poop-deck, 30 feet 6 inches; and her draught of water when she +arrived at Plymouth was 28 feet." (Ut supra, p. 515.) + +"On the 14th of August, the great cause of the Manila ship, Santissima +Trinidad, was determined by the lords of appeals for prizes, the +sentence affirmed, and the Spanish claim wholly rejected." (Ut supra, +1765, xxvii, p. 493.) + +[22] Also published in London Gazette, April 16-19, 1763; London +Chronicle, 1763, pp. 380, 381; Gentleman's Magazine, 1763, p. 179; +London Magazine, 1763, p. 221; Dublin Magazine, 1763, pp. 257, 258; +Universal Magazine, 1763, pp. 208, 209. + +[23] Lord George Anson was descended from a family long established +in Staffordshire, and was born at Shugborough manor, in the parish +of Colwich, April 23, 1697. Choosing the sea as his career, he became +second lieutenant May 9, 1716. In 1718 he took part in the action near +Sicily in which the Spanish fleet was destroyed. The years 1724-27 he +spent in a naval position in South Carolina, erecting there the town +Anson Bourgh, and giving name to a county. He made two other trips to +South Carolina, where he had acquired considerable property. On the +outbreak of hostilities with Spain in 1739, he was chosen commander +of the fleet to attack the Pacific Spanish-American settlements, and +while engaged in this mission made his celebrated circumnavigation +of the world, capturing the Philippine galleon on June 20, 1743. He +arrived at England, June 15, 1744, after many dangers, in which he +displayed great hardihood and courage. Shortly after his return, +he was made a rear-admiral of the blue, and soon after that was +elected to Parliament. December 27, 1744, he was appointed one of +the commissioners of the admiralty, and April 23, 1745 was made a +rear-admiral of the white. July 14, 1746 he was appointed vice admiral, +and during that and the succeeding year performed many services for +his country. June 13, 1747, he was appointed to the peerage. Most of +the rest of his life was passed as a member of the admiralty board, +he finally becoming its head, having attained the rank of admiral. He +died June 6, 1762, so that the letter written by Cornish never reached +him, being written indeed some months after that event. See New +and general biographical dictionary (London, 1798), i, pp. 389-391; +Chalmers's General biographical dictionary (London, 1812-1817), ii, +pp. 294-311; Rose's New general biographical dictionary (London, +1848), ii, pp. 489-500; Barrow's Life of George Lord Anson (London, +1839); and the various editions of his Voyages. + +[24] Le Gentil (Voyage, Paris, 1781, ii, pp. 247, 248), says of these +Frenchmen: "The English, on arriving at Manila, had with them about +three hundred and fifty Frenchmen, enrolled by force. These people +formed a plan to desert them at the first opportunity. The English +had not yet finished their battery, when the little French troop sent +two trusty men to confer with the place and to agree with them for +a sortie, during which the French troop would take the side of the +Spaniards. Two men were sacrificed; they went without weapons, their +arms crossed, to present themselves at the gate of the city. Instead of +opening it to them, they were allowed to be massacred by the Indians +who did not know them. At Manila, innumerable chimerical ideas have +been formed as to the sudden arrival of these two men. But what can +two men who come without weapons and with crossed arms to present +themselves at the gate of a city do? What is there to fear from them to +refuse to receive them? I believe that they were taken for English at +Manila, and that a poorly understood religious motive was the reason +for the very great fault of not opening the gate to them. Whatever it +was, this treatment did not engage others to sacrifice themselves. But +the English, having some doubt of some resolution on the part of +the French, put it out of their power to attempt anything to their +prejudice, by placing them between the Sepoys and their national +troops, with orders to fire on these French, if they were seen to +comport themselves differently than the others." + +[25] Scots Magazine for 1763, xxv, p. 235, contains the following +in regard to these plates: "They write from London, of April 21, +thus. 'There were found at the Manilas, among many other curiosities, +and brought here by Col. Draper, eight copper-plates, on which are +engraved a most particular map of the Philippine islands, adorned +with the customs and habits of the inhabitants of those parts, +which was done by order of the governor, in 1734, and dedicated +to his Catholic Majesty.'--By an advertisement since inserted in +the papers, some few impressions are proposed to be taken of these +original copper-plates." What is probably one of these impressions was +sold recently by the firm of Henry Stevens, Son and Stiles, London, +to the Library of Congress. This is the celebrated Murillo Velarde +map. The map is printed in four sheets, as are also the pictures +(three to a sheet) of the "customs and habits of the inhabitants," +and are so arranged that the map is in the middle with the pictures +grouped on its right and left sides. The map as sold by the above +firm was arranged in two large sheets, with a margin left so that +the sheets could be easily joined. The whole map if pasted on one +single sheet with the pictures would measure about 1170 mm. wide, +and 1082-1087 mm. high. The difference in height between the two +halves seems to be due to the lines not being drawn quite true on +the plates, although shrinkage of paper may affect it slightly. This +map is described by Pardo de Tavera in his El mapa de Filipinas del +P. Murillo Velarde (Manila, 1894); and La carte des Philippines du +Pere Murillo Velarde (Paris, 1898), the latter being a separate or +"Extrait du Bulletin de geographie," No. 1, 1897. Marcel reproduces +several of the pictures. The map contained in the Ayer Murillo Velarde +is unaccompanied by the pictures, and was engraved in 1744. We are +indebted for much of this note to the courtesy of the above-named firm. + +[26] Lord Egremont was a man of small ability who succeeded Pitt as +secretary of state. See Hunt's Political History of England (New York +and London, 1905), x, p. 32. + +[27] Le Gentil (ii, pp. 264, 265), says that the British made many +mistakes in the expedition against Manila. They should, he says, have +first seized the posts about Manila, and the city would have fallen +of its own accord because of its weakness, without the necessity of +a siege; and in addition the "Filipino" would not have been able to +escape. Another mistake was made in allowing Anda to form his army. + +The following communications are interesting as showing the diplomatic +side of the British expedition against Manila. These letters all bear +the same pressmark as the present document (all being contemporary +government copies of the real originals), and are to be found at +folios 15-16 verso, 23, 23 verso, 33 verso, 34, and 45. + + +21 Janry 1763 + +To Gover. Crommelin + +Sir + +As it is my duty to acquaint his majesty's principal Secretary of +State with all important Transactions in which his majesty's Troops in +this part of the World are concerned. I beg leave to request you will +send me the Paragraph of the Letter relative to the Capture of Manila +that I may transmit it to England by this opportunity. I also request +you will order the Packet to be kept open until you have received my +Letter which shall be sent as soon as possible. Had I been acquainted +with this sooner, I should not have troubled you to detain the Packet. + +I am + +&ca. S. L. M. + + + +From the Goverr. 21 Janry 1763 + +Sir + +I am favoured with yours of this date and agreeable to your Request +our Secretary is directed to send you a Copy of the advise we received +yesterday relative to the Capture of manila and to keep the Packet +open till he receives your letter. + +I am &ca. + +Signed Cha Crommelin + + + +From Mr. Ramsay 21 Janry 1763 + +Sir + +I am directed by the Hoñble the Presedt, and Council to tend you +the accompanying copy of a Paragraph of a Letter from the Chief and +Factors at Tellicherry containing the agreeable news of the surrender +of manila to his majesty's arms on which important acquisition, +I beg leave, Sir, to congratulate and am respectfully Sir &ca + +Signed Andw. Ramsay Secry + + + +Copy of a Paragraph of a Letter from the Chief & Factors at Tellicherry +to the President and Council at Bombay dated 10 January 1763 it +received 20th following LB Express Boat, "We addressed you under +the 28th. & 29th. ultimo LB ship Royal Admiral and the Chief +having received by a Private Letter from the Resident at Calicutt, +the agreeable news of a Macao ship arrived at Cochin, bringing +advice of the surrender of manila in four days to Admiral Cornish +we dispatch this Boat, tho unacquainted with any other particulars, +Chiefly to advise your Honour &ca, of it, and Request your acceptance +of our Congratulations on so Considerable an acquisition. Immediately +on our learning any further accounts we shall send away another Boat +with them, + +A True Copy. + +signed Andw. Ramsay Secry. + + + +To the Earl of Bute 21 Janry 1763 + +My Lord + +Having the Honour to Command his Majesty's Troops here, I esteem it +my duty to send your Lordship the enclosed Paragraph of a Letter of +the Governour & Council here received yesterday from the Chief and +Factors at Tellicherry of which we hourly expect confirmation. I +have the Honour to congratulate your Lordship on the success of his +Majesties arms & of being with the highest respect + +My Lord + +2 Duplicates Your Lordp. &ca. LB Express over Land +S. L. M. + + + +From Mr. Ramsay Secretary 2d February (sic) 1763 + +Sir + +I am directed by the Hoñble the President and Council to send you the +enclosed attested Copy of a Paragraph of a Letter received yesterday +from the Chief and Factors at Tellicherry and to acquaint you that +the Tartar snow, which has hither to been detained at Surat Bar, +in Expectation of receiving a more Certain and particular accot. of +the Capture of Manilha will shortly be dispatched from thence, if +therefore you have any further advices to transmit to Europe you will +be pleased to prepare them, as soon as possible that they may be duly +forwarded by Sir &ca. + +signed Adw. Ramsay Secry + +follows the Paragraph + +"We have received no further particulars regarding Manilha except +that the day of it's surrender was the 6th october. + + + +To Mr. Ramsay 2d February 1763 + +Sir + +I have just now received your Letter enclosing a Paragraph from +Tellicherry, and I here with send you a Letter for the secrety. of +state, which I desire you will forward by the Tartar snow, + +I am &ca. + +S. L. M. + + + +To the Earl of Bute 2d February 1763 + +My Lord + +Having just now had the enclosed Paragraph sent me by the Governour & +Council here I do myself the Honour of immediately transmitting it +to your Lordship + +I am &ca. + +S. L. M. + + + +A letter from "Captain Duff of the 89th Regimt.," dated "Fort +St. George 24 Jañry 1763" contains the following: + +"In my letter sent by Captn Morrison I mentioned the news of this +place at that time, in particular the arrival of Captain Wood of the +Company's Troops from Manilha with the account of the surrender of +that place to General Draper the 6th of last October he says that +the Field officers have all made their fortunes and that General +Draper with Colonel Scott and two or three more officers were to go +home in November on board the seahorse man of War. It is said each +of the field officers have Cleared £ 12,000 and in the event of the +acapulco ship being taken, of which they seemed to be pretty certain +they should share very near as much more. The General and admirals +shares are prodigious." + +The above paragraph was sent by S. L. M. to the "Governour & Council, +4 march 1763" + +A letter from "General Lawrence, Fort, St. George 9 February 1763" +says: + +"The Expedition to Manila has deprived us of so many men & we are not +likely to have them again, that we are in great want here. I beg you +will remind the Governour of sending the remainder of Monsons whenever +opportunity's offer." + +[28] A correspondent writes to the editor of Scots Magazine under +date of June 21, 1767 (see Scots Magazine for 1767, pp. 305, 306) +the following: "By an advertisement in the Daily Advertiser of +the 13th instant, notice is given to the officers and soldiers who +are intitled to share in the capture of Manilla, that they will, +on the 3d of July next, be paid their respective shares of the sum +of 8053 l. 17 s. 8d. arising from sales of stores taken at Manilla, +and other prizes; 'one third part of the sum being first deducted, +as the proportion allotted to the East-India company.' And as many +disputes have arisen concerning the right of the East-India company +to share in those conquests, permit me to state the matter in its +true light. In the years 1757 and 1758, the East-India company's +principal settlements in that part of the world, were in the utmost +danger of being totally ruined, and their trade destroyed, by the +superior forces of the French; and on a proper representation to +government, a fleet was fitted out at a very considerable national +expence, to save them from the then impending ruin. The forces sent +out in the year 1758 for this purpose, met with the desired success: +Calcutta was retaken; Pondecherry, Vellure, Arney, and several other +principal forts, cities, and garrisons, were taken from the French, +with money, stores, ammunition, and other effects, to the amount of +some millions, which the East-India company, or their servants, took +the entire possession of, and have appropriated to their own use, +though by the laws of conquest, as well as by his Majesty's gracious +declaration, the whole of the booty belongs to those brave officers, +soldiers, and seamen, who were at the reduction of those important +conquests. After the uncommon fatigues and hardships of his Majesty's +troops in the reduction of those places, they were ordered to the siege +of Manilla; which they took by storm: and that city being afterwards +ransomed by the Spaniards for one million Sterling, this powerful and +generous ally, the East-India company, was modest enough to demand +only one-third part of the entire ransom; and one-fourth part of +the said million Sterling being paid shortly after the conquest, +and hostages delivered to his Majesty's commanders, as sureties for +payment of the remainder, the East-India company were accordingly +paid one third part of 250,000 l. and the hostages delivered over +to their governor there; but, for reasons best known to themselves, +their governor thought proper to deliver up the said hostages to the +Spaniards, without taking any further security for the payment of +the remainder of the ransom, being 750,000 l. and therefore not one +shilling thereof has been since paid. This, Sir, is the true state +of this shameful and scandalous transaction, which I have no doubt +but you will speedily communicate to the public." + +[29] Published with the first two of the following "Proposals" and +"Conditions" in London Gazette, April 16-19, 1763; London Chronicle, +1763, pp. 369-370; London Magazine, 1763, pp. 212-214; Dublin Magazine, +1763, pp. 245-248; Universal Magazine, 1763, pp. 199-201. + +[30] This date is given as the 7th in Colonel Draper's Answer, and in +Draper's Plain Narrative; but all other sources available give the 6th. + +[31] These signatures are omitted by Scots Magazine; we take them +from The Universal Magazine. + +[32] These signatures are taken from The Universal Magazine. + +[33] Possibly for Orden tercera, referring to the tertiary branch of +one of the religious orders. + +[34] Draper's Journal should be compared throughout with Rojo's. The +Spanish figures for the English force are as follows: 13 warships, +which the blind authorities believed to be a Chinese trading fleet +(Malo de Luque's Establecimientos ultramarinos, Madrid, 1790, v, +p. 238); 1,500 European soldiers; two companies of artillerymen; +3,000 European seamen armed with muskets; 800 Sepoy musketeers, +and 1,400 for work--a total of 6,830 men. See Montero y Vidal, ii, +p. 13; and Rojo's Journal, post. + +[35] Some Armenian merchants from Madras told the archbishop that +a squadron was being prepared there for the capture of Manila. A +certain secular priest had a letter which contained the same news; +while Father Cuadrado, O.S.A., received another letter which mentioned +the declaration of war between England and Spain. On September 14, word +was received in Manila from the outposts on the island of Corregidor +of the appearance of a vessel there the preceding day. A small boat +sent ashore from this vessel inquired how many vessels were in the +bay, and whether the "Filipino" had entered. This vessel left on the +17th without any salute. This produced no other sensation in Manila +than some slight suspicions, and no preparations were taken. Word was, +however, despatched to the "Filipino" to make some other port than at +Manila. See Le Gentil's Voyage, ii, pp. 236, 237; Montero y Vidal, +ii, pp. 12, 13; and Sitio y conquista de Manila (Zaragoza, 1897), +by Marquis de Ayerbe, pp. 33, 34. + +[36] While the Spaniards were deliberating on the defense of this +place, the British captured it. Two companies of fifty men each +who had been sent for its defense fled on seeing the British before +them, with the exception of twenty-five men, under Captain Baltasar +Cosar. See Sitio y conquista de Manila, p. 38. + +[37] Called César Fallet in the Spanish accounts, but Le Gentil +gives his name as Fayette. He was a French officer then in the Spanish +service, and was later at Pondicherry. See post, Rojo's Journal. Rojo's +account makes the Spanish force larger. + +[38] The council of war called on the twenty-fifth of September +(the twenty-sixth, English date) because of the English summons for +surrender, was attended by the following, under the presidency of +the archbishop: Auditors Villacorta, Galbán, and Anda; the fiscal +Francisco Leandro de Viana; the marquis de Villamediana, master-of-camp +and commandant of the garrison; Martin de Goicocoa, sargento-mayor +of the city; the marquis de Monte-Castro y Llana Hermosa, Leandro +Rodríguez Varela, alcalde-in-ordinary; José Antonio Memije y Quirós, +alguacil-mayor; Antonio Díaz Conde, provincial alcalde of the +Hermandad; Alberto Jacinto Reyes, accountant; and Fernando Carabeo, +royal official. After Draper's letter was read, all voted unanimously: +"That inasmuch as this place was in condition to continue its defense, +as no especial harm had been seen to have been done by the enemy, +notwithstanding the continual and lively firing from the 23d when +the siege commenced until the present, therefore they are unanimous +and in harmony in their opinion that this place should be defended +until the last extremity; and the enemy should be informed to the +effect that the Spanish arms did not surrender to any power, for +they alone venerated their sovereign, whose royal sovereignty never +deserted his faithful vassals, not even in the most remote part of +this dominion, as were these islands, in which the love and loyalty +of their inhabitants was great, and obliged them to the defense of +this place." See Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 16, 17. + +[39] Cf. Rojo's description of the fortifications of Manila, post. + +[40] Various boats were overturned during the wind, and some of those +who escaped to land, among them some Malabar deserters, begged shelter +from the Spaniards, but it was refused them with volleys, whereupon +they fled. See Sitio y conquista, pp. 50, 51. + +[41] "In Manila was a Beata who lived on the alms sent her from +Mexico, or those which she collected in Manila. She maintained and +supported a certain number of girls, who consented to retire with +her and to lead the same manner of life--that is to say, a life of +retreat and repentance. They followed the rules of no particular +order. That community did not have the approbation of the court of +Rome, but that did not prevent it from being tolerated, and even +from being in excellent odour. She was called Mother Paula. The +fiscal had much confidence in her, and sent the greatest part of +his possessions to the house of this woman. This Beata assured +him that Manila would not fall; that the English were all going to +become Catholics; and that the fulfilment of her prediction would +speedily be seen. The fiscal believed her. Completely enthused, +he went to find the archbishop. 'Sir,' said he, on saluting him, +'we have nothing to fear; I have just left Mother Paula; the English +are all going to be converted to the faith; we shall drink excellent +wine at their expense.'" See Le Gentil, ii, pp. 240, 241. + +[42] Accompanying the map shown on p. 95, is the following: + +"Notice: + +"Although yellow is generally used to designate works projected, it +has been necessary to employ it here in the stone buildings existing, +for the lack of carmen. For lack of verdigris, emery has been employed +in the wash for the seashores, rivers, etc. + +"That part washed with Chinese ink represents the islands that have at +present houses of wood, bamboo, and nipa. Those which are designated +by lines without washing were burned during the siege. + +"The squares or islands with houses are represented by dots. Those +unwashed are of stone, which were also burned. + +"The part washed in verditer shows the gardens and rice fields. + +"In the delineation and washing of this plan, several defects are +noted, which are to be excused as it was made at sea, under the +necessary discomfort of the balancing of the boat, and lack of what +was needful for its perfection. The explanation is sent separately, +as there is no room on this sheet [marco]." Scale 200 Castilian varas +to 4 1/4 cm. The size of the original MS. map is 59 x 48 cm. + +[43] The Marquis de Ayerbe says (Sitio y conquista, p. 60) that +forty of these men were killed, among them being several wounded men, +one of whom was the sargento-mayor, Martin de Goycoa (sic). + +[44] Many of the inhabitants of Manila fled to the Pasig after the +assault, and when attempting to swim across, were fired upon by the +British, with horrible carnage. See Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 27, 28. + +[45] The captors imposed several contributions on the conquered. They +seized a champan and its money and effects that was despatched without +a passport by Fernando Calderón to the provinces for purposes of +trade. See Sitio y conquista, p. 70. + +[46] At the assault of the royal gate, the enemy lost but four men, one +of whom was a major, who received an arrow in the face. The commander +of the regiment, Miguel Valdés and some men basely fled. See Sitio +y conquista, pp. 60, 61. + +[47] Published with the following appendices in London Gazette, 1763; +London Chronicle, 1763, pp. 377-379; Gentleman's Magazine, 1763, +pp. 171-176; London Magazine, 1763, pp. 214-219; Dublin Magazine, +1763, pp. 248-255; Universal Magazine, 1763, pp. 202-206; and vol. ii +of The Field of Mars, 1781. + +[48] A number of maps by this man exist in the archives of the Indies, +at Seville. + +[49] See Report of the War Department for 1903 (Washington, 1903), +iii, pp. 434-446: "Historical Sketch of the Walls of Manila." + +[50] "The English knew as much of the weakness of that city as +the Spaniards themselves, because of the voyages that they made +there annually. There was (and the same was true in 1766 and 1767) +the greatest freedom of going everywhere, of seeing and visiting +everything. When I left that city, I could easily have given an +idea of the plan of the fortifications of that place. The Spaniards +were without distrust in this regard. The English knew besides that +the garrison was very weak, and composed of Mexican soldiers, good +enough indeed, but of little skill in the military art, as they had +never fired a gun; and composed, in a word, of soldiers, sufficient to +impose on Negroes, but incapable of opposing well disciplined troops, +accustomed for some years to fighting in India." See Le Gentil, ii, +p. 236. + +[51] Cf. with this statement the letter by Baltasar Vela, S.J., post, +pp. 288-295. + +[52] This was Lieutenant Fernando Arcaya. See Sitio y conquista de +Manila, p. 36. + +[53] Ferrando (Historia de los PP. dominicos, Madrid, 1871, iv, +p. 621), says that the first summons for surrender from Cornish and +Draper demanded the immediate delivery of eight million escudos, +the equivalent of four million pesos. + +[54] "After consulting the royal assembly of these islands the governor +replied: 'Gran Bretaña must know already that fear and threats are not +the securest method nor the most fitting means to celebrate treaties +with the noble servants of the Spanish sovereign. History has shown the +world that Spaniards know how to die like good men for their God, for +their king, and for their fatherland, but never to yield in the face +of danger, much less to be intimidated by arrogant threats. Go, then, +and bear this message to your chiefs; and tell them that we here are +ready in any event to sell our lives dear.'" See Ferrando, iv, p. 621. + +[55] After the taking of the Augustinian convent at Malate, the +archbishop issued a circular to all the religious orders, telling them +"that it was now time for them to leave their cloisters and aid in +the defense of the city," which they did gladly. Later, he ordered +all the orders to furnish soldiers, and many of the religious entered +the ranks. See Sitio y conquista, pp. 39, 50. + +[56] "These were the two churches that Arandía desired to have +demolished one year before his death, and for which the friars tried +to excommunicate him. It is quite certain that these two citadels +which were only eighty toises from the body of the city, hastened and +furthered the capture of the city. By favor of these churches, the +English raised and formed their batteries of cannons and mortars with +the greatest ease.... I have seen the ruins of one of these churches, +whose walls were yet high enough to make excellent retrenchments with +very little labor." See Le Gentil, ii, pp. 239, 240. + +[57] In this boat were captured money amounting to 30,000 pesos, +and other objects of value. See Sitio y conquista, p. 42. + +[58] The Marquis de Ayerbe (Sitio y conquista) gives this force +as consisting of two companies of fifty Spaniards, and more than +two hundred Indians and mestizos with spears, muskets, and two +eight-pounders. He was seconded by José del Busto. + +[59] Of this sortie, Le Gentil says (ii, p. 243): "This sortie was only +a kind of boast and bravado, for how could one flatter himself, with at +the most sixty men (for I do not take any account of the eight hundred +Indians and two small cannons) that he could give any trouble to six +thousand men of good troops, withdrawn into two or three citadels, +which it would really have been necessary to have besieged in order +to try to dislodge them; for the walls of all these churches are made +of cut stone, and are as thick as the walls of the royal observatory, +namely, five or six feet thick, and are octagonal." The reënforcements +sent to Fayette consisted of two Spanish companies and 1,500 Indians, +commanded by Pedro Iriarte; and later one other company commanded by +Fernando de Araya. + +Opinions are divided as to the conduct of Fayette (Fallet), some +accusing him of treason and others exonerating him. Ferrando (iv, +p. 623) says, when speaking of his night sortie, that he retired only +because of superior numbers, and adds: "Without reason and justice, +the suspicion of treason against the French official (Sr. Fallet) who +directed that sortie according to good principles of [military] science +(which do not always triumph over tenfold the number of legions), +would lie then on the conscience of the country." At the assault, +however (ut supra, p. 628), Fayette, who was ordered to guard the +breach in the wall, was with some reason accused of treason because +of the lukewarmness which he displayed in its defense; and because he +finally went over to the British lines, being received there gladly. In +fact when the British were forming for the assault Fayette had ordered +the Indian archers to retire from the breach under pretext of taking +some refreshment and rest before the assault--which was well calculated +to aggravate suspicions. The English, seeing this move, were quick +to take advantage of it. Monterory Vidal says (ii, p. 27) that he +played the traitor at the assault by not offering any resistance. The +Marquis de Ayerbe (Sitio y conquista, p. 44) calls him a Swiss. + +[60] This was doubtless the officer with the second British summons for +surrender. It was probably at the council held in consequence of this +(see ante, note 38), that the fiscal, Leandro de Viana, was appointed +to see after the supply of provisions for the defense of the city. He +issued orders to the alcaldes-mayor of the various provinces, and to +the procurators of the convents, from whose estates much rice and +other effects were received. Viana advised the archbishop to leave +all military matters to the sargentos-mayor of Manila and Cavite, +but the latter refused to do so. See Montero y Vidal, ii, p. 17. + +[61] On the twenty-sixth 3,000 Indian archers from the provinces +of Pampanga, Bulacán, and Laguna; but neither these volunteers nor +4,000 others armed with quivers, who joined later were very greatly +feared by the English because of their inexperience in the art of war +and their primitive armor. A contemporary paper gives the following +data: "Report of the men-at-arms whom it has been possible to collect +inside and outside the place, without including the troops or militia: +600 men from the province of Bulacán, in Bancusay; 1,950 Pampangos, +in San Fernando and the barracks of the accountancy; 150 Pampangos in +the palace, in charge of Santa María; 133 men in the archiepiscopal +house, 38 of them with muskets being Tagalogs; 110 men from Meycaoyan +and Bocaue, in the house of Dorado; 153 men from Hagonoy; 150 men +from Bulacán; 60 from Guiguinto; 72 from various villages; total +3,378." See Montero y Vidal, ii, p. 18. + +[62] He refused absolutely to accept the freedom offered him by Draper +until he received an order from the archbishop to that effect. See +Sitio y conquista, p. 43. + +[63] The Marquis de Ayerbe (Sitio y conquista, p. 48) says that 500 +Indians left the plaza de armas in command of the archbishop, ministers +of the Audiencia, and some of the citizens, on the twenty-ninth, +but that they were quickly put to flight by the English fire. + +[64] September 30, the Spaniards received a reinforcement of 609 +men from Bulacán, as follows: from Paombong, 82 men, under command +of Sebastian Lorenzo; Bocaue, 149 men, under command of Augusto +Percumenla; Calumpit, 16 men, under Juan Panganiban; Malolos, 45 men, +under Anastasio Bautista; Obando, 53 men, under Pedro C. Salvador; +Angat, 79 men, under Nicolás de Aquino; San José, 30 men, under +Nicolás Matías; Polo, 75 men, under Juan Roque; and Bigáa, 80 men, +under Domingo Francisco. See Montero y Vidal, ii, p. 21. On the first +and second of October they were furnished with arrows, spears, and +other weapons (Sitio y conquista, pp. 51, 52). + +[65] At dawn of the third of October, a sally was made by 2,000 +Pampangos arranged in three columns: the first in command of Francisco +Rodríguez and their valiant leader Manalastas; the second in command +of Santiago Orendaín; and the third, in command of the volunteers +Esclava and Busto. The first reached the church of Santiago, which +they found empty, but were driven thence by the British. The second +bore down upon Ermita, where they were at first successful, but were +speedily driven back by the British, with a loss of 200 men, Orendaín +fleeing at the beginning of the engagement, which is regarded as proof +of his treachery. The third column, which was to have attacked by +the sea side, grew faint hearted and retreated. Many natives, alarmed +because the British had hanged more than sixty Pampangos whom they had +captured, returned to their homes. See Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 22, 23. + +[66] The military men who were mainly Americans, counseled surrender, +at the council held by the archbishop on the third of October, +but their advice was overruled by the marquis de Monte-Castro, +the magistrates, the religious, and the merchants. This council, +as is evident from the record by Orendaín, the government secretary, +was called on account of a threatening letter from the British. See +Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 23-25, and note; and post, pp. 206-208. + +[67] Some religious were ordered by the marquis de Monte-Castro to lead +some Indians to the foundry to make tools for making the ditch. But +this was not done, in spite of Father Pascual Fernández, of the +Society of Jesus, teacher of mathematics, and the other religious, +having worked with the greatest zeal. See Sitio y conquista, p. 56. + +[68] The governor continued to give various orders which were +not obeyed, and the master-of-camp limited himself to ordering the +religious to prevent the Indians from mounting the bastions, on this +account great confusion reigning in the city. + +[69] As the British troops debouched into the square of the palace, +their column could have been annihilated by the batteries of the fort +of Santiago, but the archbishop did not permit them to fire, as he +feared the vengeance of the English general. See Montero y Vidal, +ii, p. 28. + +[70] At the Parián gate, the resistance was but slight. Seventeen +of the British were killed there, and but five of the Spaniards. See +Sitio y conquista, p. 61. + +[71] The archbishop promised the conquerors 1,000,000 pesos for the +expenses of their squadron if they were exempted from the sack. + +[72] Ferrando (iv, p. 631) says: "Finally the killing ceased, but the +sack continued contrary to the previous agreement, without the lewdness +of the soldiers pardoning either the honor of the married women or +the virginity of girls, who were everywhere the victims of their +brutal appetites.... According to old histories, many young women, +who had taken refuge during the danger, at the beaterio of Santa Rosa +of this city of Manila, were violated. The venerable mother Paula, +foundress and directress of said institution, asserted that not one +of the girl boarders and collegiates of the house had been violated +by the brutal soldiery." + +"There also entered the plaza de armas on this day [October 5], +five hundred marines, dressed, armed, and uniformed like the regular +English troops, who committed all kinds of excesses in the convents, +churches, and houses." A MS. by Alfonso Rodriguez de Ovalle entitled +Sitio de Manila (written in 1763), cited by Marquis de Ayerbe, p. 60. + +[73] Evidently Lieutenant Hardwick. + +[74] The following account of the assault is taken from Le Gentil, +ii, pp. 252-255: + +"Archbishop Roxo was a capable man for the good management of +finances. He was clever in business and very zealous for the +service of the king. But he did not understand anything of military +affairs. Consequently, the factions which were formed, and which he +was unable to resist, were the cause of his not capitulating in time, +and those factions caused the misfortune of Manila. + +"It would be difficult to form an idea of the embarrassment in which +this prelate found himself, and of the consternation of the entire +village. I have been assured that the name of Arandia, that man whom +the friars had, two years previously, dubbed a heretic, and toward +whom they had been so hostile that no one could be found who would +take charge of his funeral oration, was heard pronounced several +times. 'If Arandia were living,' said one, several times during the +siege. It was perceived then that they lacked a man to direct. Several +times the archbishop wished to capitulate, but he was prevented. Don +Andres Roxo has assured me very emphatically, that had the archbishop +been alone, and had he not been besieged on one side by the auditors, +and on the other by the friars, he would not have waited until the +English had mounted to the assault. It was in fine a notorious fact +at the time of my stay in Manila, that the fiscal and especially an +auditor, who has died since my departure, were the cause of Roxo not +capitulating in time. Many councils, indeed, were held, but nothing +was determined there. These councils, besides, were very illy made up; +for, if the military men were excused from it, what good could come +from appealing from the auditors there, who knew nothing in this line, +and from fanatic friars. The latter made use of Mother Paula, whom +they pretended had had visions of St. Francis. They carried the news of +those visions to the archbishop, and did what they could to support him +in the flattering idea that St. Francis would work a miracle in favor +of the inhabitants of Manila and that one would see him on the breach, +with his cord in his hand, defending and sustaining the assault, as +he had formerly repulsed the Chinese, who, so they said at Manila, +had risen against this city to the number of more than twenty thousand. + +"While the English were pressing Manila, the auditors were besieging +the archbishop, and prevented any one from approaching to speak with +him. Monsieur Fayette, more experienced than the other officers, +seeing the evident danger which was threatening the city, tried, +in spite of the difficulty in penetrating thither, into the presence +of the archbishop, to leap the barrier. Auditor ---- was performing +constant guard duty in the anti-chamber. It was impossible for Monsieur +Fayette to get nearer. He told the auditor what brought him. The latter +sent him back very roughly, giving him to understand that he was an +ignoramus in the trade; that the governor was better informed than he; +that the ministers of the king, who were there to assist the governor +by their counsels, knew all that was to be done. 'Do you take us,' +said he in wrath, 'do you take us for traitors to our fatherland? Do +we not know our obligations?' + +"Monsieur Fayette retired. That same afternoon, the archbishop desired +to go in person to view the breach (a fact that has been attested to +me) but Auditor ---- and the fiscal prevented him. They did not wish, +they said, to have his most illustrious Lordship expose himself to so +evident a danger. It is true that, since they were near his person in +order to assist him with their counsels, it would have been necessary +for the two auditors to have accompanied him in his visit. + +"Don Andres Roxo has shown me a copy of one of the letters written +to the king by this prelate, when he was near death, in which he +gave his Majesty an account of his conduct, and asked his pardon +for the errors which he had committed. When speaking of the matter +that we have just seen concerning the visit to the breach, he says +'Would to God that a cannon ball had then shortened my days.' + +"Next morning bout six o'clock, the same officer (Monsieur Fayette) +returned to make a second attempt. He succeeded finally in getting +quite into the apartment of the archbishop, but it was after he had +deceived and thrown the watchful auditor off his guard. It was then +too late to deliberate. A messenger announced that the enemy were at +the breach, in possession of the bastion of the foundry. + +"The English were divided into three columns. The one which was to +mount the breach was preceded by thirty volunteers and pioneers who +were the first to mount, but who probably well knew that they would +find but very little or no opposition. + +"The breach was scarcely practicable, and these volunteers had some +difficulty in mounting. Arrived at the bastion, they saw no one to +dispute the ground with them. They cried out to their comrades that +they had found no obstacles, and in fact, the few people that had been +stationed on the bastion had become affrighted, and had fled in both +directions along the wall. Some even threw themselves down from the +walls. The column seeing that these volunteers met no resistance on +the bastion, bravely mounted the breach, and took the bastion. The +volunteers went to the royal gate, where they found a feeble guard, +who, frightened, had taken refuge under an altar of the Virgin which +was in the guardhouse, and before which all the guard were wont to +recite the rosary night and morning. The guard thought that they +were safe from all danger, but the English, having few scruples, +massacred them. They opened the gates to the rest of the troops, +who were only Sepoys, who composed the second column. Thus was Manila +taken by assault." + +[75] Anda's baptismal record which is published by Montero y Vidal, ii, +appendix, pp. 606, 607, shows that he was baptized in the church of San +Esteban Protomártir in the village of Subijana de Alava on October 23, +1709. His burial (ut supra, p. 608) is noted in the burial book of +the Manila cathedral under date of October 31, 1776. He was buried +by the famous archbishop, Basilio Sancho de Santa Justa y Rufina, +who was, like Anda, a fighter. See also VOL. XVII, pp. 297, 298. + +[76] Law clxxx is as follows: "In some of our Audiencias of the +Indias, it has happened, and it might happen, that the auditors of it +may be absent, and only one auditor remain. We declare in such case +that the Audiencia is to be conserved and continued with only one +auditor." [Felipe III, San Lorenzo, August 14, 1620.] For law lviii, +see VOL. XVII, pp. 313, 314. + +[77] All the religious orders but the Jesuits proved loyal and +assisted with money and actual force. The latter maintained most +cordial relations with the enemy. In the summary exposition which was +sent to the pope regarding this matter, it was shown that they preached +against the government, and that their provincial had illicit relations +with Draper during the occupancy of Manila. This was partly the reason +for their expulsion by Cárlos III. In the archives at Simancas, legajo +288 of "Gracia y justicia," exists a document charging the Jesuits +as traitors for their action during the war with the British. See +Montero y Vidal, ii, p. 36, and note. See the letter, post, in which +the Jesuits charge the archbishop with direct treason. The following +items from British magazines are instructive and may partly explain +the Jesuit letter. + +"Letters from France advise that his Catholic Majesty will be no +great loser by our taking the Manilas, as the whole of that trade +was in the hands of the Jesuits. A proposal was made to the late +King of Spain, to put a stop to that trade, it being a loss to both +his Majesty and the Spanish nation; but the Jesuit had art enough to +prevent its taking effect." (Scots Magazine, 1763, p. 235.) + +"London, Nov. 3. They write from Cadiz, that the treasure belonging +to the Jesuits at Manilla, lately confiscated by orders of the court, +was said to amount to near 20,000,000 pieces of eight, exclusive of +jewels, diamonds, and church-plate." (Scots Magazine, 1763, p. 605.) + +"London, Sept. 24. According to letters from Madrid, three eighths of +the treasure drawn from the commerce carried on between Manilla and +Acapulco, had centred among the Spanish Jesuits, amounting annually +to eight millions of dollars." (Scots Magazine, 1767, p. 494.) + +[78] This letter is published by Malo de Luque, v, pp. 268, 269; Mas, +i, p. 142; and Montero y Vidal, ii, appendix, p. 579. + +[79] Published in Malo de Luque, v, pp. 269-276; Mas, i, pp. 142-146; +and Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 580-583. + +[80] Law lvii is as follows: "We order that in the absence of viceroy +or president, so that he cannot govern, our royal Audiencias succeed +to the government, and that the government reside in them, as it could +in the viceroy or president when they performed those duties. The +senior auditor shall be president, and he alone shall make and enact +all the measures belonging to and annexed to the president. And if +the president should be captain-general, the senior auditor shall +also exercise that office until his successor is appointed by us, or +until one is sent who shall have powers to act as such by our orders, +unless the opposite or contrary is ordered in some Audiencias by the +laws of this book." [Felipe II, Toledo, May 25, 1596, ordinance 43, +concerning Audiencias; Felipe IV, Madrid, April 8, 1629; and in this +Recopilación.] + +[81] This testimony, which is given by Mas, i, pp. 139-141, and +Montero y Vidal, Historia, ii, appendix, pp. 577-579, notes that +Anda was appointed by the archbishop, in his capacity of governor +and captain-general, as lieutenant governor and captain-general of +the islands, in due form, sealed with the arms of the archbishop +and countersigned by Ramón Orendain, chief government secretary, +on October 1. On the same day he was appointed visitor general, by +the royal Audiencia, of all the provinces of the islands, the royal +provision therefor being despatched with the royal seal registered by +Andres José Rojo, lieutenant of the grand chancellor, and countersigned +by Juan de Monroy, assembly secretary. He was received in his official +capacity in the province of Bulacan, and when, on the fifth, news was +received of the assault and capture of Manila by the British, upon him +devolved the duties of the royal Audiencia, and of the governor and +captain-general. The treasurer Nicolás de Echauz Beaumont was ordered +to move the moneys in his charge into the interior. Accordingly he +went to the province of Laguna, but for greater security was ordered +to go later to Pampanga. + +[82] Montero y Vidal's version reads "loyalty to the king, ... and +defense of these provinces, without giving or allowing terms for +their foreign subjection to the slightest degree"--a better reading. + +[83] Anda left Manila with but 500 pesos. See Sitio y conquista, p. 80. + +[84] Montero y Vidal reads "what is not allowed." + +[85] This passport reads as follows: "This is to certify that +Don Simon de Anda y Salazar, minister of his Catholic Majesty, +has my permission to come with all safety to this city. This order +is directed to each one to whom it pertains, so that he may allow +him to pass, in accordance with its contents. Guillermo Drapert, +commander-in-chief. General barracks, October 25, 1762. I retain +the original in my possession, in order that it may run no risk +[of being destroyed or lost]. Your Lordship may come without the +slightest fear. The Archbishop." + +[86] This date is easily explained by the fact that the British used +the calendar of India, which was one day in advance of that of the +Spanish in the Philippines. + +[87] An edict issued by Anda on October 26, 1762, after protesting +against British occupation, orders the alcaldes-mayor to pay no heed +to despatches or orders issued by the archbishop, either in his own +name or that of the British. The bearers of such despatches are to +be arrested. + +[88] On September 24, the British leaders had issued their first +manifesto for the native populations, reassuring the natives that +no harm would be done them and that they would be allowed freedom of +worship if they did not aid the Spaniards. See Ingleses en Filipinas +(MS.), pp. 80, 81; and Sitio y conquista, pp. 39, 40. + +[89] Published by Montero y Vidal, in his Historia, ii, appendix, +pp. 587-589. It is dated October 28 in this version, and is signed by +Juan Monroy and Ramon de Orendaín, in addition to the archbishop. It +is also contained in another MS. belonging to Edward E. Ayer, where +it is dated October 28. + +[90] The "Filipino" carried according to a contemporaneous account, +two and one-half millions of pesos fuertes. See Ferrando, iv, p. 624. + +[91] Dawson Drake took over the command of Manila October 10, 1762. See +Sitio y conquista, p. 69. + +[92] Other things demanded in the petition of the natives were: the +return of the tribute that had been collected; the removal of the +schoolmaster and the church fiscal; the removal of the alcalde-mayor +of the province; permanence of office for the then master-of-camp of +the province (Ferrando, iv, p. 660). + +[93] The Marquis de Ayerbe says (Sitio y conquista, pp. 91-93) +that nine hundred Sangleys conspired against Anda at Guagua, who in +connivance with those of Manila, numbered more than 5,000. Anda was +informed of the conspiracy by a native. By his promptness of action, +he attacked and defeated the entrenched Sangleys, capturing from them +nine barrels of powder, many guns, and nine thousand pesos. + +[94] In the Museo-Biblioteca de Ultramar, Madrid, there is a tastefully +carved plate of some hard Philippine wood, on which are three separate +inscriptions, also carved in the wood. This plate was set up by Anda on +the gate of the village of Sesmoan in the province of Pampanga. When +the walls were destroyed, this plate was preserved in the house of +the parish priest and was later (1857) sent to Manila where it was +preserved in the Audiencia building (June 1, 1858), as a memorial of +the signal services of Anda. + +[95] Published by Malo de Luque, v, pp. 278-281; Mas, i, pp. 167, +168; and Montero y Vidal, ii, pp, 590, 591. + +[96] The provincial and all the fathers of the college of Santa Cruz +were imprisoned on mere suspicion; and the same was done with the +prior of the Augustinian convent. All the religious and students of +Santo Tomás were imprisoned, and charged with urging the soldiers +to desert. The British took advantage of this to search the convents +and carry off what they wished. See Sitio y conquista, pp. 75, 76. + +[97] Bernardo Pazuengos was born at Garnica in the diocese of +Calahorra, May 22, 1706. He was admitted into the Jesuit order, +October 9, 1720, and went to the Philippines in 1732, where he taught +philosophy and theology at Manila. Returning to Spain as procurator, +he went to Mexico in 1754. In 1764 (sic, in Sommervogel, but this +date must be an error, as he is provincial in 1763), he was made +provincial of the Philippines. See Sommervogel, vi, cols. 413, 414. + +[98] When Villacorta was arrested, the English promised to liberate +him if Anda would retire from Pampanga to some other province (Martinez +de Zúñiga, p. 648). + +[99] Published in Malo de Luque, v, pp. 290-292; Mas, i, pp. 170-172; +and Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 593, 594. + +[100] The library of Mr. Edward E. Ayer, of Chicago contains a +series of manuscripts bound into one document, and entitled: "Papers +apropos of the representation of the royal Audiencia and the posts +of governor and captain general having devolved upon Sr. Don Simon +de Anda y Salasar; and the measures taken by him as such during the +invasion of the English at that capital." From a paper accompanying +this MS. we translate as follows: "In the 63 useful sheets of which it +is composed, it contains original testimonies of those appointments, +acts, measures, and autograph orders, dictated and directed by Anda to +all the authorities of those islands in order that he might keep the +country obedient and under the dominion of his Majesty, during the +war sustained against the English in 1762 and the following years, +in which the English gained control of Manila and Cavite, until they +were expelled and said places recovered by the Spaniards; with the +original replies and testimonies of obedience and respect, which were +given to Anda as such captain general by the prelates, alcaldes-mayor, +provincial chiefs, reverend fathers of the religious orders, and all +the natives of the country; evidence of the offers made him; replies +of the said Anda to them; and other details interesting on account +of their text, and the form and originality which they show." These +are the originals, or contemporaneous copies thereof, and cover the +years 1762-1764. Lack of space forbids the use of any of them here. + +[101] A German lay brother and Santiago de Orendaín went completely +over to the English. They burned many summer residences in the suburbs, +and caused all the prisoners to swear allegiance to the British, +although many failed to keep this forced oath. See Sitio y conquista, +pp. 73, 74. + +[102] Among the prisoners taken by the enemy were the king of Joló and +his son Israel, who bore themselves like brave men, and more honorably +than some of the Spaniards who fought there. When the British forces +left, the king of Joló also fled in a ship of the English East India +Company. See Sitio y conquista, pp. 90, 130. + +[103] Published in part in Malo de Luque, v, pp. 293-310; Mas, i, +pp. 172-181; and Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 594-602. The most interesting +part, that reproduced above, is omitted by each of these writers. + +[104] Space will not permit us to give in extenso an account of the +insurrection headed by Diego Silán or Silang. It was the most obstinate +of all the insurrections that broke out against the Spaniards during +the English occupation. Diego Silán was born December 16, 1730, in +Pangasinan province. As a lad he served the cura of Vigan, but being +sent down to Manila, the boat in which he took passage was wrecked on +the coast of Bolinao. All his companions were killed by the barbarous +inhabitants, but he was kept as a slave, being finally ransomed by a +Recollect friar. Later he became a messenger for the parish priest at +Vigan, and being found trustworthy was appointed to carry the letters +to Manila annually at the time the Manila boat was expected. In this +service, he acquired a wide acquaintance; and it was comparatively easy +for him after the assault of Manila to rouse the natives, under pretext +of protecting themselves from the British since the Spaniards were no +longer able to defend them. Demands formulated and presented by the +insurgents include the deposition of the alcalde-mayor, Antonio Zabala; +that office to be held by the provisor Tomás Millán; the election of +one of the four chiefs of Vigan as justice; the expulsion of all the +Spaniards and mestizos from the province; the appointment of Silán to +make head against the English. The insurrection makes great headway, +and is soon found to be an attempt to break with all Spanish authority, +and the insurgents are incited by the British, who appoint Silán +alcalde and governor of the province of Ilocos. Silán meddles with +ecclesiastical matters, opposing Bishop Ustariz, whereupon the latter +pronounces an interdict in Vigan. Augustinians seized by Silán are +imprisoned three separate times. Silán is finally killed by a Spanish +mestizo, Miguel Vicos, May 28, 1763. This insurrection was quickly +put down after the death of Silán, who was its life and exhibited a +certain amount of shrewdness and resource. But shortly after, another +insurrection was started under Silán's uncle, Nicolás Cariño, which +gained considerable headway, although it was finally stifled and quiet +restored. Anda took various measures against these insurrections, +but it was impossible for him to leave his post in Bulacan, where +English matters occupied his attention. These insurrections were +perhaps the most serious that the Spanish power in the Philippines had +yet suffered. For accounts of them, see Relación de los alzamientos +de la ciudad de Vigan, cabecera de la provincia de Ilocos, en los +años de 1762 y 1763, by Pedro de Vivar, O.S.A. (written in 1764; but +published in Manila, 1893, in vol. iv, Biblioteca historica filipina), +in which many documents are given; and Montero y Vidal's Historia, ii, +pp. 77-114. Isabelo de los Reyes, the Ilocano writer and demagogue, +praises Silán highly. See also post, pp. 298-306. + +[105] Draper and Cornish sent an edict to the Filipinos on September +24, 1762, announcing that the Filipinos need have no fear of the +British fleet, provided that they do not join the Spaniards or assist +them in any way. They will be received under British protection; their +women and children will be free from outrages; full prices will be +paid them for food; they will be free to go and come as they please; +and freedom of worship will be conserved to them. If they do, on the +contrary, aid the Spanish, then they must fear the punishment that +will be inflicted. May 13, 1763, Silang writes the British assuring +them of obedience and non-aid to the Spaniards. In the same month, +the British write Silang promising to send him soon, troops, weapons, +and war supplies. The British successes in Manila, Pasig, and Maysilo, +are mentioned, while in the month just past, the fort of Batangas in +Bulacan has been captured. They are attracting all the natives of the +islands to their banners, and have treated them humanely, freeing them +from the tribute and the various ecclesiastical oppressions. The +Augustinians have been especially active against the British, +and against the vows of their profession have taken up arms, thus +occasioning the shedding of much blood. They have also treated Silang +cruelly. Therefore the British will esteem it if Silang will secure the +Augustinians, the alcalde, Antonio Zavala, and all other Spaniards, +and send the same to the English, taking possession besides of all +their property and estates. The lack of priests for the present may be +filled by seculars until the archbishop can appoint others. The British +wish to conserve the Catholic religion. No duties shall be charged +on their trading boats. The provinces of Pangasinan and Cagayan will +also be admitted under the protection of the British, if they desire +it. Silang's aid is asked against Anda and his men. With the letter +are sent copies of a manifesto inviting trade. (All these documents +are contained in the manuscript entitled Ingleses en Filipinas.) + +[106] This edict is as follows: "Inasmuch as many malcontents of the +district of Señor Anda frequently come to the villages of Santa Cruz, +Binondoc, etc., for the purpose of killing the officers and soldiers +whom they meet; and since said malcontents flee precipitously as soon +as our troops go out in pursuit of them: therefore, notice is given +to all the Spaniards living in said villages, to come to live within +the city of Manila inside of one week, since we can protect them in +this way. If, perchance, they neglect to obey this order, they must +stand the consequences, for if many of said canaille gather together, +it is feasible that the governor will be necessarily obliged to order +the cannon fired among the houses, for the purpose of driving them +away." (Published in Malo de Luque, v, pp. 284-285; Mas, i, p. 183; +and Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 602, 603). This edict Anda answered on the +nineteenth at Bacolor. In it the British are styled as dishonorable +men, for regarding as rebels those who are loyal to their king, and +for their offer of a reward for Anda alive or dead. The statements +in the edict of the seventeenth, namely, that the loyalist Spanish +troops are canaille and that they are on the lookout for opportunity to +murder British officers, are branded as utter falsehoods. In return, +the three men who have signed the above edict--Drake, Smith, and +Brook--are proscribed, and a price of ten thousand pesos offered for +each one, dead or alive. This edict further orders that the humane +treatment of the Spanish toward English captives or deserters be +continued as hitherto, to the extent possible. (The version from +which we condense is evidently an abridgment of the edict, which is +given entire by Malo de Luque, v, pp. 285-290; Mas, i, pp. 183-185; +Ferrando, iv, pp. 647, 648; and Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 603-605.) + +[107] January 28, 1763, the fiscal Viana fled the city, going to +Anda's camp, where he was gladly received, and where he became very +useful. Later Villacorta also escaped to Anda's camp. The latter and +Galbán, who had been very far from doing their duty in the time of +danger, conspired to wrest the command from Anda in case of Rojo's +death, on the grounds that most persons believed that the government +of the islands should be given to Bishop Ustáriz of Nueva Segovia. The +Franciscan and Recollect provincials, and the Jesuit superior declared +that the command belonged to Anda; while the other religious institutes +were neutral or sided with Bishop Ustáriz. The Augustinians pronounced +for Villacorta. See Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 65, 66. + +[108] The preliminary peace treaties were signed between Great Britain, +France, and Spain, November 3, 1762, and the treaty of peace at Paris, +February 10, 1763. + +[109] A Manila paper published in 1904 tells of the finding near +the Pasig River, during a removal of a part of the old Manila wall +on that side, in order to increase the customs warehouse capacity, +of two old British cannons, probably six-inch mortars, with the royal +arms of England and an eighteenth-century date upon them, that were +turned up by the workmen. Evidently these cannons were brought by +the British at the time of the siege of Manila. (Letter from James +A. LeRoy, October 20, 1904.) + +[110] This man commanded a British force sent out to invade the +provinces and cripple Anda. He was opposed chiefly by Busto who had +joined Anda some time before. The British force attacked the church and +convent of Marisanto, where they were opposed by the alcalde-mayor, +about seventy Spaniards, and about five thousand natives, as well +as by Busto. Finally, the English took the convent and killed the +alcalde-mayor, and some Recollects and other Spaniards. Some of the +wounded took refuge in a garret of the convent, but were captured and +handed over by Slay to the Sangleys, who killed them after inflicting +severe tortures. Only two escaped by swimming across the river. See +Sitio y conquista, pp. 95-98. + +[111] Some of the religious quit their habits and became leaders of +bands of ladrones. Most of the religious, however, remained loyal. See +Sitio y conquista, pp. 79, 80. + +[112] By the death of the archbishop, January 30, 1764, the British +changed their tactics and recognized Anda as legal governor and +captain-general. But even after this the British soldiers sacked the +churches and houses of Cavite. See Sitio y conquista, p. 126. + +[113] This treaty is published in Scots Magazine for 1763, pp. 134-142. + +[114] When the British forces left, about four hundred prostitutes, +who were abandoned by their departure, fled from Manila. See Sitio +y conquista, p. 130. + +[115] The Spanish troops entered Manila May 31, 1764, possession of +the city being taken by Anda, accompanied by Busto, since the new +governor ad interim, Francisco de la Torre, was sick. That night a +banquet was given to the British commanders. June 4, Brereton tendered +a banquet to Anda and other officials on his ship, the English praising +Anda profusely. June 10 and 11, the British vessels left the bay for +India. See Sitio y conquista, pp. 129-131. + +[116] Montero y Vidal (ii, pp. 66, 67) says of the archbishop: +"The unfortunate archbishop Rojo died January 30, 1764. The +English gave him a solemn funeral, their troops granting him all the +military honors. This prelate was more imbecile than traitor.... His +obstinacy in submitting the islands to the dominion of the English; +his struggles against Anda, ... the absolute ignorance as to his +powers, and his mission and obligations; his pardonable ignorance of +whatever concerned the military defense of the archipelago; ... his +calm submission to whatever the English advised, even in matters +which were clearly opposed to the integrity and interests of Spain; +and other inexplicable acts: ... give an exact idea of the capacity and +character of the unfortunate one who had the misfortune to exercise a +command in such anxious times, for which he lacked the intelligence, +valor, and the conditions necessary for its proper performance." See +also ante, pp. 129-131, note 73. + +[117] See document by this man in VOL. XLVII, pp. 251-284. + +[118] At the death of Governor Arandía, June 1759, the government +ad interim was assumed by Miguel Lino de Espeleta, bishop of +Cebú. When Rojo took possession of the archiepiscopal see, July 22, +1759, he claimed that the government belonged to him. The auditors +Villacorta and Galbán voted for Espeleta, and Calderon and Dávila for +Rojo. Espeleta, however, was backed by the troops, and the matter was +accordingly decided in his favor. His first measure was the repeal of +the celebrated ordinances of good government compiled by Arandía. His +next step was the prosecution of Santiago Orendaín, the favorite of +Arandía, as he believed him to be the originator of the regulations +contrary to the religious, charge of the prosecution being given to +Auditor Villacorta. Orendaín took refuge in the Augustinian convent at +Tondo, but was given up and lodged in the fort of Santiago. Escaping +thence, he was received into the Recollect convent, whence he was +taken by soldiers. The matter stirred up the opposing forces, and +excommunications followed in rapid succession on both sides, the two +auditors, Calderon and Dávila being among those excommunicated. The +matter was quashed by the archbishop upon the arrival of a royal +decree appointing him governor ad interim (July, 1761). Orendaín was +liberated and the records of the case sent to Madrid. See Montero y +Vidal, ii. pp. 7-9. + +[119] See account of this revolt in VOL. XLVIII. + +[120] See Anda's letter to the archbishop, ante, pp. 156-158. + +[121] See VOLS. XLIII and XLIII; appendices in vol. ii of Montero y +Vidal's Piratería; Barrantes's Guerras piraticas, appendix: for the +negotiations between the king of Joló, and his brother Bantilan, +and the Spaniards and English respectively. The king Ali-Mudin +and his son were taken to Joló by Brereton when the British forces +evacuated Manila in 1764. The king abdicated in favor of his son +Israel. Thereupon, the Joloans divided into two factions, one in +favor of the English and the other, headed by Israel, against them +(Montero y Vidal's Piratería, i, p. 338). + +[122] "The most singular of these imposts, however, is the Crusade. It +was born in the ages of folly and fanaticism during which millions of +Europeans set forth to wear themselves out in the East for the recovery +of Palestine. The court of Rome revived it in favor of Ferdinand, +who in 1509 undertook to wage war against the Moors of Africa. It +still exists in Spain, where it is never less than 12 sols 6 deniers, +or more than 4 livres. One pays more dearly for it in the New World, +where it is collected only once in two years, and where it rises +from 35 sols to 13 livres, according to the rank and fortune of the +citizens. For this sum, people obtained the liberty of being absolved +by their confessors from crimes reserved to [the cognizance of the] +pope and the bishops; the right to use on days of abstinence certain +forbidden articles of food; and a multitude of indulgences for sins +already committed or which might be committed. The government did +not strictly oblige its subjects to take this bull, but the priests +refused the consolations of religion to those who neglected or +disdained it; and perhaps there is not in all Spanish America a man +sufficiently courageous or enlightened to brave this ecclesiastical +censure." (Raynal, Etablissemens et commerce des Européens, ii, +pp. 310, 311.) + +[123] Orendain was a mestizo (a lawyer by profession) and +maintained cordial relations with Diego Silán, the insurgent; and +the communication of the latter may easily have taken place under his +auspices. He bought the Augustinian convent and its library which were +sold by the English with the understanding that if the latter abandoned +the country, the religious could not claim their property. Embarking +with the English after the peace, he was killed in Cochinchina by +order of the king of that country. Vivar's Relación, p. 299, note. + +See also ante, p. 121, note 64. + +[124] The laws above mentioned are as follows: + +Law lxii: "We declare that the appointment of those who are to be +judges of the causes and suits, which are handled in our royal +Audiencias, belongs to the viceroys and presidents of them, in +those cases, which by virtue of our cedulas, or in any other cases +shall arise; and this must be observed in accordance with what is +the practice in our councils and Audiencias of these kingdoms of +Castilla." [Felipe III, Madrid, March 28, 1620.] + +Law lxiii: "The appointment of the judge who is to supply the absence +of auditors because of their death or inability, for the determination +of matters with the auditor remaining in the Audiencia, belongs to the +president of the Audiencia. This is to be the rule on all the occasions +that arise, any ordinance to the contrary notwithstanding." [Felipe +IV, Madrid, September 30, 1634.] + +Law lxxxviii: "We declare and order that, in our Audiencias of +the Indias, the least sum for the examination and determination of +suits shall be and shall be considered to be three hundred thousand +maravedis; and that if the sum does not exceed that amount, suits +may be examined and determined by two auditors whose votes must be in +harmony in every respect. Two auditors may also try and sentence, in +all instances, suits representing a greater sum, in the same manner, +except the Audiencias of Mejico and Lima. In those Audiencias it +is our will that three votes be unanimous in every particular in +order to try and sentence suits representing a greater sum, as is +prescribed by the laws of these our kingdoms of Castilla." [Cárlos I, +in the new laws of 1542; Felipe II, Aranjuez, September 24, 1568; +Felipe IV, Madrid, September 22, 1626.] + +Law cvi: "We order and command that when the auditors agree upon the +sentence, they summon the clerk of the cause, and secretly order him +to write before them the points and the effect of the sentence which +they are to give. It shall be set down there and written neatly, and +shall be signed before it is pronounced; or at least when it shall be +pronounced, it shall be brought in written neatly and be signed by +all who were in the assembly, although the vote or votes of one or +some may not conform to the contents of the sentence. Consequently, +at least in ordinary matters, the sentence shall not be pronounced +until it is agreed upon and written neatly and signed. After it +shall be published, it cannot be changed in any wise. The clerk shall +immediately give in the court a copy of it to the party if he asks +it, under penalty of a fine of two pesos for the courts." [Cárlos I, +and the queen regent, Madrid, July 12, 1550, ordinance 14, concerning +Audiencias; Felipe II, in said ordinances, no. 144.] + +Law cxi: "The auditors of our Audiencias where there are no alcaldes +of crime, shall try criminal causes in the first instance in the city +where the Audiencia resides, and five leguas about it, provided that +the prison orders are assigned by at least two auditors." [Cárlos I +and the queen regent, 1530.] + +Laws cvii-cxix refer to the manner of signing sentences; law cx +relates to the action of the Audiencia outside the five-legua district. + +[125] A village on the west coast of Panay. + +[126] See Anson's description of the voyage of the Acapulco galleon, +Kerr's Hist. and coll. of voyages (Edinburg and London, 1824), xi, +pp. 406-411. + +[127] This vessel made three efforts to make the voyage. In the +second it lost its topmasts. Having refitted with spare masts, it +sailed again on October 2. Struck by a severe storm, the vessel lost +its masts again near the Ladrones, thus necessitating its return to +the Philippines. See Le Gentil, ii, pp. 224, 225. + +[128] Point Cabcabe, located on the southeast coast of Bataan. + +[129] Bantay is the Tagalog word for sentinel, and in the text is +given a Spanish plural. See Noceda and Sanlucar's Vocabulario. + +[130] A minute of the council of war held September 25, 1762, signed +by Ramon de Orendaín, with names of those attending and the decision +pronounced by the archbishop is contained in a MS. owned by Edward +E. Ayer. + +[131] In our original the word is pasionero, which is "one who sings +the passion during holy week." It seems probable that it is an error +of the amanuensis for prisionero, "prisoner." + +[132] According to manuscript maps in the archives of the Indies, +at Seville, by the engineer Feliciano Márquez, dated September 30, +1767; and the pilot Francisco Xavier Estorgo, of 1770, the bastion +of Carranza is another name for the bastion of San Andrés. An Irish +pilot named Raymond Kelly was killed by the British while defending +this bastion (see Sitio y conquista, p. 61) + +[133] At the council held on the third of October, it was proposed +that the women, children, and aged be sent out of Manila. It was also +proposed that the governor, courts, and most of the citizens withdraw, +leaving the city in charge of a leader with instructions for its +defense or surrender. The fiscal recommended system and order in the +matter of provisions and supplies, and the advisability of assigning +pay to the Indians. But no decided action was taken as many disputes +marked the council. The religious were, however, urged to look after +the Indians, and aid in the defense of the walls, being permitted in +case the city was indefensible, to capitulate, as well as to spike +the cannon. Reports of this council, and the ones held on October 26 +and 27, and the reply of the officials to the archbishop on October +23, are to be found in an original MS. owned by Edward E. Ayer. An +extract from the council of the third is given by Montero y Vidal, +ii, pp. 24, 25, note; and one from the council of the twenty-sixth, +appendix, pp. 584-587. See also Sitio y conquista, pp. 56, 57. + +[134] The fiscal Viana, in a deposition made July 6, 1764, attests +his losses by the sack of Manila in 1762. He lost his silver service, +best clothing, and other things, all amounting to a value of about +4,000 pesos. In the "Santisima Trinidad" he lost 600 pesos. From the +beaterio of Santisima Trinidad was also taken a trunk full of silver +plate and money belonging to Viana. (From an original MS. belonging +to Edward E. Ayer.) + +[135] Draper sent forty Frenchmen ahead the morning of the assault to +fill up the ditch with the ruins of the bastion; to examine whether +there was any ditch which impeded their passage; and communicate +everything by signs. This duty was accomplished satisfactorily, +for they met no obstacle. See Mas, i, p. 131. + +[136] The column that occupied the wall by the left of the foundry +took possession of everything as far as the bastion of the gate of +Santa Lucía. The greater part of the people were killed, and the gate +of Santiago alone was left free. See Sitio y conquista, p. 61. + +[137] Ferrando gives this name as Nicolás de Ruiz (Historia, iv, +p. 627), but all other accounts give it as Echauz. + +[138] Anda was sixty-two years of age when he left Manila to undertake +the defense of the provinces. See Mas, i, p. 138. + +[139] "Since the natives of these islands, who were living at present, +had never seen war like this, and now saw with their own eyes the +effects of it, namely, the change of government, the cowardice of the +Castilians, and the complete upheaval of order, they were caused great +surprise, and thought that the end of the world was come. Consequently, +most of them, that is, the herd, not all, began to commit thefts and +to commit assaults on the highway, committing many murders, rapes, and +other outrages, as is usual on these occasions; especially those who +had been imprisoned in the jails for crime, to whom liberty was given +in order that they might be of service in this war. Notwithstanding +that the English hanged very many without trial or examination, as I +saw several times in this place after it was lost, where I stayed for +some months. They needed no gallows, for the criminals were hanged +from any window grating like bananas." From History of the siege of +Manila, by Father Agustín de Santa María, whose MS. is conserved in +the Augustinian archives of Madrid. See Mas, i, p. 135, note. + +[140] The castellan of Cavite at first refused to surrender the fort, +and prepared to defend it. But the soldiers deserted and the natives +began to loot the arsenal, whereupon the castellan also fled. See Mas, +i, p. 136. + +[141] The Augustinian fathers were imprisoned in their convent, +although they were permitted to leave it at times provided it should +be within the city. Suddenly a counter order was given and they +were deprived of that permission. It was believed that the English +were making such demonstrations in order that the Augustinians +might surrender to them the silver that they had hidden. But since +the procurator was firm in not revealing it, they were treated as +traitors because their brothers favored the side of Anda. The English +collected religious to the number of twelve, and embarked them to +take them to Europa. One of them was released at the request of the +archbishop. After the fathers had embarked, the English entered their +convent and sacked it, so that nothing was left in it. They found six +thousand pesos of coined silver which had been hidden in a garden, +and the wrought silver which had been concealed when the question +of paying the million was discussed. They did not pardon the relics +of the saints, which they threw on the ground, in order to take +the reliquaries in which they were kept. See Martinez de Zúñiga, +pp. 641, 642. + +[142] In the convent of the Augustinians in Manila, the British seized +8,000 pesos in money, and 20,000 in goods. The archbishop under threats +of the conquerors ordered the heads of the Augustinian order to submit +to the British authorities. See Sitio y conquista, pp. 73, 76. + +[143] Probably Juan Manuel Maldonado de Puga, author of Religiosa +hospitalidad, which has appeared in our VOL. XLVII. + +[144] The archbishop offered José Pedro Busto (who had come to the +islands with his friend Governor Arandía) the post of provincial in +the name of the British government with a salary of 5,000 pesos per +year, together with the perquisites of the office and the aid that he +would need. But he refused it, and left Manila with twenty Cagayans, +who accompanied him, and although pursued by mounted Sepoys, was +not overtaken. Joining Anda, he became the real military arm of the +opposition. At an estate held by the Jesuits in Mariquina, and where +he was aided by the Jesuits, he urged the natives to resist British +rule, being followed by the majority of them, whereupon he was able +to attack and punish some of the ladrones of the region. He obtained +many advantages by fighting in guerrila fashion. When Anda finally +entered Manila as the British were about to evacuate the city, Busto +accompanied him. See Sitio y conquista, pp. 85-89. et seq. + +[145] The British exiled the superior of the Augustinians from Manila, +and forbade him to live in any of the four neighboring provinces; and +confiscated all the property of that order (Sitio y conquista, p. 83). + +[146] Anda's force, says Le Gentil (ii, p. 262) consisted of about +9,000 men, of whom 2,000 were armed with muskets, and about 300 +Europeans, most of whom were French deserters from the British. To such +an extent did the desertion of the French occur that the British sent +those left them (about 150) back to India. Anda refused the offer of +a French sergeant to endeavor to cause the desertion of the Sepoys, +on the ground that they were Mahometans. Anda's force, before he +surrendered the command to Francisco de la Torre, is specified by +Ayerbe (Sitio y conquista, pp. 132, 133), as follows: 12 infantry +companies, consisting of 1,370 men, of whom 223 were deserters from +the British; 2 cavalry companies, consisting of 293 men, of whom 100 +were Spaniards, and the rest Cagayans, and 50 of whom had muskets, +50 blunderbusses, and the rest spears; 100 cavalry dragoons; 281 +artillerymen, some of them deserters, most armed with sabers, and a +few with muskets; 100 Indians commanded by the native colonel, Santos +de los Angeles. 60 being infantry with muskets, and 40 cavalry with +short firearms and spears; 300 native and mestizo commissary troops +armed with muskets and bows and arrows, whose duty it was to prevent +the entrance of food into Manila; 3 Boholans, armed with lance and +shield, who acted as Anda's bodyguard; 400 Visayans, armed with bows +and arrows; 2,000 Indians, enlisted in the villages near Polo, as +a reserve; in addition to the natives used in other employments. Le +Gentil (ii, pp. 266-268) accuses Anda of inaction, although he had an +army of more than 10,000 men. But he adds that Anda could not count +on his native troops, and had no large guns. + +[147] The British troops under Thomas Backhouse, who invaded the +provinces November 8, 1762, easily forced an entrance into the +village of Pasig, driving the natives who opposed them like a herd +of frightened sheep (Mas, i, pp. 162, 163). + +[148] Anda's agents scoured the environs of Manila for contributions, +and it is said that they committed many exactions. See Le Gentil, +ii, p. 269. + +[149] The letter written by the archbishop on October 29, to the +provincials of the religious orders. His own sins he fears have been +the cause of the loss of Manila and other places. But God has been +merciful in much, and liberty, trade, and religion are preserved for +the inhabitants. An attempt is being made to collect the one million +of the ransom money demanded, and the rest will be taken from the +"Filipino" and bills of credit on the Spanish monarch. It is necessary +to cede the islands because of the force of the enemy in order to +avoid greater misfortune. This cession is merely a temporary deposit +made to the British sovereign. The aid of the religious is asked in +preserving order and the statu quo, by not opposing the British. + +[150] A copy of the letter written by the archbishop to Draper under +date of October 29, 1762, and translated from the Latin, in which +it was couched, into Spanish, is contained in a MS. owned by Edward +E. Ayer. The archbishop servilely addresses Draper as "Prudent and +most clement conqueror," and "most humane sir." The inhabitants are +doing their best to gather the million demanded at once, and the +archbishop has given all the silver of his church (except what is +absolutely necessary for the sacrifice of the mass) and even his +pectorals. He bewails the fate that makes it necessary for him to +cede the islands to the English. Draper's letter on the twenty-seventh +(twenty-eighth, English calendar) of October follows this, although it +should properly precede it. It dwells on the humanity of the English, +and the fact that by the cession of a few places, the archbishop has +avoided much ruin, for the English arms would easily have reduced +them; and the inhabitants have been left freedom of worship, trade, +their possessions, churches, and convents. Those who persuade the +archbishop through a false sense of honor not to cede the islands will +be responsible for the consequences. The auditors are to immediately +sign the cession. The cession signed on the thirtieth (English date) +is as follows: "Sir: All the islands subordinate to that of Luzon, +of which Manila is the capital (in the manner and form at present +under the dominion of his Catholic Majesty) are to be ceded to his +Britannic Majesty. The latter is to be the recognized sovereign until +the peace between both kings decides their fate. Their religion, goods, +privileges, possessions, and trade are to be conserved to the subjects +of España who inhabit these islands, in the same manner that they +have been conserved for the inhabitants of Manila and on the island of +Luzon. All the alcaldes, governors, and military men shall enjoy the +honors of war if they give their word of honor not to serve or bear +arms against his Britannic Majesty during this war. The archbishop +and auditors shall sign this agreement. [Signed] Guillermo Draper." It +is to be noted that the archbishop's synopses of the various letters +mentioned in the text correspond with the letters themselves. + +[151] When Draper left Manila, he took what he wished from the +archbishop's palace in which he lived. See Sitio y conquista, +pp. 76, 77. + +[152] A reference to Matthew xvi, 26, the Latin of the Vulgate being: +Quid enim prodest homini si mundum universum lucretur, animæ vero suæ +detrimentum patiatur? Aut quam dabit homo commutationem pro anima +sua? This reads as follows in the Douay version: "For what doth it +profit a man, if he gain the whole world, and suffer the loss of his +own soul? Or what exchange shall a man give for his soul?" + +[153] Various disorders were committed in Laguna province by the +Indians. Dissatisfied with their alcalde-mayor because he favored +the archbishop, the captain of Pagsanban issued a circular against +the alcalde-mayor, treating him as a traitor. In return he was +arrested and publicly lashed. The Indians, infuriated, ill-treated +the alcalde-mayor's family, killing his brother-in-law, and later +the alcalde himself. For this they were pardoned by Anda, who saw +himself powerless to pursue any other course just then. See Mas, i, +pp. 159, 160. + +[154] Anda wrote Bishop Ustariz asking his coöperation in the +maintenance of quiet in the provinces, in view of the British invasion, +and the danger that threatened the Catholic faith. This letter the +bishop sent to the Augustinian provincial with one of his own, asking +him to conserve Spanish interests as much as possible, and to enrol +the aid of the natives. An order promulgated by Anda, October 6, 1762, +enjoins watchfulness on the part of the alcaldes-mayor. They are to +forbid all passage to Manila, both of persons and supplies; are to deny +all aid to the British and all strangers in their jurisdiction; and +are to arrest or kill all suspects. See Vivar's Relación, pp. 294-296. + +[155] Villacorta, whom Le Gentil terms a "just and impartial man," +asserted that Anda was unjust toward Rojo, who was very sincere in his +devotion to the Spanish sovereignty (Le Gentil, ii, p. 271). Villacorta +had however himself conspired against Anda. + +[156] See the British figures regarding the ransom money, post. + +[157] The admiralty archives in England may have various data +regarding this. + +[158] With Cornish also went Auditor Pedro Calderon and his daughter, +who went to Spain, and some missionaries, officers, and soldiers +(Sitio y conquista, p. 77). + +[159] More than four hundred houses were ruined in the barrios of Santa +Cruz and Binondo by the British after the assault (Sitio y conquista, +pp. 72, 73). + +[160] The British found some copper on the "Filipino," and before +setting fire to the vessel, spiked the cannon (Sitio y conquista, +p. 72). + +[161] In order to secure the release of Villacorta, it was alleged +that he was insane; but his release was only accomplished after a +money payment (Sitio y conquista, p. 75). + +[162] In the province of Panay, the alcalde was corrupted by the +English, but was prevented from surrendering the province, as he was +seized and imprisoned by the Augustinians there, an act approved by +Anda. In Cebú, quiet was restored after the alcalde was hanged with +the aid of the loyal Augustinians. See Mas, i, pp. 161, 162. + +[163] See synopses and excerpts of these letters, ante, pp. 153-160. + +[164] The provinces of Pampanga and Bulacan remained faithful during +the English invasion and were the only resource for the Spaniards +(Mas, i, p. 160). + +[165] The Indians and Chinese revolted in San Pablo de los Montes, +killing their priest, Francisco Fierro, O.S.A. The people of Tanavan +also killed their priest, Andres Enriquez, O.S.A. Other priests +of other orders were killed, but members of the Society of Jesus +escaped. For they showed themselves two-faced, since on one side, +they were for the English, while on the other side, they declared +for Anda, who, however, greatly mistrusted them. See Mas, i, pp. 160, +161 (citation from the MS. of Jesus de Santa Maria). + +[166] Ferrando (iv, p. 638, note) has the following from a contemporary +MS.: "But the most celebrated and comical, was the disappearance +of one hundred and thirty-five American soldiers, who by means of a +rare stratagem deceived the vigilance of an English company which was +guarding them in the castle of San Fernando or the alcaicería of the +Chinese. In order that they might succeed in their projected attempt, +they mined a bit of land as far as the outlet of the guardhouse, and +then asked for permission to enact a farce. Their request was granted +without any difficulty, and on the day assigned for the representation, +the one who took the part of the comedian began to make his conclusion +while the others were going out of the mine. Finally the comedian +concluded by saying that he was going to call his companions, and +went away to where they had escaped. When the sentinels saw that they +delayed in coming, suspecting what had really happened, they searched +the place where the actors ought to have been. But the latter were +already outside of Tondo, and immediately joined a company which Anda, +previously notified of the project, had sent them. On account of this +jest the English were greatly ashamed, and although they were angry +at the occurrence, yet they praised the ingenious stratagem." + +[167] This order was given at Apalit, January 27, 1763, and the four +churches mentioned were those of Malate, Ermita, Santiago, and San +Juan de Bagumbaya. The alcaldes and other officials were ordered to +fire any public buildings, churches, or convents, which might serve +as fortification to the enemy, immediately, if the village were +attacked. See Malo de Luque, v, pp. 281-284; alto Montero y Vidal, +ii, appendix, pp. 591-593, where it is published entire. + +[168] Biñang, in Laguna. + +[169] i.e., Drake, Smith, and Brook, the representatives of the East +India Company, who were left in charge after Draper and Cornish left. + +[170] This is the "Manifesto juridico defensorio en respuesto de los +reparos hechos por el Padre Fray Antonio de las Huertas, de el Orden de +Predicadores, a un Memorial que en Real Consejo de las Indias presentó +el Padre Luis A. de Morales de la Compañia de Jesus, Procurador de +su Religion, por las Provincias de Filipinas. Escrivele el Padre +Pedro de Espinar de la Compañia de Jesus, Provincial General de su +Religion, por las Provincias de Indias [Madrid, ca., 1680]." Pedro +de Espinar died at Madrid, August 31, 1795. Luis de Morales was born +at Tordesillas, September 29, 1641, and entered the Society August +28, 1658. After going to Manila he acted as missionary at various +places, and in 1685 went to Europe as procurator. He was appointed +visitor of Mexico, and then provincial of the Philippine missions, +and finally rector of the Manila college, where he died, June 14, +1716. See Sommervogel's Bibliothèque. + +[171] This last paragraph is evidently a note by Ventura del Arco. + +[172] The British forces were greatly diminished through intemperance, +sexual excesses, the heat, and carelessness of diet. They asked aid +from Madras, which was about to be sent when the news of the peace +came. At that time the forces at Manila were reduced to eight hundred +men, and were already resolving on means of defense, and if need be, +capitulation. See Le Gentil, ii, pp. 265, 266. + +[173] Le Gentil (ii, pp. 272, 273) records that Anda was made a +counsellor of Castile by the king as a recompense for his services. In +addition he also asked money from the friars for the service which +he had rendered them, but they refused to give him any, employing to +convey their refusal a lawyer of Manila, named Dr. Aranas. + +[174] Fayette was offered the command of the government at Zamboanga +for the English; as was also a Spaniard named Luis Sandoval: but it +was refused by both (Mas, i, p. 137). + +[175] The English took charge of Rojo's obsequies since the Spaniards +were too poor to do so, according him military honors on a magnificent +scale (Le Gentil, ii, p. 271). + +[176] See synopsis of this letter, ante, pp. 142-143. + +[177] See ante, pp. 136-137, note 80. + +[178] Le Gentil (ii, p. 268, et seq.), who was influenced by his +friendship with Rojo's nephew, jests at Anda's pretensions to the +office of governor and captain-general and underrates his ability. + +[179] During the sickness of the archbishop, the question arose +as to his successor in the government (an office really held by +Anda). Villacorta, who had joined Anda, and who had been left +in Bacolor by the latter who had gone to attend to camp matters, +claimed the office as senior auditor. Anda, hearing of the matter, +immediately returned to Bacolor. Villacorta passed the matter off as +mere conversation. But Anda investigating further, found that Galbán +and Viana claimed that Bishop Ustáriz should be governor, in accordance +with royal orders. Anda sought advice from various ecclesiastics, but +they all refused any direct answer except the Jesuit, Franciscan, and +Recollect provincials, who declared in Anda's favor. The discussion +was finally ended by the arrival of the new governor ad interim, +Francisco de la Torre. See Mas, i, pp. 188-191. + +[180] On arriving at Bacolor, Anda speedily improvised a powder +factory and foundry, and assumed the offensive immediately. The powder +factory was directed by fathers Eugenio Garrido, parish priest of San +Miguel de Mayumo, and Agustín María Castro, O.S.A.; and the foundry, +by Father Facundo Acosta. See Montero y Vidal, ii, p. 39 and note. + +[181] The original of this letter exists in Academia de la Historia, +Madrid, "Colección Mata Linares, tomo 97" (Montero y Vidal, ii, +p. 50, note). + +[182] Shortly before leaving Manila the British lost a ship which +was burned at Cavite, forty-three men perishing (Sitio y conquista, +p. 130). + +[183] This is probably the Mercure de France, which was founded by +Visé, in 1672, under the name of Mercure galant, and is the second +oldest paper of France. The name Mercure de France was adopted +by Lefevre in 1714. In 1788 a political part was added under the +title "Historical and political news." The publication of the sheet +was abandoned in 1799, resumed again for the years 1814-1823, and +definitely abandoned in 1825. A number of papers have adopted the name +Mercure in imitation of it. See Grand Dictionnaire (Paris), vol. xi. + +[184] When Manila was surrendered, in order to receive the Augustinian +convent, it was necessary for the provincial to make a contract to pay +10,000 pesos, in case that the confiscation of its effects should be +considered as proper in the courts of Madrid and London. The British +court approved the operations of the English council, and by virtue +of their sentence, an Englishman went to Madrid to collect the 10,000 +pesos. See Mas, i, p. 195, note. + +[185] Upon the outbreak of the first insurrection in Pangasinan, +Anda wrote to the religious for aid in quelling it; and in order to +quiet the insurgents, promised them full pardon (Mas, i, pp. 148, 149). + +[186] A communication from Drake to Silán, May 9, grants him the titles +of governor, alcalde, and sargento-mayor, of Ilocos. Montero y Vidal, +ii, p. 100. + +[187] The title-page of this pamphlet (which is without date of +publication, or author) reads as follows: "A plain narrative of the +reduction of Manila and the Philippine Islands." This is listed in +the bibliography issued by the Library of Congress, Books of the +Philippine Islands (p. 124), under the joint authorship of Sir Samuel +Cornish and Sir William Draper, because the signatures of both are +appended to the several "Conditions" and "Proposals" inserted at the +end (which we publish elsewhere). It is probable, however, that the +latter alone is the author of the Plain narrative, as is evident +if it be read in conjunction with the following pamphlet, Colonel +Draper's answer, which is signed by the latter. From the internal +evidence furnished also by the latter pamphlet, we are inclined to +believe that the Plain narrative was published at London in 1764, +and prior to Colonel Draper's answer. + +[188] The following items from various British magazines contemporary +with the siege show the considerable place taken in English politics +by the question of the ransom: + +The Gentleman's Magazine for 1764 (vol. xxxiv, p. 544) says, under +date of November 15: "A categorical answer came over from the courts +of France and Spain, relative to the payment of the subsistance money +due for the prisoners of the former, and the ransom of the Manillas, +both which, according to this report, have been absolutely refused +by the said powers." + +The London Chronicle for February 28-March 2, 1765 (vol. xvii, +no. 1279) says: "We hear the Spaniards want to deduct 1,230,000 +piasters, or pieces of eight, out of the ransom of the Manillas, +for the damages and losses the inhabitants sustained on the 6th of +October 1762, when it was taken by storm by the English forces." + +"London, Jan. 25. By letters from Madrid we are assured that Lord +Rochfort had, in consequence of orders from England, demanded the +final sentiments of the Catholic ministry, respecting the payment of +the Manilla ransom, in order to be transmitted home for the inspection +of the grand council of the nation; and it was current there, that +this long protracted affair would soon be amicably adjusted." (Scots +Magazine, 1766, p. 48.) + +"London, May 20. They write from Madrid, that some dispatches, +just received from Manilla, in the East Indies, which the court had +impatiently expected, would possibly hasten the final payment of +the ransom-bills; and that Lord Rochfort appeared to be on very good +terms with the Catholic ministry." (Ut supra, p. 270.) + +"London, Aug. 29. According to letters from Madrid, one reason alledged +for the non-payment of the Manilla ransom is the delay of the expected +flotas from New Spain, which has rendered the treasury very bare of +money." (Ut supra, p. 441.) + +"Paragraph of a letter from Madrid. Our politicians are at a loss +to know what will be the result of the demand made by the English +ambassador, for the payment of the Manilla ransom. If the English +court are really in earnest, it is generally thought by those who +pretend to be conversant in court-affairs, that the Spanish court +would rather pay it, than venture another war with G. Britain. All I +can say in the matter is, that it should be immediately insisted on, +as, in all probability, this court will prevent the further progress +of trade between Manilla and the South seas, as they seem to think the +whole riches of the mines will be centered in China, with which this +court has no trade. This seems probable enough since the expulsion of +the Jesuits, as it was through their interests that trade has so long +subsisted; and what confirms it the more is, that the court will not +pay for the additional fortifications of that place (Manilla) since +it has been given up by the English. But if one may add his thoughts, +I believe two or three ships, properly authorised, to back the above +demand, would be more powerful intercessors." (Ut supra, 1767, p. 549.) + +"London, Nov. 19. A letter from Madrid has this passage: 'Sir James +Gray, the British Minister, has already entered upon his negotiation, +of which the Manilla affair and the West-India commerce are the first +objects.'" (Ut supra, p. 605.) + +[189] If this Ship was not admitted in the Capitulation by any +Accident of Non Compliance with the Terms of the Vice Roy's Letter +in that Case, we agreed to take his Bills on the King of Spain, +he assuring us they would be duly paid. (Note by Draper.) + +[190] The damage sustained by the Inhabitants before the plundering +could be stopped, was estimated and deducted from the Ransom. (Note +by Draper.) + +[191] A Spanish Galleon sailing from the Havannah a Month before +the Arrival of Sir George Pocock and Lord Albemarle to attack that +Place, and taken in her Passage to Cadiz by two English Cruizers +off the Canary or Western Islands, might with the same Degree of +Equity be claimed by the Spaniards under their Capitulation for the +Havannah. (Note by Draper.) + +[192] See ante, pp. 71, 72, note 28. + +[193] This is reprinted in vol. ii of The Field of Mars (London, +1781). See Bibliography of Philippines (Washington, 1903), p. 124. + +[194] The full title of this book is as follows: "Colonel Draper's +answer to the Spanish arguments, claiming the galeon, and refusing +payment of the ransom bills, for preserving Manila from Pillage +and destruction: in a letter addressed to the earl of Halifax, +his Majesty's principal secretary of state for the southern +department. London: printed for J. Dodsley, in Pall-mall. MDCCLXIV." + +Scots Magazine for 1764, pp. 455, 456, comments as follows on the +money received by the English from the conquest of Manila: + +Three distributions have been made of the money hitherto received +on account of the capture of Manila. The first consisted of 526,306 +Spanish dollars collected in specie, jewels, gold and silver plate, +and merchandise, received in part of the four millions of dollars to +be paid agreeable to the capitulation, including the plunder taken +from the seamen and soldiers after the conquest, amounting to 496,000 +dollars. The second arose from the balance of the first account, +and the amount of sundry naval, victualling and ordnance stores, +confiscated and secreted effects, amounting to 92,561 dollars and a +fraction. The third arose from the sale of vessels, merchandise, naval +and victualling stores, and confiscated effects, sold at Manila and +Fort St. George, amounting to 43,280 pagodas and a fraction. Of each of +these the East-India company received one third. Distribution has also +been made of the effects saved out of the Spanish galley attacked and +destroyed by three of the boats of the squadron in the bay of Manila, +amounting to 13,319 dollars and a fraction. The total distribution +to each class, being cast into Sterling money, comes out thus: + + + Between the Admiral, General, and + Commodore, 1/8th £.14120 12 9 + To the Captains of the navy, and Field-officers + of the army, 2/8th, each 1539 0 8 1/2 + To the Lieutenants and Masters of the navy, and + Captains of the army, 1/8th, each 165 4 8 + To the warrant-officers of the navy, and + subalterns of the army, 1/8th, each 80 0 5 1/2 + To the petty officers of the navy, and non-comm. + officers of the army, 1/8th, each 30 0 1 + To the seamen and soldiers, 2/8ths, each 6 0 3 + + +[195] i.e., The renown of the deed is enough for me. + +[196] A famous Spanish Ambassador, in the Reign of James the +First. (Colonel Draper's Answer, p. 9, note.) + +[197] These arguments are presented by Draper in French and English +parallel texts, the latter evidently being translated from the former. + +[198] The Spaniards, by sailing to Manila, by the West, are a Day +later in their Computation of Time in that Country. (Colonel Draper's +Answer, p. 13, note.) + +[199] The Marquis de Ayerbe says that the British soldiery left nothing +of value in the private houses, and rendered useless what they did +not care to carry away. They committed numberless atrocities. At the +convent of St. Dominic, they cut off the head of the Virgin of the +rosary. They sacked and profaned the churches. The archives of the +Audiencia, secretaryship, offices of the treasury, and many private +papers, were burned. They were aided by the servants of the Spaniards +and the natives who had come to defend the capital. On the petition +of the archbishop, guards were placed by Draper in the convent of the +nuns of Santa Clara and in the beaterios. That being done, Draper +ordered the sack for three hours, a period which was prolonged to +more than forty. The drunken soldiers violated the defenseless women, +looted, destroyed, and profaned the churches, being aided in this by +the Chinese and criminals who had been given their liberty. At the end +of twenty-four hours, the archbishop protested, but notwithstanding +the orders of Draper, the sack continued. The most inhuman deeds are +said to have been committed by the natives. See Sitio y conquista, +pp. 67, 68; and Montero y Vidal, pp. 31, 32, and note. + +[200] i.e., "Even to the death." + +[201] Before the sack began, Draper ordered all the Indians to leave +Manila. He also ordered whatever had been taken from the churches +to be restored, but nothing was found except some vestments taken by +the Sepoys, who appeared on the walls dressed in the same. Especially +were the sacred places treated with deep respect. The religious were +allowed to return to their convents, in an endeavor to gain their +powerful influence. Especially did he try to win over the Augustinian +ex-provincial Remijio Hernandez, then in charge of the province, +writing him several letters. But he was unable to obtain his desire, +for Hernandez remained firm in his loyalty. See Mas, i, pp. 134, +135, 137. + +[202] A letter written to the London Chronicle, and published in +that paper, for the issue of December 27-29, 1764, no. 252, p. 618, +attests the humanity of General Draper. The writer, an eyewitness +of the storming of Manila, asserts that Draper took very careful +precautions to avoid the excesses that are liable to occur at such +a time, with the miscellaneous troops under his command. As soon as +the capitulation was in force, the chief men of Manila were allowed +to retire into the country to escape possible contagion from the +carnage. The writer denies any personal motive for the declaration, as +he was really at Manila against his will, and has no connection with +army or navy. "The following is nearly an exact list of the troops, +that were employed on that expedition: 500 regulars, Mr. Draper's +own regiment; 250 Marines; 500 seamen; 600 Seapoys (black troops); +250 French, who, to be free of a prison, had entered into the +Company's service--a total of 2,100. The increasing these to 4000, +and representing them as let loose to every degree of rapine, after +the capitulation, are both equally unjust, and carry their conviction; +nor can there be any greater evidence of Mr. Draper's humanity and +presence of mind, than that with such a body of troops he should +restrain their impetuosity at such a period." If the Spaniards fail +in paying the ransom, they should surrender the city in the condition +in which it was at the time of the surrender. + +[203] Col. Draper's answer to this point is contained in Scots Magazine +for 1764, pp. 722-724; and an extract is given in London Chronicle, +1764, p. 612. + +[204] When Colonel Draper left Manila, all the Oyidores (the first +Magistrates of the Place) were taken as Hostages: What has been done +with them since that Time, he supposes Mr. Drake, the Deputy Governor, +will inform the East India Company, and the Ministry. (Colonel Draper's +Answer, p. 27, note.) + +[205] Francisco Javier de la Torre. + +[206] The diminutive of Moros. + +[207] Evidently a reference to Sebastian Joseph Carvalho e Mello, +Marquis Pombal, the Portuguese prime minister, who expelled the +Jesuits from Portugal by the decree of September 1, 1759; and to the +famous Lisbon earthquake of November 1, 1755. See Nicolini's History +of Jesuits (London, 1879); Cretineau-Joly's Histoire de la Compagnie +de Jésus (Paris, 1859), v; and Griesinger's Jesuits (London, 1903, +3d ed.). + +[208] The storm against the Jesuits, which ended with the expulsion +of the order in 1770. + +[209] The original of this document is worn in many places. Matter in +brackets is conjectural readings; otherwise the lacunas are indicated +by periods. + +[210] This trouble with the Jesuits arose first from the sermon +preached by Father Francisco Javier Puch, S.J., March 9, 1764, in +which he accused the alcaldes-mayor of robbing both king and natives +(Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 116, 117; and Ferrando, v, pp. 9-16). + +[211] i.e., Let them be erased from the book of life. + +[212] One of these MSS., entitled Breve noticia de los Religiosos +Agustinos Calzados de esta provincia de Filipinas..., and which +belongs to Bernardino Hernando, O.S.A., reader in the Valladolid +convent, has the following data in regard to the contributions made +to the English: "From the royal coffers, 12,469 pesos; from the +governor, 6,991; from the cathedral, 9,000 pesos in coined silver, +and 33,973 in wrought silver; the church of Quiapo, 716 pesos in +wrought silver; that of Ermita, 5,117, ditto; from [the Order] of +St. Dominic and tertiary branch, 16,028 in coined silver, and 11,616 +in wrought; from the tertiary branch of [the Order of] St. Francis, +58,000 pesos in coined silver, and 970 in wrought; from [the Order +of] St. Augustine, 25,556 pesos in coined silver, and 11,025 pesos +in wrought silver; from the Society, 40,434 pesos in coined silver, +and 8,794 in wrought silver; from the Misericordia, 196,042 pesos, +2 reals, and 4 granos in coined silver; from the minor Ruiz, 1,472 +pesos in wrought silver, and 836 of the deposit belonging to Varela: +all of which items make a total of 459,420 pesos. The wealthy citizens +and families, to wit: Infante, Reyes, Jugo, Villar, Suárez, Ocampo, +Memije, Varela, Bogan, Piñón, Monteroso, Mazo, Neyra, Lizárraga, +Ruano, Noriega, Castro, Solano, Otal, Casañas, Cachit, Mantilla, +Barrio, León y Verdugo--48,777 pesos. The sack amounted to 418,442 +pesos. The English seized 25,000 pesos from [the property of] the +absent Blanco; from the marqués de Monte Castro, 8,000 pesos; from +the marquesa de Salinas, 10,000 pesos; in the seizure of San Pablo, +the convent of the Calced Augustinian fathers, 60,000 pesos, which +were buried, in coined silver, and 40,000 in wrought silver. To all +these items must be added 2,000,000 pesos which were charged against +his Catholic Majesty's treasury. The total sum is 3,069,639 pesos." + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898; +Volume XLIX, by Various + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 56778 *** |